14061 lines
813 KiB
Plaintext
14061 lines
813 KiB
Plaintext
#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.oo
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
|
|
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://qa.openoffice.org/issues/enter_bug.cgi?comment=&component=l10n&form_name=enter_issue&short_desc=Localization+issue+in+file%3A+helpcontent2%2Fsource%2Ftext%2Fswriter%2F01.oo&subcomponent=ui\n"
|
|
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-26 09:53+0200\n"
|
|
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-15 16:11+0200\n"
|
|
"Last-Translator: Leif <leiflodahl@gmail.com>\n"
|
|
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
|
"Language: da\n"
|
|
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
|
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
|
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
|
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
|
"X-Generator: Pootle 2.1.6\n"
|
|
"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Greeting Line"
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletningsguide - Starthilsen"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Create a Salutation</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">Brevfletningsguide - Opret en starthilsen</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the properties for the salutation. If the mail merge database contains gender information, you can specify different salutations based on the gender of the recipient."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver egenskaberne for starthilsenen. Hvis brevfletningsdatabasen indeholder information om køn, kan du angive forskellige starthilsener, alt efter om du skriver til en kvinde eller en mand."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
|
|
msgid "This document should contain a salutation"
|
|
msgstr "Dette dokument skal indeholde en starthilsen"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a salutation.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Tilføjer en starthilsen</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert personalized salutation"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt personlig starthilsen"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Føjer en personlig starthilsen til brevfletningsdokumentet. Hvis du vil bruge din standardstarthilsen, fjerner du dette flueben.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Female"
|
|
msgstr "Kvinde"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælger den personlige starthilsen til en kvindelig modtager.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New"
|
|
msgstr "Ny"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Brugerdefineret starthilsen</link> (kvindelige modtagere).</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10580.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10580.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Male"
|
|
msgstr "Mand"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10584.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10584.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælger den personlige starthilsen til en mandlig modtager.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10587.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10587.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New"
|
|
msgstr "Ny"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1058B.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Brugerdefineret starthilsen</link> (mandlige modtagere).</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1059C.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1059C.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Field name"
|
|
msgstr "Feltnavn"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A0.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A0.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg feltnavnet på det adressedatabasefelt som indeholder informationen om køn.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Field value"
|
|
msgstr "Feltværdi"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg feltværdien, som angiver modtagerens køn.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105AA.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105AA.help.text"
|
|
msgid "General salutation"
|
|
msgstr "Generel starthilsen"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105AE.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg den standardstarthilsen, som bruges, når du ikke angiver en brugerdefineret starthilsen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Preview"
|
|
msgstr "Forhåndsvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the salutation.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Viser et eksempel på starthilsenen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Match fields"
|
|
msgstr "Udpeg felter"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105BC.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105BC.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\">Udpeg felter</link>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105CD.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105CD.help.text"
|
|
msgid "(Browse buttons)"
|
|
msgstr "(Gennemse knapper)"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105D1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105D1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Brug knappen gennemse til forhåndsvisning af den foregående eller næste datapost.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105D4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout\">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\" name=\"Brevfletningsguide - Tilpas Layout\">Brevfletningsguide - Tilpas Layout</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Insert Section"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt sektion"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020000.xhp#hd_id3154108.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"bereicheinfuegen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Section\">Insert Section</link></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"bereicheinfuegen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Indsæt sektion\">Indsæt sektion</link></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3154480.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"bereich\"><ahelp hid=\"FN_INSERT_COLUMN_SECTION\">Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"bereich\"><ahelp hid=\"FN_INSERT_COLUMN_SECTION\">Indsætter en tekstsektion ved markørens placering i dokumentet. Du kan også markere en tekstblok og så vælge denne kommando for at oprette en sektion. Du kan bruge sektioner til at indsætte tekstblokke fra andre dokumenter, anvende brugerdefinerede spaltelayouts, eller for at beskytte eller skjule tekstblokke, hvis en betingelse er opfyldt.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3152955.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can insert an entire document in a section, or a named section from another. You can also insert a section as a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan indsætte et helt dokument i en sektion eller en navngivet sektion fra et andet dokument. Du kan også indsætte en sektion som en <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>-kæde."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3149684.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "To edit a section, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>."
|
|
msgstr "For at redigere en sektion, vælg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Formater - Sektioner</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3155183.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "The <emph>Insert Section </emph>dialog contains the following tabs:"
|
|
msgstr "Dialogen <emph>Indsæt sektion</emph> indeholder følgende faneblade:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020000.xhp#hd_id3151257.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04020000.xhp#hd_id3151257.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3149102.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the section that you defined at the current cursor position in the document."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter sektionen, som du angav, på markørens aktuelle placering i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 05080000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05080000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Object"
|
|
msgstr "Objekt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05080000.xhp#hd_id3150536.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05080000.xhp#hd_id3150536.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Object"
|
|
msgstr "Objekt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05080000.xhp#par_id3149352.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"objekttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameDialog\">Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.</ahelp>. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"objekttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameDialog\">Åbner en dialog, hvor du kan ændre egenskaberne for det valgte objekt, for eksempel dets størrelse og navn.</ahelp>.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05080000.xhp#hd_id3145249.61.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05080000.xhp#hd_id3145249.61.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\">Wrap</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Ombrydning\">Ombrydning</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Column"
|
|
msgstr "Spalte"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120000.xhp#hd_id3154762.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp\" name=\"Column\">Column</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp\" name=\"Kolonne\">Kolonne</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120000.xhp#par_id3149052.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Set the width of columns, or select, insert, and delete columns."
|
|
msgstr "Definer bredden af kolonner eller vælg, indsæt og slet kolonner."
|
|
|
|
#: 05120000.xhp#hd_id3146322.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp\" name=\"Width...\">Width...</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp\" name=\"Bredde...\">Bredde...</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120000.xhp#hd_id3154558.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp\" name=\"Optimal width\">Optimal width</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp\" name=\"Optimal bredde\">Optimal bredde</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120000.xhp#hd_id3150564.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120000.xhp#hd_id3150564.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp\" name=\"Insert...\">Insert...</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp\" name=\"Indsæt...\">Indsæt...</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090200.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Columns"
|
|
msgstr "Kolonner"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3150756.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"Columns\">Columns</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"Kolonner\">Kolonner</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3149294.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the column width properties."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv egenskaberne for kolonnebredde."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3147510.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Adapt table width"
|
|
msgstr "Tilpas tabelbredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3154280.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_MOD_TBL\">Maintains the current width of the table when you change the width of a column.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_MOD_TBL\">Bevarer den aktuelle bredde af tabellen, når du ændrer bredden på en kolonne.</ahelp> Denne indstilling er ikke tilgængelig, hvis <emph>Automatisk</emph> er valgt i området <emph>Justering</emph> på fanebladet <emph>Tabel</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3145587.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Adjust columns proportionally"
|
|
msgstr "Tilpas kolonner jævnt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3153530.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_PROP\">Resizes the table width in relation to the column width that you enter.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_PROP\">Ændrer tabelbredden i forhold til den kolonnenbredde, som du indtaster.</ahelp> Denne indstilling er ikke tilgængelig, hvis <emph>Automatisk</emph> er valgt i området <emph>Justering</emph> på fanebladet <emph>Tabel</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3150349.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Remaining space"
|
|
msgstr "Ledig plads"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3154571.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:ED_SPACE\">Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:ED_SPACE\">Viser den plads, som er til rådighed for justering af bredden af kolonnerne. For at sætte tabelbredden, klik fanebladet <emph>Tabel</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3154476.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Column width"
|
|
msgstr "Kolonnebredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3150976.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the column widths for the table."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv kolonnebredderne for tabellen."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3155899.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Column widths"
|
|
msgstr "Kolonnebredder"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3159193.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_MF_6\">Enter the width that you want for the column.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_MF_6\">Indtast den bredde, som du ønsker for kolonnen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3155182.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090200.xhp#hd_id3155182.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Left Arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Pil mod venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3149494.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_DOWN\">Displays the table columns found to the left of the current column.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_DOWN\">Viser de tabelkolonner, der er til venstre for den aktive kolonne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3149814.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090200.xhp#hd_id3149814.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Right Arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Pil mod højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3149099.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_UP\">Displays the table columns found to the right of the current column.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_UP\">Viser de tabelkolonner, der er til højre for den aktive kolonne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Styles in Writer"
|
|
msgstr "Typografier i Writer"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#bm_id4005249.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>styles;categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>character styles;style categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraph styles;style categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page styles;style categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering;style categories</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>typografier;kategorier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tegntypografier;typografikategorier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnitstypografier;typografikategorier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer; typografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidetypografier;typografikategorier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummerering;typografikategorier</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#hd_id3150344.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#hd_id3150344.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Styles in Writer"
|
|
msgstr "Typografier i Writer"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149052.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "The following information concerns Writer styles that you can apply using the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\">Styles and Formatting</link> window."
|
|
msgstr "Den følgende information omhandler Writer-typografier, som du kan anvende ved at benytte vinduet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\">Typografier og formatering</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150015.62.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you want, you can edit the styles of the current document, and then save the document as a template. To save the document as template, choose <emph>File - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"Templates - Save\"><emph>Templates - Save</emph></link>."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du vil, kan du redigere typografierne i det aktuelle dokument, og så gemme dokumentet som en skabelon. For at gemme dokumentet som skabelon, vælg <emph>Filer -</emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"Templates - Save\"><emph>Skabeloner - Gem</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#hd_id3150572.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#hd_id3150572.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Style Category"
|
|
msgstr "Typografikategori"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3153721.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:LISTBOX:RID_STYLECATALOG:BT_TOOL\">These are the different categories of formatting styles.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:LISTBOX:RID_STYLECATALOG:BT_TOOL\">Disse er de forskellige kategorier af typografier.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3151271.65.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3151271.65.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3153154.66.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3153154.66.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Description"
|
|
msgstr "Beskrivelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3151172.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Character Styles "
|
|
msgstr "Tegntypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147512.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use Character Styles to format single characters, or entire words and phrases. If you want, you can nest Character Styles."
|
|
msgstr "Brug tegntypografier til at formatere enkelte tegn eller hele ord og fraser. Hvis du vil, kan du indlejre tegntypografier."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150713.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Paragraph Styles "
|
|
msgstr "Afsnitstypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149810.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use Paragraph Styles to format paragraphs, including the font type and size. You can also select the paragraph style to apply to the next paragraph."
|
|
msgstr "Brug afsnitstypografier til at formatere afsnit, inklusiv skrifttypen og skriftstørrelse. Du kan også vælge hvilken afsnitstypografi, der skal anvendes til næste afsnit."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3151308.10.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3151308.10.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Frame Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Rammetypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147527.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use Frame Styles to format text and graphic frames."
|
|
msgstr "Brug rammetypografier til at formatere tekst- og grafikrammer."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3152960.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Page Styles "
|
|
msgstr "Sidetypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3155897.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use Page Styles to organize the structure of the document, and to add page numbers. You can also specify the page style to apply to the first page that follows after a page break."
|
|
msgstr "Brug sidetypografier til at organisere strukturen af dokumentet, og til at tilføje sidetal. Du kan også angive den sidetypografi, der skal gælde for den første side, der følger efter et manuelt sideskift."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3154196.63.help.text
|
|
msgid "Numbering Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Nummereringstypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149298.64.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use Numbering Styles to format numbered or bulleted lists."
|
|
msgstr "Brug nummereringstypografier til at formatere nummererede eller punktopstillede lister."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#hd_id3149821.61.help.text
|
|
msgid "Style Groups"
|
|
msgstr "Typografigrupper"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3154828.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "These are the style groups that you can display in the Styles and Formatting window."
|
|
msgstr "Disse typografigrupper kan du vise i vinduet Typografier og formatering."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3148977.67.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3148977.67.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149032.68.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3149032.68.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Meaning"
|
|
msgstr "Betydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3153642.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3153642.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Automatic"
|
|
msgstr "Automatisk"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3152769.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays styles appropriate to the current context."
|
|
msgstr "Viser typografier passende til den aktuelle sammenhæng."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3154374.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "All Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Alle typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3153351.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays all styles of the active style category."
|
|
msgstr "Viser alle typografier i den aktive typografikategori."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150590.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3150590.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Applied Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Anvendte typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149168.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the styles (of selected category) applied in the current document. "
|
|
msgstr "Viser typografierne (i valgte kategori), der er anvendt i det aktuelle dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3156368.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "Custom Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefinerede typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3145780.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays all user-defined styles in the selected style category."
|
|
msgstr "Viser alle brugerdefinerede typografier i den valgte typografikategori."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3155908.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3155908.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Tegntypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150114.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays formatting styles for text."
|
|
msgstr "Viser typografier for tekst."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150700.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "Chapter Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Kapiteltypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147412.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays formatting styles for headings."
|
|
msgstr "Viser typografier for overskrifter."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147500.31.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3147500.31.help.text"
|
|
msgid "List Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Listetypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149568.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays formatting styles for numbered or bulleted lists."
|
|
msgstr "Viser typografier for nummererede eller punktopstillede lister."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3145263.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Index Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Indekstypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3155975.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays formatting styles for indexes."
|
|
msgstr "Viser typografier for indekser."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149213.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "Special Region Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Special typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147736.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays formatting styles for headers, footers, footnotes, endnotes, tables, and captions."
|
|
msgstr "Viser typografier for sidehoveder, sidefødder, fodnoter, slutnoter, tabeller og billedtekster."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3146339.59.help.text
|
|
msgid "HTML Styles"
|
|
msgstr "HTML-typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149845.60.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays a list of styles for HTML documents."
|
|
msgstr "Viser en liste med typografier for HTML-dokumenter."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3155560.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "Conditional Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Betingede typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3154774.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the user-defined conditional styles."
|
|
msgstr "Viser brugerdefinerede betingede typografier."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3151090.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "Hierarchical"
|
|
msgstr "Hierarkisk"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3148448.40.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the styles in the selected category in a hierarchical list. To view the styles in a sublevel, click on the plus sign (+) next to the sublevel name."
|
|
msgstr "Viser typografierne i den valgte kategori i en hierarkisk liste. For at se typografierne i et underniveau, klik på plustegnet (+) ved siden af underniveauets navn."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#hd_id3155580.56.help.text
|
|
msgid "Template Management"
|
|
msgstr "Administrer skabeloner"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3145622.57.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use the <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Template Management\"><emph>Template Management</emph></link> dialog to copy styles from one document to another."
|
|
msgstr "Brug dialogen <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Template Management\"><emph>Administrer skabeloner</emph></link> til kopiering af typografier fra ét dokument til et andet."
|
|
|
|
#: 06990000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Update"
|
|
msgstr "Opdater"
|
|
|
|
#: 06990000.xhp#bm_id3154704.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>updating; text documents</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>opdatere; tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06990000.xhp#hd_id3154704.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp\" name=\"Update\">Update</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp\" name=\"Opdater\">Opdater</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06990000.xhp#par_id3149501.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Updates items in the current document that have dynamic contents, so as fields and indexes."
|
|
msgstr "Opdaterer elementer i det aktuelle dokument, som har dynamisk indhold, såsom felter og indekser."
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Caption"
|
|
msgstr "Billedtekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3147173.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Caption\">Caption</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Billedtekst\">Billedtekst</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3149288.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"beschrifttext\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CAPTION\">Adds a numbered caption to a selected graphic, table, frame, text frame, or drawing object.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking the item that you want to add the caption to. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"beschrifttext\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CAPTION\">Tilføjer en nummereret billedtekst til markeret grafik, tabel, ramme, tekstramme eller tegneobjekt.</ahelp> Du kan også bruge denne kommando ved at højreklikke på det element, som du vil tilføje billedteksten til.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3154098.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3154098.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Properties"
|
|
msgstr "Egenskaber"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3149804.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Set the caption options for the current selection."
|
|
msgstr "Definer billedtekstindstillinger for den aktuelle markering."
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3153533.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3153533.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Category"
|
|
msgstr "Kategori"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3154574.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_CATEGORY\">Select the caption category, or type a name to create a new category. The category text appears before the caption number in the caption label. Each predefined caption category is formatted with a paragraph style of the same name. </ahelp> For example, the \"Illustration\" caption category is formatted with the \"Illustration\" paragraph style."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_CATEGORY\">Vælg billedtekstkategorien eller indtast et navn for at oprette en ny kategori. Kategoriteksten optræder før nummeret på billedteksten i billedtekstetiketten. Hver foruddefineret billedtekstkategori formateres med en afsnitstypografi med samme navn.</ahelp> For eksempel formateres billedtekstkategorien \"Illustration\" med afsnitstypografien \"Illustration\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3152962.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_FORMAT\">Select the type of numbering that you want to use in the caption.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_FORMAT\">Vælg den nummereringstype, som du vil bruge i billedteksten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3155893.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3155893.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Caption"
|
|
msgstr "Billedtekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3149688.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_CAPTION:EDT_TEXT\">Type the text that you want to appear after the caption number.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_CAPTION:EDT_TEXT\">Skriv den tekst, som du vil have til at optræde efter nummeret på billedteksten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#par_idN1068A.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#par_idN1068A.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Separator"
|
|
msgstr "Skilletegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#par_idN10690.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter optional text characters to appear between the number and the caption text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast et valgfrit tegn til at adskille tallet og billedteksten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3154199.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3154199.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Position"
|
|
msgstr "Placering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3149486.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_POS\">Adds the caption above or below the selected item. This option is only available for some objects.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_POS\">Tilføjer billedteksten foroven eller under det valgte element. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig for nogle objekter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3149043.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp\" name=\"Options\">Options</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp\" name=\"Indstillinger\">Indstillinger</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#par_idN10744.help.text
|
|
msgid "AutoCaption"
|
|
msgstr "Autobilledtekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060000.xhp#par_idN1074A.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner billedtekstdialogen. Det har den samme information, som dialogen du får med menuen %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Autobilledtekst i dialogfeltet Indstillinger.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print & Send"
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletningsguide - Gem, Udskriv og Send"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1054C.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print or Send</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">Brevfletningsguide - Gem, Udskriv eller Send</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1055C.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specifies the output options for mail merge documents."
|
|
msgstr "Specificerer uddataindstillinger for brevfletningsdokumenter."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text
|
|
msgid "The appearance of this page depends on the option that you select. After you specify the settings, click <emph>Finish</emph> to exit the wizard."
|
|
msgstr "Udseendet af denne side afhænger af den indstilling, som du vælger. Efter du har valgt indstillingerne, skal du klikke på <emph>Udfør</emph> for at afslutte guiden."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10578.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10578.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Save starting document"
|
|
msgstr "Gem startdokument"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1057C.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the starting document that contains the database fields.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Gemmer startdokumentet, som indeholder databasefelterne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Save starting document"
|
|
msgstr "Gem startdokument"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10583.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Gemmer det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10586.help.text
|
|
msgid "Save merged document"
|
|
msgstr "Gem flettet dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1058A.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the merged document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Gemmer det flettede dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1058D.help.text
|
|
msgid "Save as single document"
|
|
msgstr "Gem som enkelt dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10591.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the merged document as a single file.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Gemmer den flettede dokument som en enkelt fil.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10594.help.text
|
|
msgid "Save as individual documents"
|
|
msgstr "Gem som individuelle dokumenter"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10598.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Gemmer det flettede dokument som en selvstændig fil for hver modtager. Filnavnet på dokumenterne bliver konstrueret fra navnet, som du indtaster, fulgt af en understreg og nummeret på den aktuelle datapost.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1059B.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1059B.help.text"
|
|
msgid "From"
|
|
msgstr "Fra"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1059F.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box. </ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælger en række dataposter fra dataposten i feltet <emph>Fra</emph> til og med dataposten i feltet <emph>Til</emph>. </ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN106DB.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN106DB.help.text"
|
|
msgid "From"
|
|
msgstr "Fra"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN106E1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast nummeret på første datapost som skal inkluderes i brevfletningen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A2.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A2.help.text"
|
|
msgid "To"
|
|
msgstr "Til"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast nummeret på den sidste datapost som skal inkluderes i brevfletningen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Save Documents"
|
|
msgstr "Gem dokumenter"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105AD.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the documents.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Gemmer dokumenterne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B0.help.text
|
|
msgid "Print merged document"
|
|
msgstr "Udskriv flettet dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Prints the output for all or some recipients.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Udskriver resultatet for alle eller nogle modtagere.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Printer"
|
|
msgstr "Printer"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105BB.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the printer.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg printeren.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105BE.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105BE.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Properties"
|
|
msgstr "Egenskaber"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105C2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Changes the printer properties.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Ændrer printeregenskaberne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105C5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Print all documents"
|
|
msgstr "Udskriv alle dokumenter"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105C9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Prints documents for all recipients.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Udskriver dokumenter for alle modtagere.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105DA.help.text
|
|
msgid "Print Documents"
|
|
msgstr "Udskriv dokumenter"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105DE.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Prints the mail merge documents.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Udskriver brevfletningsdokumenterne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E1.help.text
|
|
msgid "Send merged document as e-mail"
|
|
msgstr "Send flettet dokument som e-mail"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sends the output as e-mail messages to all recipients.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sender uddata som e-mail-beskeder til alle modtagere.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "To"
|
|
msgstr "Til"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105EC.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the database field that contains the e-mail address of the recipient.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Marker databasefeltet der indeholder modtagerens e-mail-adresse.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105EF.help.text
|
|
msgid "Copy to"
|
|
msgstr "Kopi til"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105F3.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp\">Copy To</link> dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp\">Kopi til</link> hvor du kan angive en eller flere CC eller BCC adresser.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10600.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10600.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Subject"
|
|
msgstr "Emne"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10604.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the subject line for the e-mail messages.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast emnelinjen for e-mail-beskederne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10607.help.text
|
|
msgid "Send as"
|
|
msgstr "Send som"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1060B.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the mail format for the e-mail messages.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg format for e-mail-beskederne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1060E.help.text
|
|
msgid "The Plain text and HTML message formats are sent in the body of the message, whereas the *.odt, *.doc, and *.pdf formats are sent as attachments."
|
|
msgstr "Tekst- og HTML-formater bliver sendt i hovedteksten af meddelelsen, hvorimod *.oot, *.doc og *.pdf formater bliver sendt som bilag."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10611.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10611.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Properties"
|
|
msgstr "Egenskaber"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10615.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">E-Mail Message</link> dialog where you can enter the e-mail message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">E-mail-meddelelse</link>, hvor du kan indtaste e-mail-beskeden for de brevfletningsfiler, der er sendt som bilag.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10626.help.text
|
|
msgid "Name of the attachment"
|
|
msgstr "Navn på bilaget"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1062A.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Shows the name of the attachment.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Viser navnet på bilaget</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1062D.help.text
|
|
msgid "Send all documents"
|
|
msgstr "Send alle dokumenter"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10631.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select to send e-mails to all recipients.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg for at sende e-mail til alle modtagere.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10642.help.text
|
|
msgid "Send Documents"
|
|
msgstr "Send dokumenter"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10646.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click to start sending e-mails.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Klik for at begynde afsendelse af e-mails.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10649.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard\">Mail Merge Wizard</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\" name=\"Brevfletningsguide\">Brevfletningsguide</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06220000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "All Charts"
|
|
msgstr "Alle diagrammer"
|
|
|
|
#: 06220000.xhp#hd_id3155959.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp\" name=\"All Charts\">All Charts</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp\" name=\"Alle diagrammer\">Alle diagrammer</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06220000.xhp#par_id3150344.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCharts\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the charts in the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCharts\" visibility=\"visible\">Opdaterer diagrammerne i det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04220000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04220000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Header"
|
|
msgstr "Sidehoved"
|
|
|
|
#: 04220000.xhp#hd_id3146320.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp\" name=\"Header\">Header</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp\" name=\"Sidehoved\">Sidehoved</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3145827.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageHeader\">Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the \"Default\" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageHeader\">Tilføjer eller fjerner et sidehoved fra den sidetypografi, som du vælger i undermenuen. Sidehovedet bliver føjet til alle de sider, der bruger den samme sidetypografi.</ahelp> I et nyt dokument bliver kun sidetypografien \"Standard\" listet. Andre sidetypografier bliver føjet til listen, når du har anvendt dem i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04220000.xhp#par_id2326425.help.text
|
|
msgid "The headers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Print Layout</emph>)."
|
|
msgstr "Sidehovederne er kun synlige, når du viser dokumentet i udskriftslayout (aktiver <emph>Vis - Udskriftslayout</emph>)."
|
|
|
|
#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3150570.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have headers."
|
|
msgstr "Et flueben bliver vist foran de sidetypografier, som har sidehoveder."
|
|
|
|
#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3153921.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "To remove a header, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style containing the header. The header is removed from all of the pages that use this page style."
|
|
msgstr "For at fjerne et sidehoved skal du vælge <emph>Indsæt - Sidehoved</emph> og så vælge sidetypografien, som indeholder sidehovedet. Sidehovedet bliver fjernet fra alle de sider, som bruger denne sidetypografi."
|
|
|
|
#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3150761.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "To add or remove headers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Header - All</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "For at tilføje eller fjerne sidehoveder fra alle de sidetypografier, som er i brug i dokumentet, skal du vælge <emph>Indsæt - Sidehoved - Alle</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3156410.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "To format a header, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Header\"><emph>Format - Page - Header</emph></link>."
|
|
msgstr "For at formatere et sidehoved, vælg <link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Header\"><emph>Formater - Side - Sidehoved</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Functions"
|
|
msgstr "Funktioner"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3149123.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"Functions\">Functions</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"Funktioner\">Funktioner</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150343.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCVALUE\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCVALUE\" visibility=\"hidden\">Definerer yderligere funktionsparametre for felter. Typen af parameter afhænger af felttypen, som du vælger.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3151242.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Depending on the field type that you select, you can assign conditions to certain functions. For example, you can define a field that executes a macro when you click the field in the document, or a condition that, when met, hides a field. You can also define placeholder fields that insert graphics, tables, frames and other objects into your document when needed."
|
|
msgstr "Afhængig af den felttype, som du vælger, kan du tildele betingelser for bestemte funktioner. For eksempel kan du definere et felt, som udfører en makro, når du klikker i feltet i dokumentet, eller en betingelse som, når den er opfyldt, skjuler et felt. Du kan også definere pladsholderfelter, som indsætter grafik, tabeller, rammer og andre objekter i dit dokument, når det behøves."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352037.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352037.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opremser de tilgængelige felttyper. For at føje et felt til dit dokument skal du klikke på en felttype, klikke på et felt i listen <emph>Vælg </emph> og så klikket på <emph>Indsæt</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150537.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3150537.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3155623.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3155623.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Meaning"
|
|
msgstr "Betydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3152999.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Conditional text"
|
|
msgstr "Betinget tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149881.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts text if a certain <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link> is met. For example, enter \"sun eq 1\" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable \"sun\" equals \"1\" in the <emph>Then </emph>box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box. To define the variable \"sun\", click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"Variables\"><emph>Variables</emph></link> tab, select \"Set variable\", type \"sun\" in the<emph> Name</emph> box, and its value in the<emph> Value</emph> box."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter tekst, hvis en bestemt <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">betingelse</link> er opfyldt. Indtast for eksempel \"sun eq 1\" i feltet <emph>Betingelse</emph>, og derefter den tekst, som du vil indsætte, når variablen \"sun\" er lig med \"1\" i feltet <emph>Så</emph>. Hvis du vil, kan du også indtaste den tekst, som du vil vise, når denne betingelse ikke er opfyldt i feltet <emph>Ellers</emph>. For at definere variablen \"sun\" skal du klikke på fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"Variables\"><emph>Variable</emph></link>, vælge \"Definer variabel\", skrive \"sun\" i feltet <emph>Navn</emph> og dens værdi i feltet <emph>Værdi</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153719.47.help.text
|
|
msgid "Input list"
|
|
msgstr "Indtastningsliste"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147564.48.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in your document or press Ctrl+Shift+F9 to display the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"Choose Item\"><emph>Choose Item</emph></link> dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter et tekstfelt, som viser et enkelt element fra en liste. Du kan tilføje, redigere og fjerne punkter og ændre deres rækkefølge på listen. Klik på en <emph>Indtastningsliste</emph> i dit dokument eller tryk Ctrl+Skift+F9 for at vise dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"Choose Item\"><emph>Vælg element</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153146.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3153146.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Input field"
|
|
msgstr "Indtastningsfelt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149287.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts a text field that you can open by <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"clicking\">clicking</link> it in the document. You can then change the text that is displayed."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter et tekstfelt, som du kan åbne ved at <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"clicking\">klikke</link> på det i dokumentet. Du kan så skifte teksten, som bliver vist."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3154691.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Execute macro"
|
|
msgstr "Udfør makro"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147515.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts a text field that runs a macro when you click the field in the document. To assign a macro to the field, click the <emph>Macro</emph> button. "
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter et tekstfelt, som udfører en makro, når du klikker feltet i dokumentet. For at tildele en makro til feltet, klik knappen <emph>Makro</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3152946.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3152946.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Placeholder"
|
|
msgstr "Pladsholder"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153527.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts a placeholder field in the document, for example, for graphics. When you click a placeholder field in the document, you are prompted to insert the item that is missing."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter et pladsholderfelt i dokumentet, for eksempel for grafik. Når du klikker et pladsholderfelt i dokumentet, bliver du bedt om at indsætte det element, som mangler."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150973.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3150973.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Hidden text"
|
|
msgstr "Skjult tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147524.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden text</emph> check box."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter et tekstfelt, som er skjult, når den betingelse, som du angiver, er opfyldt. For at bruge denne funktion, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</link></emph> og ryd afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Felter: Skjult tekst</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3154480.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Hidden Paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Skjult afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153677.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraph</emph> check box."
|
|
msgstr "Skjuler et afsnit, når den betingelse, som du angiver, er opfyldt. For at bruge denne funktion, <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</link></emph> og ryd afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Felter: Skjulte afsnit</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3154192.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "Combine characters "
|
|
msgstr "Kombiner tegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3159199.42.help.text
|
|
msgid "Combines up to 6 characters, so that they behave as a single character. This feature is only available when Asian fonts are supported."
|
|
msgstr "Kombinerer op til 6 tegn, så de opfører sig som et enkelt tegn. Denne funktionalitet er kun tilgængelig, når asiatiske skrifttyper er understøttet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352213.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352213.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Klik på det format, som du vil bruge til det valgte felt, eller klik på \"Flere formater\" for at definere et brugerdefineret format.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3151329.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "For function fields, the format field is only used for fields of the type placeholder. Here, the format determines the object for which the placeholder stands."
|
|
msgstr "For funktionsfelter bliver formatfeltet kun brugt til felter af typen pladsholder. Her bestemmer formatet, hvilket objekt pladsholderen står for."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3149494.18.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3149494.18.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Condition"
|
|
msgstr "Betingelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3143281.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBCONDITION\">For fields linked to a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link>, enter the criteria here.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBCONDITION\">For felter kædet til en <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">betingelse</link>, indtast kriteriet her.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3151248.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3151248.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Then, Else"
|
|
msgstr "Så, Ellers"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3154830.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCCOND2\">Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then </emph>box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the <emph>Else </emph>box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCCOND2\">Angiv den tekst, der skal vises, når betingelsen er opfyldt i feltet <emph>Så</emph>, og den tekst, der skal vises, når betingelsen ikke er opfyldt i feltet <emph>Ellers</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3146865.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also insert database fields in the <emph>Then </emph>and <emph>Else </emph>boxes using the format \"databasename.tablename.fieldname\"."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også indsætte databasefelter i boksene <emph>Så</emph> og <emph>Ellers</emph> ved at bruge formatet \"databasenavn.tabelnavn.feltnavn\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147583.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "If the table or the field name does not exist in a database, nothing is inserted."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis tabellen eller feltnavnet ikke eksisterer i en database, vil intet blive indsat."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3152585.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you include the quotes in \"databasename.tablename.fieldname\", the expression is inserted as text."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du inkluderer citationstegnene i \"databasename.tablename.fieldname\", bliver udtrykket indsat som tekst."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3155136.26.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3155136.26.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Reference"
|
|
msgstr "Henvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3155149.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "Type the text that you want to display in the field. If you are inserting a placeholder field, type the text that you want to display as a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field. "
|
|
msgstr "Skriv den tekst, som du vil vise i feltet. Hvis du indsætter et pladsholderfelt, så skriv den tekst, som du vil vise som et hjælpetip, når du lader musemarkøren blive over feltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3147071.28.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3147071.28.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Format"
|
|
msgstr "Format"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147084.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the macro that you want to run when the field is clicked."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg den makro, som du vil køre, når der klikkes på feltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3154384.30.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3154384.30.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Macro name"
|
|
msgstr "Makronavn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153351.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the name of the selected macro."
|
|
msgstr "Viser navnet på den valgte makro."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3156269.32.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3156269.32.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Placeholder"
|
|
msgstr "Pladsholder"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3156282.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Type the text that you want to appear in the placeholder field."
|
|
msgstr "Skriv den tekst, som du vil vise i pladsholderfeltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3150587.34.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3150587.34.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Hidden text"
|
|
msgstr "Skjult tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149173.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "Type the text that you want to hide if a condition is met."
|
|
msgstr "Skriv den tekst, som du vil skjule, hvis en betingelse er opfyldt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3151028.40.help.text
|
|
msgid "Characters"
|
|
msgstr "Tegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3145771.43.help.text
|
|
msgid "Enter the characters that you want to combine. You can combine a maximum of 6 characters. This option is only available for the <emph>Combine characters</emph> field type."
|
|
msgstr "Indtast tegnene, som du vil kombinere. Du kan kombinere højst 6 tegn. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig for felttypen <emph>Kombiner tegn</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3156369.41.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3156369.41.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Value"
|
|
msgstr "Værdi"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3151370.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "Enter a value for the selected field."
|
|
msgstr "Indtast en værdi for det valgte felt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3148877.36.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3148877.36.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Macro"
|
|
msgstr "Makro"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3155912.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_BT_FUNCMACRO\">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the \"Execute macro\" function field."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_BT_FUNCMACRO\">Åbner <emph>Makrovælger</emph>, hvor du kan vælge makroen, der vil køre, når du klikker på det valgte felt i dokumentet.</ahelp> Denne knap er kun tilgængelig for funktionsfeltet \"Udfør makro\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150111.49.help.text
|
|
msgid "The following controls are displayed for <emph>Input list</emph> fields:"
|
|
msgstr "De følgende kontrolelementer vises for felter af typen <emph>Indtastningsliste</emph>:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3155860.50.help.text
|
|
msgid "Item"
|
|
msgstr "Element"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150688.51.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTITEM\">Enter a new item.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTITEM\">Indtast et nyt element.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3147413.52.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3147413.52.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Add"
|
|
msgstr "Tilføj"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147473.53.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTADD\">Adds the <emph>Item</emph> to the list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTADD\">Tilføjer <emph>Element</emph> til listen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3147496.54.help.text
|
|
msgid "Items on list"
|
|
msgstr "Elementer på listen"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147618.55.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_FUNC_LB_LISTITEMS\">Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_FUNC_LB_LISTITEMS\">Opremser elementerne. Det øverste element vises i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3145263.56.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3145263.56.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Remove"
|
|
msgstr "Fjern"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149558.57.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTREMOVE\">Removes the selected item from the list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTREMOVE\">Fjerner det valgte element fra listen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3145126.58.help.text
|
|
msgid "Move Up"
|
|
msgstr "Flyt opad"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3155970.59.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTUP\">Moves the selected item up in the list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTUP\">Flytter det valgte element op på listen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3150549.60.help.text
|
|
msgid "Move Down"
|
|
msgstr "Flyt nedad"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3156221.61.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTDOWN\">Moves the selected item down in the list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTDOWN\">Flytter det valgte element ned på listen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3149215.62.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3149215.62.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147733.63.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTNAME\">Enter a unique name for the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTNAME\">Indtast et entydigt navn i <emph>Indtastningslisten</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3146332.64.help.text
|
|
msgid "Choose Item"
|
|
msgstr "Vælg element"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147455.65.help.text
|
|
msgid "This dialog is shown when you click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in the document. "
|
|
msgstr "Denne dialog bliver vist, når du klikker på en <emph>Indtastningsliste</emph> i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149837.66.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_LB_LISTITEMS\">Choose the item that you want to display in the document, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_LB_LISTITEMS\">Vælg det element, som du vil vise i dokumentet, klik så <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3147602.67.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3147602.67.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3148855.68.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_EDIT\">Displays the <emph>Edit Fields: Functions</emph> dialog, where you can edit the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_EDIT\">Viser dialogen <emph>Rediger felter: Funktioner</emph>, hvor du kan redigere <emph>Indtastningsliste</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3155558.69.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3155558.69.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Next"
|
|
msgstr "Næste"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3148434.70.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_NEXT\">Closes the current <emph>Input list</emph> and displays the next, if available.</ahelp> You see this button when you open the <emph>Choose Item</emph> dialog by Ctrl+Shift+F9."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_NEXT\">Lukker den aktuelle <emph>Indtastningsliste</emph> og viser den næste, hvis den er tilgængelig.</ahelp> Du ser denne knap, når du åbner dialogen <emph>Vælg element</emph> med Ctrl+Skift+F9."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Footnotes/Endnotes Settings"
|
|
msgstr "Fodnote-/Slutnoteindstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080000.xhp#hd_id3153004.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Footnote options\">Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Footnote options\">Fodnote-/Slutnoteindstillinger</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080000.xhp#par_id3149882.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"fnoten\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FootnoteDialog\">Specifies the display settings for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"fnoten\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FootnoteDialog\">Angiver indstillingerne for visning af fod- og slutnoter.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New Address Block"
|
|
msgstr "Ny adresseblok"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New Address Block"
|
|
msgstr "Ny adresseblok"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10546.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block of a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">mail merge</link> document."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver placeringen af adressedatafelter i en adresseblok i et <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">brevfletnings</link>-dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Address Elements"
|
|
msgstr "Adresseelementer"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg et felt og træk feltet til den anden liste.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10570.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10570.help.text"
|
|
msgid ">"
|
|
msgstr ">"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list. You can add the same field more than once.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Føjer det valgte felt fra listen af adresseelementer til den anden liste. Du kan tilføje det samme felt mere end én gang.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<"
|
|
msgstr "<"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Fjerner det valgte felt fra den anden liste.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Drag address element to the field below"
|
|
msgstr "Træk adresseelement til feltet nedenunder"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arranger felterne med træk og slip eller brug pilene.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Preview"
|
|
msgstr "Forhåndsvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Viser et eksempel på den første datapost med det aktuelle adressebloklayout.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text"
|
|
msgid "(Arrow Buttons)"
|
|
msgstr "(Piletaster)"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10590.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10590.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg et element på listen og klik en pileknap for at flytte elementet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120220.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Entries (indexes/tables)"
|
|
msgstr "Elementer (indekser/oversigter)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3149349.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp\" name=\"Entries (indexes/tables)\">Entries (indexes/tables)</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp\" name=\"Elementer (indekser/oversigter)\">Elementer (indekser/oversigter)</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120220.xhp#par_id3154504.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"HID_TP_TOX_ENTRY\">Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\">Index/Table</link> tab.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"HID_TP_TOX_ENTRY\">Angiv formatet for indeks-/oversigtelementerne. Udseendet af dette faneblad ændres til at afspejle det type indeks, som du har valgt på fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\">Indeks/oversigt</link>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3148770.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp\" name=\"Table of Contents\">Table of Contents</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp\" name=\"Indholdsfortegnelse\">Indholdsfortegnelse</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3147564.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"Alphabetical Index\">Alphabetical Index</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"Stikordsregister\">Stikordsregister</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3151188.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"Illustration Index\">Illustration Index</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"Figuroversigt\">Figuroversigt</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3150761.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp\" name=\"Index of Tables\">Index of Tables</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp\" name=\"Tabeloversigt\">Tabeloversigt</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3153517.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined\">User-Defined</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp\" name=\"Brugerdefineret\">Brugerdefineret</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3151175.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp\" name=\"Table of Objects\">Table of Objects</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp\" name=\"Objektoversigt\">Objektoversigt</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3147506.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography\">Bibliography</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Litteraturliste\">Litteraturliste</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04130000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04130000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Frame"
|
|
msgstr "Ramme"
|
|
|
|
#: 04130000.xhp#hd_id3151189.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04130000.xhp#hd_id3151189.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Frame"
|
|
msgstr "Ramme"
|
|
|
|
#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3145420.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"rahm\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrame\">Inserts a frame that you can use to create a layout of one or more columns of text and objects.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"rahm\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrame\">Indsætter en ramme, som du kan bruge til at oprette et layout med en eller flere kolonner af tekst og objekter.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3153678.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "To edit a frame, click the border to select it, and then choose <emph>Format - Frame/Object</emph>. You can also resize or move a selected frame using special <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">shortcut keys</link>."
|
|
msgstr "For at redigere en ramme skal du klikke på kanten for at markere den og så vælge <emph>Formater - Ramme/Objekt</emph>. Du kan også ændre størrelse på eller flytte en markeret ramme ved at bruge specielle <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">genvejstaster</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3152952.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "To delete a frame, click the border of the frame, and then press Delete."
|
|
msgstr "For at slette en ramme, klik kanten af rammen, og tryk så Delete."
|
|
|
|
#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3151311.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you see small red arrows at the beginning and the end of text in frame, use the arrow keys to scroll through the remaining text."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du ser små røde pile ved begyndelsen og slutningen af teksten i rammen, kan du bruge piletasterne til at rulle igennem den resterende tekst."
|
|
|
|
#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3155896.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the preview area of the <emph>Frame</emph> dialog, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle."
|
|
msgstr "I forhåndsvisningsområdet i dialogen <emph>Ramme</emph>, vil rammen være repræsenteret ved en grøn firkant, og referenceområdet ved en rød rektangel."
|
|
|
|
#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3149694.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also preview the effects when you change the frame anchor to \"As Character\". The \"Baseline\" is drawn in red, \"Character\" is the font height, and \"line\" is the height of the line, including the frame."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også forhåndsvise resultatet, når du ændrer rammeankeret til \"Som tegn\". \"Grundlinje\" er tegnet rød, \"Tegn\" er skrifttypehøjden, og \"Linje\" er højden på linjen, inklusiv rammen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04130000.xhp#hd_id3149107.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Icon on the Insert toolbar:"
|
|
msgstr "Ikon på værktøjslinjen Indsæt:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3148970.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"syrahmentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrameInteract\">Draws a frame where you drag in the document. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the number of columns for the frame.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"syrahmentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrameInteract\">Tegner en ramme som du trækker i dokumentet. Klik på pilen ved siden af ikonet for at vælge antal kolonner til rammen.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060800.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Hyperlink"
|
|
msgstr "Hyperlink"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#bm_id3150980.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; for objects</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>objekter; definere hyperlink</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer; definere hyperlink</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billeder; definere hyperlink</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlink; til objekter</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3150980.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp\" name=\"Hyperlink\">Hyperlink</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp\" name=\"Hyperlink\">Hyperlink</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3154188.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_URL\">Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_URL\">Angiv egenskaberne for hyperlinket for den valgte grafik, ramme eller OLE-objekt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3155180.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Link to"
|
|
msgstr "Hyperlink til"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3143275.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Set the link properties."
|
|
msgstr "Definer egenskaber for hyperlink."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3149485.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060800.xhp#hd_id3149485.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "URL"
|
|
msgstr "URL"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3154831.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_URL\">Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_URL\">Indtast den fuldstændige sti til den fil, som du vil åbne,</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3151260.17.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060800.xhp#hd_id3151260.17.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Browse"
|
|
msgstr "Gennemse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3149109.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_URL:PB_SEARCH\">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\">FTP server</link> in the Internet."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_URL:PB_SEARCH\">Find den fil, som du ønsker, at hyperlinket skal åbne, og klik så på <emph>Åbn</emph>.</ahelp> Målfilen kan være på din egen computer eller på en <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\">FTP-server</link> på internettet."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3148972.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060800.xhp#hd_id3148972.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3147217.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_NAME\">Indtast et navn for hyperlinket.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3153636.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060800.xhp#hd_id3153636.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Frame"
|
|
msgstr "Ramme"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3149042.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_FRAME\">Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.</ahelp> The predefined target frame names are described <link href=\"text/shared/01/01100500.xhp\" name=\"here\">here</link>."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_FRAME\">Angiv navnet på den ramme, hvor du vil åbne målfilen.</ahelp> De foruddefinerede målrammenavne er beskrevet <link href=\"text/shared/01/01100500.xhp\" name=\"here\">her</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3152772.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Image Map"
|
|
msgstr "Imagemap"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3155138.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the type of <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap\" name=\"ImageMap\">ImageMap</link> that you want to use. The ImageMap settings override the hyperlink settings that you enter on this page."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg typen af <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap\" name=\"Imagemap\">Imagemap</link>, som du vil bruge. Imagemap-indstillinger tilsidesætter hyperlinkindstillingerne, som du indtaster på denne side."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3153357.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Server-side image map"
|
|
msgstr "Grafikobjekt på serversiden"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3149176.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_SERVER\">Uses a server-side image map.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_SERVER\">Bruger et kortbillede på serveren.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3156278.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Client-side image map"
|
|
msgstr "Grafikobjekt på klientsiden"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3151036.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_CLIENT\">Uses the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_CLIENT\">Bruger den <link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\">Imagemap</link>, som du oprettede for det valgte objekt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3151380.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url\" name=\"URL\">URL</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url\" name=\"URL\">URL</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Drop Caps"
|
|
msgstr "Uncialer"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#bm_id7635731.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>first letters as large capital letters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;starting paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drop caps insertion</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>første bogstaver som store bogstaver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bogstaver;begynde afsnit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsæt uncialer</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3150252.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp\" name=\"Drop Caps\">Drop Caps</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp\" name=\"Uncialer\">Uncialer</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3154763.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DROPCAPS\">Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DROPCAPS\">Formaterer det første bogstav i et afsnit med et stort bogstav, som kan spænde over flere linjer. Afsnittet skal mindst spænde over så mange linjer, som du angiver i feltet Linjer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3151388.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3151388.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Settings"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3147295.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Show Drop Caps"
|
|
msgstr "Vis uncialer"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3150536.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_SWITCH\">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_SWITCH\">Bruger uncial-indstillingerne på det markerede afsnit.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3155626.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "Whole word"
|
|
msgstr "Helt ord"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3154554.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_WORD\">Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_WORD\">Viser det første bogstav i det første ord i afsnittet som uncial og de resterende bogstaver af ordet med store typer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3154505.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Number of characters"
|
|
msgstr "Antal tegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3149881.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DROPCAPS\">Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. </ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DROPCAPS\">Indtast antal tegn, der skal konverteres til uncialer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3150932.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Lines"
|
|
msgstr "Linjer"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3148391.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_LINES\">Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.</ahelp> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_LINES\">Angiv antal linjer, som du ønsker, at uncialerne skal fylde nedad fra den første linje i afsnittet. Kortere afsnit får ikke uncialer.</ahelp> Valget er begrænset til 2-9 linjer."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3149030.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3149030.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Distance from text"
|
|
msgstr "Afstand til tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3153926.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DISTANCE\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DISTANCE\">Indtast hvor meget plads, der skal være mellem uncialerne og resten af teksten i afsnittet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3153723.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3153723.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Contents"
|
|
msgstr "Indhold"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3154638.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3154638.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Text"
|
|
msgstr "Tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3147569.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_DROPCAPS_EDT_TEXT\">Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_DROPCAPS_EDT_TEXT\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise som uncialer i stedet for de første bogstaver af afsnittet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3150763.17.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3150763.17.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character Style"
|
|
msgstr "Tegntypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3151181.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_BOX_TEMPLATE\">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None]."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_BOX_TEMPLATE\">Vælg den formateringstypografi, som du vil anvende på uncialerne.</ahelp> For at bruge formateringstypografien fra det aktuelle afsnit, skal du vælge [Ingen]."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_seladdlis.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Select Address List"
|
|
msgstr "Vælg adresseliste"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Select Address List"
|
|
msgstr "Vælg adresseliste"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10549.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the address list that you want to use for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">mail merge</link>, then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Marker adresselisten, som du vil bruge til <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">brevfletning</link> og klik så <emph>OK</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Add"
|
|
msgstr "Tilføj"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1055E.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">Select Table</link> dialog opens."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg den databasefil der indeholder de adresser, som du vil bruge som en adresseliste.</ahelp> Hvis filen indeholder mere end én tabel, åbnes dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">Vælg tabel</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10573.help.text
|
|
msgid "Create"
|
|
msgstr "Opret"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can create a new address list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">Ny adresseliste</link>, hvor du kan oprette en ny adresseliste.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1059A.help.text
|
|
msgid "Filter"
|
|
msgstr "Filter"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1059E.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/shared/02/12090100.xhp\">Standard Filter</link> dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/shared/02/12090100.xhp\">Standardfilter</link>, hvor du kan anvende filtre på adresselisten for at vise de modtagere, som du vil se.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105AF.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105AF.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105B3.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">Ny adresseliste</link>, hvor du kan redigere den valgte adresseliste.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105C4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Change Table"
|
|
msgstr "Skift tabel"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105C8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">Select Table</link> dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">Vælg tabel</link>, hvor du kan vælge en anden tabel til brug for brevfletning.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New Address List"
|
|
msgstr "Ny adresseliste"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New Address List"
|
|
msgstr "Ny adresseliste"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10546.help.text
|
|
msgid "Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">mail merge</link> documents. When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialog prompts you for the location to save the address list."
|
|
msgstr "Indtast nye adresser eller rediger adresserne for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">brevfletnings</link>dokumenter. Når du klikker på <emph>OK</emph>, spørger en dialog dig om den placering, hvor adresselisten skal gemmes."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10557.help.text
|
|
msgid "Address Information"
|
|
msgstr "Adresseinformation"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1055B.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter or edit the field contents for each mail merge recipient.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast eller rediger feltindholdet for hver brevfletningsmodtager.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1055E.help.text
|
|
msgid "Show Entry Number"
|
|
msgstr "Vis elementnummer"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click the buttons to navigate through the records or enter a record number to display a record.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Klik på knapperne for at navigere gennem dataposterne eller indtast et datapostnummer for at vise en datapost.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New"
|
|
msgstr "Ny"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a new blank record to the address list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Føjer en ny tom datapost til adresselisten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Delete"
|
|
msgstr "Slet"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected record.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sletter den valgte datapost.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Find"
|
|
msgstr "Søg"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp\">Find Entry</link> dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp\">Søg element</link>. Du kan lade dialogen være åben, mens du rediger elementerne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1059A.help.text
|
|
msgid "Customize"
|
|
msgstr "Tilpas"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1059E.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp\">Customize Address List</link> dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp\">Tilpas adresseliste</link>, hvor du kan omarrangere, omdøbe, tilføje og slette felter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: selection_mode.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Selection Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Markeringstilstand"
|
|
|
|
#: selection_mode.xhp#hd_id4177678.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp\">Selection Mode</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp\">Markeringstilstand</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: selection_mode.xhp#par_id2962126.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg markeringstilstand fra undermenuen: normal markeringstilstand eller blok markeringstilstand.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: selection_mode.xhp#par_id9816278.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">In normal selection mode, you can select multi-line text including the line ends.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">I normal markeringstilstand kan du vælge flerlinjetekst inklusiv linjeafslutningen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: selection_mode.xhp#par_id3097323.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">In block selection mode, you can select a rectangular block of text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">I blok markeringstilstand kan du kan vælge en rektangulær tekst blok.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120214.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120214.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Index"
|
|
msgstr "Indeks"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120214.xhp#hd_id3151387.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp\" name=\"Indeks\">Indeks</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120214.xhp#par_id3146320.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Index of Tables </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">De følgende indstillinger er tilgængelige, når du vælger <emph>Tabeloversigt</emph> som <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">indekstype</link>.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120213.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Index"
|
|
msgstr "Indeks"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3147570.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"Indeks\">Indeks</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3145415.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select the <emph>Illustration Index </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">De følgende indstillinger er tilgængelige, når du vælger <emph>Figuroversigt</emph> som <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">indekstype</link>.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3153534.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120213.xhp#hd_id3153534.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Create from"
|
|
msgstr "Opret ud fra"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3151315.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the information to be combined to form an index."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv informationen, der skal kombineres for at lave et indeks."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3154478.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Captions"
|
|
msgstr "Billedtekster"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3153677.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMCAPTIONS\">Creates index entries from object captions.</ahelp> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMCAPTIONS\">Opretter elementer i indekset udfra objektbilledtekster.</ahelp> For at tilføje en billedtekst til et objekt skal du vælge objektet og så vælge <emph>Indsæt - Billedtekst</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3154576.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120213.xhp#hd_id3154576.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Category"
|
|
msgstr "Kategori"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3149687.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_CAPTIONSEQUENCE\">Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_CAPTIONSEQUENCE\">Vælg billedtekstkategorien, som du vil bruge til indekselementerne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3154195.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Display"
|
|
msgstr "Vis"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3155186.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_DISPLAYTYPE\">Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.</ahelp> The following table lists the caption options that can be selected, based on the caption text \"Illustration 24: The Sun\", where \"Illustration 24\" was automatically generated, and \"The Sun\" was added by the user."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_DISPLAYTYPE\">Vælg den del af billedteksten, som du vil bruge til indekselementer.</ahelp> Følgende tabel opremser de billedtekstindstillinger, som kan vælges, baseret på billedteksten \"Illustration 24: Solen\", hvor \"Illustration 24\" blev genereret automatisk, og \"Solen\" blev tilføjet af brugeren."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3151260.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Selections in the Display list box"
|
|
msgstr "Udvalg i rullelisten"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3148972.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Entry in the Index"
|
|
msgstr "Element i indekset"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3147213.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Reference Text"
|
|
msgstr "Henvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3153636.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Illustration 24: The Sun"
|
|
msgstr "Illustration 24: Solen"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3152768.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120213.xhp#par_id3152768.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Category and Number"
|
|
msgstr "Kategori og nummer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3155145.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Illustration 24"
|
|
msgstr "Illustration 24"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3149168.17.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120213.xhp#par_id3149168.17.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Caption"
|
|
msgstr "Billedtekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3145781.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "The Sun"
|
|
msgstr "Solen"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3155915.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you select \"Caption Text\", the punctuation and the space at the beginning of the caption does not appear in the index entry."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du vælger \"Billedtekst\", vil tegnsætningen og afstanden i begyndelsen af billedteksten ikke vises i indekselementet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3151378.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "Object names"
|
|
msgstr "Objektnavn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3155863.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMOBJECTNAMES\">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMOBJECTNAMES\">Opretter indekselementer udfra objektnavne.</ahelp> Du kan for eksempel se objektnavne i Navigatoren og ændre dem i genvejsmenuen."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Graphics"
|
|
msgstr "Grafik"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Graphics"
|
|
msgstr "Grafik"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060000.xhp#par_id3148774.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"grafiktext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:GraphicDialog\">Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected graphic.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"grafiktext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:GraphicDialog\">Formaterer størrelsen, placeringen og andre egenskaber for den valgte grafik.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060000.xhp#par_id3147167.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also change some of the properties of the selected graphic with <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">shortcut keys</link>."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også ændre nogle af egenskaberne for den valgte grafik med <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">genvejstaster</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060000.xhp#par_id3150759.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "The <emph>Graphics</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:"
|
|
msgstr "Dialogen <emph>Grafik</emph> indeholder følgende faneblade:"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\">Wrap</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Ombrydning\">Ombrydning</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Outline to Presentation"
|
|
msgstr "Disposition til præsentation"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160100.xhp#hd_id3154571.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp\" name=\"Outline to Presentation\">Outline to Presentation</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp\" name=\"Disposition til præsentation\">Disposition til præsentation</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160100.xhp#par_id3155186.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToStarImpres\">Sends the outline of the active document to a new presentation document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToStarImpres\">Sender dispositionen for det aktive dokument til et nyt præsentationsdokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05200000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Merge Table "
|
|
msgstr "Flet tabeller"
|
|
|
|
#: 05200000.xhp#bm_id3154652.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; merging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging; tables</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller; flette</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flette; tabeller</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05200000.xhp#hd_id3154652.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp\" name=\"Merge Table\">Merge Table</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp\" name=\"Flet tabeller\">Flet tabeller</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05200000.xhp#par_id3147401.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeTable\">Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeTable\">Kombinerer to på hinanden følgende tabeller til en enkelt tabel. Tabellerne skal følge direkte efter hinanden og må ikke være adskilt af et tomt afsnit.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05200000.xhp#par_id3146325.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you choose this command when the cursor is in the middle of three consecutive tables, you are prompted to select the table that you want to merge with."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis markøren er i den midterste af tre på hinanden følgende tabeller, når du vælger denne kommando, vil du blive bedt om at vælge den tabel, som du vil flette med."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120219.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Assign Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Tildel typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120219.xhp#hd_id3155621.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp\" name=\"Assign Styles\">Assign Styles</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp\" name=\"Tildel typografier\">Tildel typografier</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3145828.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES\" visibility=\"visible\">Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES\" visibility=\"visible\">Opretter indekselementer udfra specifikke afsnitstypografier.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120219.xhp#hd_id3145249.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120219.xhp#hd_id3145249.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3150566.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "The list contains the paragraph styles that you can assign to index levels."
|
|
msgstr "Listen indeholder afsnitstypografierne, som du kan tildele til indeksniveauer."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3147176.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the<emph> Styles</emph> list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>button to move the style to the index level that you want."
|
|
msgstr "For at oprette et indekselement fra en afsnitstypografi, skal du klikke på typografien i listen <emph>Typografier</emph>, og så på knappen <emph>>></emph> for at flytte typografien til det indeksniveau, som du ønsker."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120219.xhp#hd_id3150762.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<<"
|
|
msgstr "<<"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3149289.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_LEFT\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_LEFT\" visibility=\"visible\">Flytter den valgte afsnitstypografi et niveau op i indekshierarkiet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120219.xhp#hd_id3151178.8.help.text
|
|
msgid ">>"
|
|
msgstr ">>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3157903.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_RIGHT\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_RIGHT\" visibility=\"visible\">Flytter den valgte afsnitstypografi et niveau ned i indekshierarkiet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3151387.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp\" name=\"Numbering\">Numbering</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp\" name=\"Nummerering\">Nummerering</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3155620.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document."
|
|
msgstr "Specificerer talformatet og hierarkiet for kapitelnummereringen i det aktuelle dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3153003.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3153003.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Level"
|
|
msgstr "Niveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150018.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_LEVEL\">Click the outline level that you want to modify, and then specify the numbering options for the level.</ahelp> To apply the numbering options, except for the paragraph style, to all of the levels, click \"1-10\"."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_LEVEL\">Klik på dispositionsniveauet, som du vil ændre, og angiv så nummereringsindstillingerne for niveauet.</ahelp> For at anvende nummereringsindstillingerne, undtagen for afsnitstypografi, på alle niveauer, klik \"1-10\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3145248.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3145248.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150930.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the formatting for the select outline level."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv formateringen for det valgte dispositionsniveau."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3149030.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Paragraph Style"
|
|
msgstr "Afsnitstypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3153722.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_COLL\">Select the paragraph style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp> If you click \"None\", the selected outline level is not defined."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_COLL\">Vælg den afsnitstypografi, som du vil tildele til det markerede dispositionsniveau.</ahelp> Hvis du klikker \"Ingen\", bliver det markerede dispositionsniveau ikke defineret."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3151272.12.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3151272.12.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Number"
|
|
msgstr "Tal"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3156319.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_NUMBER\">Select the numbering style that you want to apply to the selected outline level.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_NUMBER\">Vælg den nummereringstypografi, som du vil anvende på det markerede dispositionsniveau.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150258.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<emph>Selection</emph>"
|
|
msgstr "<emph>Valg</emph>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3149760.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "<emph>Description</emph>"
|
|
msgstr "<emph>Beskrivelse</emph>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3147513.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "A, B, C, ..."
|
|
msgstr "A, B, C, ..."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150708.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Capital letters"
|
|
msgstr "Store bogstaver"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3154104.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "a, b, c, ..."
|
|
msgstr "a, b, c, ..."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3153533.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "Lowercase letters"
|
|
msgstr "Små bogstaver"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3151314.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "I, II, III, ..."
|
|
msgstr "I, II, III, ..."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3154470.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "Roman numerals (upper)"
|
|
msgstr "Romertal (store)"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150360.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "i, ii, iii, ..."
|
|
msgstr "i, ii, iii, ..."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3152960.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Roman numerals (lower)"
|
|
msgstr "Romertal (små)"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3155899.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "1, 2, 3, ..."
|
|
msgstr "1, 2, 3, ..."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3154191.25.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#par_id3154191.25.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Arabic numerals"
|
|
msgstr "Arabertal"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3149298.36.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#par_id3149298.36.help.text"
|
|
msgid "A,... AA,... AAA,..."
|
|
msgstr "A,... AA,... AAA,..."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3151332.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "Alphabetical numbering with identical capital letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the second number in level three is \"BBB\"."
|
|
msgstr "Alfabetisk nummerering med identiske store bogstaver, hvor antal af bogstaver angiver kapitelniveau. For eksempel er det andet tal på niveau tre \"BBB\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3143284.38.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#par_id3143284.38.help.text"
|
|
msgid "a,... aa,... aaa,..."
|
|
msgstr "a,... aa,... aaa,..."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3149820.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "Alphabetical numbering with identical lower case letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the third number in level two is \"cc\"."
|
|
msgstr "Alfabetisk nummerering med identiske små bogstaver, hvor antal bogstaver angiver kapitelniveau. For eksempel er det tredje tal på niveau to \"cc\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3154834.26.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#par_id3154834.26.help.text"
|
|
msgid "None"
|
|
msgstr "Ingen"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3148968.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "No numbering symbol. Only the character or symbol defined in the <emph>Separator</emph> fields appears at the beginning of the numbered line."
|
|
msgstr "Intet nummereringssymbol. Kun tegnet eller symbolet, der er defineret i feltet <emph>Skilletegn</emph> vises i begyndelsen af den nummererede linje."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3147098.40.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3147098.40.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character Style"
|
|
msgstr "Tegntypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3147224.41.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_CHARFMT\">Select the format of the numbering character.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_CHARFMT\">Vælg formatet for nummereringstegnet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3153643.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "Show sublevels"
|
|
msgstr "Vis underniveauer"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3147575.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:NF_ALL_LEVEL\">Select the number of outline levels to include in the chapter numbering. For example, select \"3\" to display three levels of chapter numbering: 1.1.1</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:NF_ALL_LEVEL\">Vælg antal niveauer i dispositionen som skal inkluderes i kapitelnummereringen. Vælg for eksempel \"3\" for at vise tre niveauer af kapitelnummereringen: 1.1.1</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3152772.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "Separator Before"
|
|
msgstr "Skilletegn Foran"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3155142.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_PREFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display before the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type \"Chapter \" to display \"Chapter 1\"."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_PREFIX\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise før kapitelnummeret.</ahelp> Skriv for eksempel \"Kapitel \" for at få \"Kapitel 1\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3154386.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "Separator After"
|
|
msgstr "Skilletegn Efter"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3153358.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_SUFFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type a period (.) to display \"1.\""
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_SUFFIX\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise efter kapitelnummeret.</ahelp> Skriv for eksempel et punktum (.) for at få \"1.\""
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3150590.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3150590.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Start at"
|
|
msgstr "Begynd med"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3151023.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_START\">Enter the number that you want to restart the chapter numbering at.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_START\">Indtast det tal som du vil genstarte kapitelnummereringen med.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Customize Address List"
|
|
msgstr "Tilpas adresseliste"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Customize Address List"
|
|
msgstr "Tilpas adresseliste"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10540.help.text
|
|
msgid "Customizes the address list for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">mail merge</link> documents."
|
|
msgstr "Tilpasser adresselisten til <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">brevfletningsdokumenter</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10551.help.text
|
|
msgid "Address list elements"
|
|
msgstr "Adresselisteelementer"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the fields that you want to move, delete, or rename.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Marker de felter, som du vil flytte, slette eller omdøbe.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10560.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10560.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Add"
|
|
msgstr "Tilføj"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Inserts a new text field.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indsætter et nyt tekstfelt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1056E.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1056E.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Delete"
|
|
msgstr "Slet"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected field.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sletter det valgte felt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10575.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10575.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Rename"
|
|
msgstr "Omdøb"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Renames the selected text field.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Omdøber det valgte tekstfelt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Entries (alphabetical index)"
|
|
msgstr "Elementer (stikordsregister)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3147506.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"Entries (alphabetical index)\">Entries (alphabetical index)</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"Elementer (stikordsregister)\">Elementer (stikordsregister)</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3154100.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format of the alphabetical index entries. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Angiv formatet for elementer i stikordsregistret.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3153532.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Level \"S\" refers to the single letter headings that divide the index entries alphabetically. To enable these headings, select the <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph> check box in the <emph>Format</emph> area."
|
|
msgstr "Niveau \"S\" henviser til de enkeltbogstavs-overskrifter, som opdeler indekselementerne alfabetisk. For at aktivere disse overskrifter, marker afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Alfabetisk skilletegn</emph> i området <emph>Format</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3152957.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Chapter Info"
|
|
msgstr "Kapitelinformation"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3154573.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_CHAPTERINFO\">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_CHAPTERINFO\">Indsætter information om kapitlet, såsom kapiteloverskrift og nummer. Vælg den information, som du vil vise, i feltet <emph>Kapitelelement</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3149692.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Chapter entry"
|
|
msgstr "Kapitelelement"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3155174.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHAPTERENTRY\">Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHAPTERENTRY\">Vælg den kapitelinformation, som du vil inkludere i indekselementet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id7605517.help.text
|
|
msgid "Evaluate up to level"
|
|
msgstr "Evaluer indtil niveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#par_id6739402.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the maximum hierarchy level down to which objects are shown in the generated index.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast det maksimale hierarki niveau hvortil objekter vises i det genererede indeks.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3149493.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Character Style for main entries"
|
|
msgstr "Tegntypografi til hovedelementer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3149109.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_MAIN_ENTRY_STYLE\">Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"><emph>Index Entry</emph></link>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_MAIN_ENTRY_STYLE\">Angiv formateringstypografien for overordnede ord i det alfabetiske stikordsregister. For at ændre et stikord til et overordnet stikord, højreklik foran stikordsfeltet i dokumentet og vælg så <emph>Rediger - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"><emph>Indekselement</emph></link>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3148977.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Alphabetical delimiter"
|
|
msgstr "Alfabetisk skilletegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3147100.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_ALPHADELIM\">Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_ALPHADELIM\">Bruger begyndelsesbogstaverne på de alfabetisk ordnede indekselementer som sektionsoverskrifter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3147226.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Key separated by commas"
|
|
msgstr "Kommasepareret nøgle"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3153631.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_COMMASEPARATED\">Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_COMMASEPARATED\">Arrrangerer indekselementerne på samme linje, adskilt af kommaer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120200.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120200.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Optimal Width"
|
|
msgstr "Optimal bredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120200.xhp#hd_id3149500.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120200.xhp#hd_id3149500.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Optimal Width"
|
|
msgstr "Optimal bredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120200.xhp#par_id3149050.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"spaltenbreitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth\">Automatically adjusts column widths to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> Changing the width of a column does not affect the width of the other columns in the table. The width of the table cannot exceed the page width.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"spaltenbreitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth\">Justerer automatisk kolonnebredderne, så de passer til indholdet af cellerne.</ahelp> Ændring af kolonnebredden påvirker ikke bredden af de andre kolonner i tabellen. Bredden af tabellen kan ikke overstige sidebredden.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120200.xhp#par_id5611743.help.text
|
|
msgid "The change affects only selected cells. You can adjust multiple cells next to each other if you select the cells together."
|
|
msgstr "Ændringen påvirker kun markerede celler. Du kan tilpasse flere celler ved siden af hinanden, hvis du vælger cellerne sammen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "DocInformation"
|
|
msgstr "Dokumentinformation"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#hd_id3154479.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp\" name=\"DocInformation\">DocInformation</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp\" name=\"Dokumentinformation\">Dokumentinformation</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3149692.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "DocInformation fields contain information about the properties of a document, such as the date a document was created. To view the properties of a document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Dokumentinformationsfelter indeholder information om egenskaberne for et dokument, som for eksempel datoen for oprettelsen af et dokument. For at se egenskaberne for et dokument, vælg <emph>Filer - Egenskaber</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3148982.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you export and import an HTML document containing DocInformation fields, <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#dokumentinfo\" name=\"special $[officename] formats\">special $[officename] formats</link> are used."
|
|
msgstr "Når du eksporterer og importerer et HTML-dokument, som indeholder Dokumentinformationsfelter, bruges <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#dokumentinfo\" name=\"special $[officename] formats\">specielle $[officename]-formater</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290053.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opremser de tilgængelige felttyper. For at føje et felt til dit dokument, skal du klikke på en felttype, klikke på et felt i listen Vælg og så klikke på Indsæt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3155140.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id3155140.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3149176.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id3149176.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Meaning"
|
|
msgstr "Betydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3145774.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Modified"
|
|
msgstr "Ændret"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3155915.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time of the last save."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter forfatterens navn og datoen eller klokkeslættet for den seneste gemning."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150108.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Editing time"
|
|
msgstr "Redigeringstid"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3155860.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the amount of time spent on editing a document."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter den samlede tid, der er brugt på at redigere et dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150700.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Comments"
|
|
msgstr "Indhold"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3147490.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the comments as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab page of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter kommentaren som er indtastet på fanebladet <emph>Beskrivelse</emph> i dialogen <emph>Filegenskaber</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3145262.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Document number"
|
|
msgstr "Dokumentnummer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150556.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the version number of the current document."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter versionsnummeret for det aktuelle dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3146326.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Created"
|
|
msgstr "Oprettet"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3149833.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time when the document was created."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter forfatterens navn, og datoen eller klokkeslættet for dokumentets oprettelse."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3148856.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Info 0 - 3"
|
|
msgstr "Info 0 - 3"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3154784.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the contents of the info fields found on the <emph>User Defined </emph>tab of the <link href=\"text/shared/01/01100300.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties\"><emph>File - Properties</emph></link> dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter indholdet af de infofelter, der findes på fanebladet <emph>Brugerdefineret</emph> i dialogen <link href=\"text/shared/01/01100300.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties\"><emph>Filer - Egenskaber</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150177.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "Last printed"
|
|
msgstr "Senest udskrevet"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3156094.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the name of the author, and the date or time that the document was last printed."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter forfatterens navn, og datoen eller klokkeslættet, da dokumentet senest blev udskrevet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3156122.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "Keywords"
|
|
msgstr "Nøgleord"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150912.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the keywords as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter de nøgleord, som er indtastet under fanebladet <emph>Beskrivelse</emph> i dialogen <emph>Filer - Egenskaber</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3154328.22.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id3154328.22.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Subject"
|
|
msgstr "Emne"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3146942.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the subject as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter emnet, som er indtastet under fanebladet <emph>Beskrivelse</emph> i dialogen <emph>Filer - Egenskaber</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150092.24.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id3150092.24.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Title"
|
|
msgstr "Titel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150033.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the title as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter titlen, som er indtastet under fanebladet <emph>Beskrivelse</emph> i dialogen <emph>Filer - Egenskaber</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290272.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opremser de tilgængelige felter for felttypen valgt i listen <emph>Type </emph>. For at indsætte et felt skal du klikke på feltet og så klikke på <emph>Indsæt</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3149956.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "For the \"Created\", \"Modified\", and \"Last printed\" field types, you can include the author, date, and time of the corresponding operation."
|
|
msgstr "For felttyperne \"Oprettet\", \"Ændret\", og \"Senest udskrevet\", kan du inkludere forfatteren, dato, og klokkeslættet for den tilsvarende operation."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290382.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290382.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Klik på det format, som du vil bruge til det valgte felt, eller klik på \"Flere formater\" for at definere et brugerdefineret format.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#hd_id3149608.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "Fixed content"
|
|
msgstr "Fast indhold"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150767.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FLD_DOKINF:CB_DOKINFFIXEDCONTENT\">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FLD_DOKINF:CB_DOKINFFIXEDCONTENT\">Indsætter feltet som statisk indhold. Det vil sige at feltet ikke kan blive opdateret.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3155554.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "Fields with fixed content are only evaluated when you create a new document from a template that contains such a field. For example, a date field with fixed content inserts the date that a new document was created from the template."
|
|
msgstr "Felter med fastlåst indhold bliver kun beregnet, når du opretter et nyt dokument fra en skabelon, som indeholder sådan et felt. For eksempel, et datofelt med fastlåst indhold indsætter datoen for oprettelsen af et nyt dokument fra skabelonen."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Text Grid"
|
|
msgstr "Tekstgitter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#bm_id3150760.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>text grid for Asian layout</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstgitter for Asiatisk layout</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3150760.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp\" name=\"Text Grid\">Text Grid</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp\" name=\"Tekstgitter\">Tekstgitter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3151171.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Tilføjer et tekstgitter til den aktuelle sidetypografi. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis asiatisk sprogunderstøttelse er aktiveret under <emph>Sprogindstillinger - Sprog</emph> i dialogfeltet Indstillinger.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3154101.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Grid"
|
|
msgstr "Gitter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3149805.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_RB_CHARSGRID\">Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_RB_CHARSGRID\">Tilføjer eller fjerner et tekstgitter til linjer eller tegn på den aktuelle sidetypografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3153537.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Grid layout"
|
|
msgstr "Gitterlayout"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3154478.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Lines per page"
|
|
msgstr "Linjer pr. side"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3151308.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_LINESPERPAGE\">Enter the maximum number of lines that you want on a page.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_LINESPERPAGE\">Indtast det maksimale antal linjer som du ønsker på en side.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3152957.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Characters per line"
|
|
msgstr "Tegn pr. linje"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3153674.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_CHARSPERLINE\">Enter the maximum number of characters that you want on a line.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_CHARSPERLINE\">Indtast det maksimale antal tegn som du ønsker på en linje.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3149684.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Max. base text size"
|
|
msgstr "Basistekststørrelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3154193.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_TEXTSIZE\">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_TEXTSIZE\">Indtast den maksimale basistekststørrelse. En stor værdi resulterer i færre tegn per linje.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3155182.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Max. Ruby text size"
|
|
msgstr "Maks. størrelse for fonetisk tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3143283.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_RUBYSIZE\">Enter the font size for the Ruby text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_RUBYSIZE\">Angiv skriftstørrelsen for den fonetiske tekst.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3149496.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Ruby text below/left from base text"
|
|
msgstr "Fonetisk tekst under/til venstre for basistekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3149816.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_CB_RUBYBELOW\">Displays Ruby text to the left of or below the base text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_CB_RUBYBELOW\">Viser Fonetisk tekst til venstre for eller under basisteksten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3149100.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Grid display"
|
|
msgstr "Gittervisning"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3147089.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_LB_COLOR\">Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_LB_COLOR\">Specificerer udskrifts- og farveindstillinger for tekstgitteret.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Wrap"
|
|
msgstr "Ombrydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3153527.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3153527.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\">Wrap</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Ombrydning\">Ombrydning</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3154478.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"umlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TextWrap\">Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.</ahelp> You can also specify the spacing between the text and the object. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"umlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TextWrap\">Angiver den måde, du ønsker tekst ombrudt omkring et objekt.</ahelp> Du kan også angive afstanden mellem teksten og objektet.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3151249.56.help.text
|
|
msgid "To wrap text around a table, place the table in a frame, and then wrap the text around the frame."
|
|
msgstr "For at ombryde tekst om en tabel, placer tabellen i en ramme, og ombryd derefter teksten rundt om rammen."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3154829.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3154829.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Settings"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3148971.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3148971.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "None"
|
|
msgstr "Ingen"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3147100.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_NO_WRAP\">Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_NO_WRAP\">Placerer objektet på en selvstændig linje i dokumentet. Teksten i dokumentet vises over og under objektet, men ikke på objektets sider.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149038.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149044\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr07.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149044\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149044\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr07.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149044\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3155139.49.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3155139.49.help.text"
|
|
msgid "None"
|
|
msgstr "Ingen"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3153351.17.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3153351.17.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Before"
|
|
msgstr "Før"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149171.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_LEFT\">Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_LEFT\">Ombryder tekst på venstre side af objektet hvis der er plads nok.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3145774.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3145780\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr02.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145780\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3145780\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr02.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145780\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3151384.43.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3151384.43.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Before"
|
|
msgstr "Før"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3155870.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3155870.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "After"
|
|
msgstr "Efter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150700.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_RIGHT\">Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_RIGHT\">Ombryder tekst på højre side af objektet hvis der er plads nok.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149560.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149567\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr03.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149567\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149567\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr03.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149567\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3155966.44.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3155966.44.help.text"
|
|
msgid "After"
|
|
msgstr "Efter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3149213.21.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3149213.21.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Parallel"
|
|
msgstr "Parallel"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3147740.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_PARALLEL\">Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_PARALLEL\">Ombryder tekst på alle fire sider af objektets rammekant.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3148845.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148851\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr04.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148851\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148851\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr04.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148851\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3148442.45.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3148442.45.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Parallel"
|
|
msgstr "Parallel"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3151081.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3151081.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Through"
|
|
msgstr "Gennemgående"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3154089.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_THROUGH\">Places the object in front of the text.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_THROUGH\">Placerer objektet foran teksten.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150162.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150169\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr05.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150169\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150169\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr05.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150169\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3156104.50.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3156104.50.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Through"
|
|
msgstr "Gennemgående"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3150451.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3150451.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Optimal"
|
|
msgstr "Optimal"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3154716.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"dynamischertext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapIdeal\">Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped. </ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"dynamischertext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapIdeal\">Ombryder automatisk teksten til venstre, til højre, eller på alle fire sider af objektets rammekant. Hvis afstanden imellem objektet og sidemargenen er mindre end 2 cm, bliver teksten ikke ombrudt.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150904.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150910\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr06.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150910\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150910\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr06.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150910\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149237.46.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3149237.46.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Optimal"
|
|
msgstr "Optimal"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3146940.26.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3146940.26.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Options"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3146953.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the text wrap options."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv tekstombrydningsindstillinger."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3153229.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "First Paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Første afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3154333.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"ersterabsatztext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapAnchorOnly\">Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.</ahelp> The space between the paragraphs is determined by the size of the object. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"ersterabsatztext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapAnchorOnly\">Starter et nyt afsnit under objektet efter at du trykker Enter.</ahelp> Afstanden mellem afsnittene bestemmes af størrelsen på objektet.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3148790.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "In Background"
|
|
msgstr "I baggrunden"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150100.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"hintergrundtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapThroughTransparent\">Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the<emph> Through</emph> wrap type.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"hintergrundtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapThroughTransparent\">Flytter det valgte objekt til baggrunden. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis du valgte den <emph>Gennemgående</emph> ombrydningstype.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3149358.47.help.text
|
|
msgid "Contour"
|
|
msgstr "Kontur"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3155793.48.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapContour\">Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the <emph>Through</emph> wrap type, or for frames.</ahelp> To change the contour of an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Format - Wrap - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Edit Contour\"><emph>Edit Contour</emph></link>. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapContour\">Ombryder teksten rundt om objektets kontur. Denne indstilling er ikke tilgængelig for den <emph>Gennemgående</emph> ombrydningstype eller for rammer.</ahelp> For at ændre konturen af et objekt skal du vælge objektet og så vælge <emph>Formater - Ombrydning -</emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Edit Contour\"><emph>Rediger kontur</emph></link>.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3154620.51.help.text
|
|
msgid "Only outside"
|
|
msgstr "Kun yderside"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3147377.52.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_WRAP:CB_ONLYOUTSIDE\">Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.</ahelp> This option is not available for frames."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_WRAP:CB_ONLYOUTSIDE\">Ombryder kun teksten omkring objektets kontur, men ikke i åbne områder indenfor objektets form.</ahelp> Denne indstilling er ikke tilgængelig for rammer."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3147397.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Gaps"
|
|
msgstr "Afstand"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149637.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the amount of space to leave between the selected object and the text."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv den plads, der skal være mellem det valgte objekt og teksten."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3150659.35.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3150659.35.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Left"
|
|
msgstr "Venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150678.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_LEFT_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_LEFT_MARGIN\">Indtast den plads, som du ønsker mellem venstre objektkant og teksten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3154032.37.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3154032.37.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Right"
|
|
msgstr "Højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149956.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">Indtast den plads, som du ønsker mellem den højre objektkant og teksten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3149974.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "Top"
|
|
msgstr "Top"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3147284.40.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_TOP_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_TOP_MARGIN\">Indtast den plads, som du ønsker mellem øverste objektkant og teksten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3149609.41.help.text
|
|
msgid "Bottom"
|
|
msgstr "Bund"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3157884.42.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_BOTTOM_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_BOTTOM_MARGIN\">Indtast den plads, som du ønsker mellem nederste objektkant og teksten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Indexes and Tables"
|
|
msgstr "Indekser og oversigter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120000.xhp#hd_id3151380.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp\" name=\"Indexes and Tables\">Indexes and Tables</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp\" name=\"Indekser og oversigter\">Indekser og oversigter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120000.xhp#par_idN105AC.help.text
|
|
msgid "Opens a menu to insert index entries and to insert indexes and tables."
|
|
msgstr "Åbner en menu til at indsætte indekselementer og til at indsætte indekser og tabeller."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120000.xhp#par_id3150114.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Indexes\">Instructions for Indexes</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instruktioner for indekser\">Instruktioner for indekser</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120000.xhp#hd_id3147416.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Entry\">Entry</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Element\">Element</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120000.xhp#hd_id3147501.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"Indexes and Tables\">Indexes and Tables</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"Indekser og oversigter\">Indekser og oversigter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120000.xhp#hd_id3155620.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Entry\">Bibliography Entry</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Litteraturlisteelement\">Litteraturlisteelement</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04990000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04990000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Felter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04990000.xhp#hd_id3147405.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp\" name=\"Felter\">Felter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04990000.xhp#par_id3145827.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts a field at the current cursor position. The submenu lists the most common field types. To view all of the available fields, choose <emph>Other</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter et felt ved markørens aktuelle placering. Undermenuen viser de mest almindelige felttyper. For at se alle de tilgængelige felter skal du vælge <emph>Andre</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04990000.xhp#hd_id3147571.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Other\">Other</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Andre\">Andre</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120215.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Index"
|
|
msgstr "Indeks"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3150568.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp\" name=\"Indeks\">Indeks</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3151183.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>User-Defined </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">De følgende indstillinger er tilgængelige, når du vælger <emph>Brugerdefineret</emph> som <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">indekstype</link>.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3151174.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "User-defined indexes are available in the <emph>Type</emph> box when you insert an index entry in your document."
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefinerede indekser er tilgængelige i feltet <emph>Type</emph>, når du indsætter et indekselement i dit dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3154097.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120215.xhp#hd_id3154097.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Create from"
|
|
msgstr "Opret ud fra"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3149802.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120215.xhp#hd_id3149802.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3151320.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Tables"
|
|
msgstr "Tabeller"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3154473.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMTABLES\">Includes tables in the index.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMTABLES\">Inkluderer tabeller i indekset.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3154569.10.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120215.xhp#hd_id3154569.10.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Graphics"
|
|
msgstr "Grafik"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3153676.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMGRAPHICS\">Includes graphics in the index.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMGRAPHICS\">Inkluderer grafik i indekset.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3149685.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Text frames"
|
|
msgstr "Tekstrammer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3154195.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMFRAMES\">Includes text frames in the index.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMFRAMES\">Inkluderer tekstrammer i indekset.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3155182.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "OLE objects"
|
|
msgstr "OLE-objekter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3143282.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMOLE\">Includes OLE objects in the index.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMOLE\">Inkluderer OLE-objekter i indekset.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3149095.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use level from source chapter"
|
|
msgstr "Brug niveau fra kildekapitel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3151250.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_LEVELFROMCHAPTER\">Indents table, graphic, text frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_LEVELFROMCHAPTER\">Indrykker tabel-, grafik-, tekstramme- og OLE-objekt-indekselementer i henhold til deres plads i hierarkiet for kapiteloverskrifter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3147088.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Defining an index entry\">Defining an index entry</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Angivelse af et indekselement\">Angivelse af et indekselement</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03120000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Web Layout"
|
|
msgstr "Weblayout"
|
|
|
|
#: 03120000.xhp#hd_id3145243.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp\" name=\"Web Layout\">Web Layout</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp\" name=\"Weblayout\">Weblayout</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03120000.xhp#par_id3154646.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:BrowseView\">Displays the document as seen in a Web browser.</ahelp> This is useful when you create HTML documents."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:BrowseView\">Viser dokumentet, som det ser ud i en Webbrowser.</ahelp> Dette er nyttigt, når du opretter HTML-dokumenter."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120250.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit Concordance File"
|
|
msgstr "Redigering af konkordansfil"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#bm_id3148768.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>editing; concordance files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>concordance files; definition</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>redigere; konkordansfiler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>konkordansfiler; definition</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#hd_id3148768.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120250.xhp#hd_id3148768.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit Concordance File"
|
|
msgstr "Redigering af konkordansfil"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3151180.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTOMARK\">Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.</ahelp> A concordance file lists words that should be referenced in an alphabetical index, together with the page number(s) where they appear in the document."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTOMARK\">Opret eller rediger en ordliste, som skal med i et stikordsregister.</ahelp> En konkordansfil indeholder ord, som skal refereres i et stikordsregister sammen med de sidenumre, hvor ordene findes i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id837427.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialog to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialog to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows to enter every word just once, then use the list many times."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan bruge knappen Søg alle i dialogen Søg og erstat for at fremhæve alle steder hvor et ord forekommer, åbn så indgangen til dialogen Indsæt indeks for at tilføje dette ord og anbringe det til det alfabetiske indeks. Hvis du imidlertid har brug for det samme sæt af alfabetiske indekser i adskillige dokumenter, lader konkordansfilen dig indtaste hvert ord bare en gang, for så at bruge listen mange gange."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#hd_id3154645.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "To access the Edit Concordance File dialog:"
|
|
msgstr "For at tilgå dialogen Rediger konkordansfil:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3149292.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indeks/oversigt - Indeks/oversigt</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3145420.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>box, select \"Alphabetical Index\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Type</emph>, vælg \"Stikordsregister\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3154107.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Options </emph>area, select the <emph>Concordance file</emph> check box."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Indstillinger</emph>, marker afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Konkordansfil</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3153668.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click the <emph>File</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph> or <emph>Edit</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Klik knappen <emph>Filer</emph>, og vælg så <emph>Ny</emph> eller <emph>Rediger</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3154470.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "A concordance file contains the following fields: "
|
|
msgstr "En konkordansfil indeholder følgende felter:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3152953.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "\"Search term\" refers to the index entry that you want to mark in the document."
|
|
msgstr "\"Søgeord\" henviser til indekselementet, som du vil markere i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155896.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "\"Alternative entry\" refers to the index entry that you want to appear in the index."
|
|
msgstr "\"Alternativ element\" henviser til indekselementet, som du ønsker skal optræde i indekset."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3154194.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "The 1st and 2nd Keys are parent index entries. The \"Search term\" or the \"Alternative entry\" appears as a subentry under the 1st and 2nd Keys."
|
|
msgstr "Første og anden nøgle er overordnede indekselementer. \"Søgeord\" eller \"Alternativt element\" ser ud som om et underelement under den første og anden nøgle."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155184.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "\"Match case\" means that uppercase and lowercase letters are considered."
|
|
msgstr "\"STORE og små bogstaver\" betyder at store og små bogstaver bogstaver tages i betragtning."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3143282.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "\"Word only\" searches for the term as a single word."
|
|
msgstr "\"Hele ord\" søger efter udtrykket som et enkelt ord."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3147220.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "To enable the \"Match case\" or \"Word only\" options, click in the corresponding cell, and then select the check box."
|
|
msgstr "For at aktivere indstillingerne \"STORE og små bogstaver\" eller \"Hele ord\", klik i den tilsvarende celle, og marker så afkrydsningsfeltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#hd_id3153629.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "To create a concordance file without the Edit Concordance File dialog:"
|
|
msgstr "For at oprette en konkordansfil uden dialogen Rediger konkordansfil:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3153644.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use the following format guidelines when you create a concordance file:"
|
|
msgstr "Brug følgende retningslinjer for formatering, når du opretter en konkordansfil:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3152770.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Each entry in the concordance file is on a separate line."
|
|
msgstr "Hvert element i konkordansfilen er på en selvstændig linje."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155142.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Commented lines start with #."
|
|
msgstr "Kommenterede linjer starter med #."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3153354.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use the following format for the entries:"
|
|
msgstr "Brug følgende format til elementerne:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3149172.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Search term;Alternative entry;1st key;2nd key;Match case;Word only"
|
|
msgstr "Søgeord;Alternativ element;1. nøgle;2. nøgle;STORE og små bogstaver;Hele ord"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3156270.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "The entries \"Match case\" and \"Word only\" are interpreted as \"No\" or FALSE if they are empty or zero (0). All other contents are interpreted as \"Yes\" or TRUE."
|
|
msgstr "Elementerne \"STORE og små bogstaver\" og \"Hele ord\" bliver fortolket som \"Nej\" eller FALSE, hvis de er tomme eller nul (0). Alt andet indhold bliver fortolket som \"Ja\" eller TRUE."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#hd_id3145778.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120250.xhp#hd_id3145778.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Example"
|
|
msgstr "Eksempel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155907.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "For example, to include the word \"Boston\" in your alphabetical index under the \"Cities\" entry, enter the following line in the concordance file:"
|
|
msgstr "For eksempel: for at inkludere ordet \"Boston\" i dit stikordsregister under elementet \"Byer\", indtastes følgende linje i konkordansfilen:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3151370.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Boston;Boston;Cities;;0;0 "
|
|
msgstr "Boston;Boston;Byer;;0;0"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3151383.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "This also finds \"Boston\" if it is written in lowercase letters."
|
|
msgstr "Dette finder også \"Boston\" hvis det er skrevet med små bogstaver."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155866.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "To include the \"Beacon Hill\" district in Boston under the \"Cities\" entry, enter the following line:"
|
|
msgstr "For at inkludere bydelen \"Hellerup\" i København under elementet \"Byer\", skal du indtaste følgende linje:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3150116.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "Beacon Hill;Boston;Cities; "
|
|
msgstr "Hellerup;København;Byer;"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160200.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Outline to Clipboard"
|
|
msgstr "Disposition til udklipsholder"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160200.xhp#hd_id3145241.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp\" name=\"Outline to Clipboard\">Outline to Clipboard</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp\" name=\"Disposition til udklipsholder\">Disposition til udklipsholder</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160200.xhp#par_id3150758.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToClipboard\">Sends the outline of a document to the clipboard in Rich Text Format (RTF).</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToClipboard\">Sender dispositionen af et dokument til udklipsholderen i Rich Text Format (RTF).</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05100300.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05100300.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Protect"
|
|
msgstr "Beskyt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05100300.xhp#hd_id3146322.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp\" name=\"Protect\">Protect</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp\" name=\"Beskyt\">Beskyt</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05100300.xhp#par_id3145822.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Protect\">Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Protect\">Forhindrer ændring af indholdet i de valgte celler.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05100300.xhp#par_id3154641.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "When the cursor is in a read-only cell, a note appears on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Når markøren er i en skrivebeskyttet celle, vises en note på <emph>Statuslinjen</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05100300.xhp#par_id3149292.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "To remove cell protection, select the cell(s), right-click, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Cell - Unprotect\"><emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph></link>."
|
|
msgstr "For at fjerne cellebeskyttelse, marker cellerne, og vælg så <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Cell - Remove Protection\"><emph>Celle - Ophæv beskyttelse</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Rename AutoText"
|
|
msgstr "Omdøb Autotekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120100.xhp#hd_id3155144.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120100.xhp#hd_id3155144.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Rename AutoText"
|
|
msgstr "Omdøb Autotekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120100.xhp#par_id3149171.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Allows you to change the name of an AutoText entry."
|
|
msgstr "Giver dig mulighed for at ændre navnet på et Autotekst-element."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120100.xhp#hd_id3155910.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120100.xhp#hd_id3155910.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120100.xhp#par_id3151372.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_ON\" visibility=\"visible\">Displays the current name of the selected AutoText item.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_ON\" visibility=\"visible\">Viser det aktuelle navn på det valgte Autotekst-element.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120100.xhp#hd_id3155858.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120100.xhp#hd_id3155858.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New"
|
|
msgstr "Ny(t)"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120100.xhp#par_id3150686.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NN\" visibility=\"visible\">Type the new name for the selected AutoText component.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NN\" visibility=\"visible\">Indtast det nye navn til det valgte Autotekst-element.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120100.xhp#hd_id3150110.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120100.xhp#hd_id3150110.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Shortcut"
|
|
msgstr "Genvej"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120100.xhp#par_id3145583.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NS\" visibility=\"visible\">Assigns a shortcut to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NS\" visibility=\"visible\">Tildeler en genvej til det valgte Autotekst-element.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020200.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Indents"
|
|
msgstr "Indrykning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020200.xhp#hd_id3155898.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp\" name=\"Indents\">Indents</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp\" name=\"Indrykning\">Indrykning</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020200.xhp#par_id3155182.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Indents the section with a left and right margin."
|
|
msgstr "Indrykker sektionen med en venstre- og højremargen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020200.xhp#hd_id3149488.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Before section"
|
|
msgstr "Før sektion"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020200.xhp#par_id3149824.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_BEFORE\">Specifies the indents before the section, at the left margin.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_BEFORE\">Specificerer indrykningerne før sektionen, ved venstre margen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020200.xhp#hd_id3149108.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "After section"
|
|
msgstr "Efter sektion"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020200.xhp#par_id3148970.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_AFTER\">Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_AFTER\">Specificerer indrykningerne efter sektionen, ved højre margen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020200.xhp#par_id3149032.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04020200.xhp#par_id3149032.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Field commands\">Field commands</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Feltkommandoer\">Feltkommandoer</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Envelope"
|
|
msgstr "Konvolut"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3145243.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp\" name=\"Envelope\">Envelope</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp\" name=\"Konvolut\">Konvolut</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3147172.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_ENV\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_ENV\" visibility=\"visible\">Indtast leverings- og returadresse for konvolutten. Du kan også indsætte adressefelter fra en database, for eksempel adressedatabasen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3149295.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3149295.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Addressee"
|
|
msgstr "Modtager"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3145415.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_ADDR\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_ADDR\" visibility=\"visible\">Indtast leveringsadresse.</ahelp> Du kan også klikke i dette felt og markere en database, en tabel og et felt, og derefter klikke på pileknappen for at indsætte feltet i adressen. Hvis du vil, kan du anvende formatering som for eksempel fed og understreget til teksten i adressen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3154102.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3154102.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Sender"
|
|
msgstr "Afsender"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3153527.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_SEND\">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender </emph>check box, and then enter the return address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender </emph>box, but you can also enter the data that you want."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_SEND\">Medtager en returadresse på konvolutten. Marker afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Afsender</emph>, og indtast så returadressen.</ahelp> $[officename] indsætter automatisk dine brugerdata i feltet <emph>Afsender</emph>, men du kan også indtaste andre data."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3154571.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3154571.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Database"
|
|
msgstr "Database"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3154480.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_DATABASE\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_DATABASE\" visibility=\"visible\">Vælg databasen, der indeholder de adresseoplysninger, som du vil indsætte.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3151310.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3151310.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Table"
|
|
msgstr "Tabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3155898.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_TABLE\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_TABLE\" visibility=\"visible\">Vælg den databasetabel, der indeholder de adresseoplysninger, som du vil indsætte.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3149695.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3149695.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Database field"
|
|
msgstr "Databasefelt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3155180.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_ENV_ENV:BTN_INSERT\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_ENV_ENV:BTN_INSERT\" visibility=\"visible\">Vælg det databasefelt, der indeholder de adresseoplysninger, som du vil indsætte, og klik på venstre pileknap. Dataene bliver tilføjet den adresseboks, hvor markøren står.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160500.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01160500.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name and Path of HTML Documents"
|
|
msgstr "Navn og sti på HTML-dokumenter"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3147171.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01160500.xhp#hd_id3147171.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name and Path of HTML Documents"
|
|
msgstr "Navn og sti på HTML-dokumenter"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160500.xhp#par_id3151175.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"htmltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:NewHtmlDoc\">Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.</ahelp> If you choose this option, a separate page of links to all of the pages that are generated is also created. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"htmltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:NewHtmlDoc\">Gemmer filen som et HTML-dokument, så du kan vise det i en webbrowser. Du kan vælge at oprette en selvstændig side hver gang en overskriftstypografi, som du angiver, optræder i dokumentet.</ahelp> Hvis du vælger denne indstilling, oprettes også en selvstændig side med hyperlinks til alle siderne.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160500.xhp#par_id3149801.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Consecutive numbers are added to the file name if more than one HTML document is created. The titles of the HTML pages are created from the topmost chapter heading."
|
|
msgstr "Løbende tal føjes til filnavnet, hvis der oprettes mere end et enkelt HTML-dokument. Titlerne på HTML-siderne oprettes ud fra den øverste kapiteloverskrift."
|
|
|
|
#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3154568.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Display area"
|
|
msgstr "Visningsområde"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3153668.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01160500.xhp#hd_id3153668.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "File name"
|
|
msgstr "Filnavn"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3155892.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Current Style"
|
|
msgstr "Aktuel typografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160500.xhp#par_id3149688.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE\">Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.</ahelp> To use this option, apply one of the heading paragraph styles to the paragraphs where you want to start a new page in the document."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE\">Vælg overskriftstypografien, som du vil bruge til at indikere en ny HTML-side.</ahelp> For at bruge denne indstilling, skal du føje en af typografierne for afsnitsoverskrifter til de afsnit, hvor du vil begynde en ny side i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3155187.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "File type"
|
|
msgstr "Filtype"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3143277.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Save"
|
|
msgstr "Gem"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit Index Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger indekselement"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3154567.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3154567.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit Index Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger indekselement"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3151314.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichniseintragtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:IndexEntryDialog\">Edits the selected index entry. Click in front of or in the index entry, and then choose this command.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichniseintragtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:IndexEntryDialog\">Redigerer det valgte indekselement. Klik foran eller i indekselementet, og vælg så denne kommando.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3155896.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "To insert an index entry, select a word in the document, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\"><emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph></link>."
|
|
msgstr "For at indsætte et indekselement, marker et ord i dokumentet, og vælg så <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\"><emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indekselement</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3159193.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3159193.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Selection"
|
|
msgstr "Markering"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149486.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Edits the selected index entry."
|
|
msgstr "Redigerer det valgte indekselement."
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3143272.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3143272.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Index"
|
|
msgstr "Indeks"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3151251.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Displays the type of index that the selected entry belongs to.</ahelp> You cannot change the index type of an index entry in this dialog. Instead, you must delete the index entry from the document, and then insert it again in a different index type."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Viser typen af indeks, som det valgte element tilhører.</ahelp> Du kan ikke ændre indekstypen for et indekselement i denne dialog. I stedet skal du slette indekselementet fra dokumentet, og så indsætte det igen som en anden indekstype."
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3149107.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3149107.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Element"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149823.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Edit the index entry if necessary. When you modify the index entry, the new text only appears in the index, and not at the index entry anchor in the document. </ahelp> For example, you can enter an index with comments such as \"Basics, see also General\"."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Rediger indekselementet om nødvendigt. Når du ændrer indekselementet, vil den nye tekst kun optræde i indekset, og ikke ved indekselementankeret i dokumentet.</ahelp> For eksempel kan du indtaste et indeks med kommentarer såsom \"Grundlæggende, se også Generelt\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3149036.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3149036.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "1st key"
|
|
msgstr "1. nøgle"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3153631.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">To create a multilevel index, type the name of the first level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">For at oprette et flerniveauindeks, indtast navnet på indekselementet i første niveau, eller vælg et navn fra listen. Det aktuelle indekselement bliver tilføjet under dette navn.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3152773.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3152773.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "2nd key"
|
|
msgstr "2. nøgle"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3145758.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Type the name of the second level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Skriv navnet på indekselementet i andet niveau, eller vælg et navn fra listen. Det aktuelle indekselement bliver tilføjet under dette navn.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3155143.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3155143.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Level"
|
|
msgstr "Niveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149170.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Changes the outline level of a table of contents entry.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Ændrer dispositionsniveauet på et indholdsfortegnelseselement.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3145785.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3145785.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Delete"
|
|
msgstr "Slet"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3155919.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_DELETE\">Deletes the selected entry from the index. The entry text in the document is not deleted.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_DELETE\">Sletter det valgte element fra indekset. Elementteksten i dokumentet bliver ikke slettet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3151384.18.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3151384.18.help.text"
|
|
msgid "End arrow to left"
|
|
msgstr "Slutpil mod venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3155869.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV_SAME\">Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV_SAME\">Hopper til første indekselement af samme type i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3147420.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3150550.26.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#par_id3150550.26.help.text"
|
|
msgid "End arrow to left"
|
|
msgstr "Slutpil mod venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3147736.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3147736.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "End arrow to right"
|
|
msgstr "Slutpil mod højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149829.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT_SAME\">Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT_SAME\">Hopper til sidste indekselement af samme type i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3153298.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3156108.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#par_id3156108.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "End arrow to right"
|
|
msgstr "Slutpil mod højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3155080.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "Arrow to left"
|
|
msgstr "Pil mod venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3154327.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV\">Jumps to the previous index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV\">Hopper til foregående indekselement af samme type i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3148785.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148791\" src=\"cmd/sc_prevrecord.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148791\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148791\" src=\"cmd/sc_prevrecord.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148791\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3153129.28.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#par_id3153129.28.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Left Arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Pil mod venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3154617.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "Arrow to right"
|
|
msgstr "Pil mod højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3154633.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT\">Jumps to the next index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT\">Hopper til det næste indekselement af samme type i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3150677.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149965.29.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#par_id3149965.29.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Right Arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Pil mod højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3155539.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can jump quickly to index entries with the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation Bar\">Navigation Bar</link>."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan hoppe hurtigt til indekselementer med <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation Bar\">Navigationslinjen</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Felter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090000.xhp#hd_id3151171.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Felter\">Felter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090000.xhp#par_id3149805.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertField\">Inserts a field at the current cursor position.</ahelp> The dialog lists all available fields. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertField\">Indsætter et felt ved markørens aktuelle placering.</ahelp> Dialogen viser alle tilgængelige felter.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090000.xhp#hd_id3155903.178.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090000.xhp#hd_id3155903.178.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090000.xhp#par_id3154190.179.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FIELD_INSERT\">Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the <emph>Close </emph>button.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FIELD_INSERT\">Indsætter det valgte felt ved markørens aktuelle position i dokumentet. For at lukke dialogen skal du klikke på knappen <emph>Luk</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090000.xhp#par_id5591296.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lukker dialogen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04200000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Script"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt script"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Script"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt script"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3155620.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"scripttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertScript\">Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"scripttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertScript\">Indsætter et script ved markørens aktuelle placering i et HTML- eller tekstdokument.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3149880.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "An inserted script is indicated by a small green rectangle. If you do not see the rectangle, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"View\">View</link></emph>, and select the <emph>Comments</emph> check box. To edit a script, double-click the green rectangle."
|
|
msgstr "Et indsat script bliver vist med et lille grønt rektangel. Hvis du ikke kan se rektanglet, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"View\">Vis</link></emph>, og marker afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Kommentarer</emph>. For at redigere et script, skal du dobbeltklikke på det grønne rektangel."
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3150572.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "If your document contains more than one script, the <emph>Edit Script</emph> dialog contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis dit dokument indeholder mere end ét script, indeholder dialogen <emph>Rediger script</emph> knapper til at hoppe fra et script til forrige og næste script."
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#par_id0903200802541668.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jump to Previous Script.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Hop til forrige script.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#par_id0903200802541770.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jump to Next Script.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Hop til næste script.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3154644.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3154644.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Contents"
|
|
msgstr "Indhold"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3149294.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Script Type"
|
|
msgstr "Scripttype"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3145413.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_TYPE\">Enter the type of script that you want to insert.</ahelp> The script is identified in the HTML source code by the tag <SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\">."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_TYPE\">Indtast typen af script, som du vil indsætte.</ahelp> Scriptet er identificeret i HTML-kildekoden med mærket <SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\">."
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3154097.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3154097.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "URL"
|
|
msgstr "URL"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3149810.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_URL\">Adds a link to a script file. Click the <emph>URL </emph>radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>), locate the file, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The linked script file is identified in the HTML source code by the following tags:"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_URL\">Føjer en kæde til en scriptfil. Klik på alternativknappen <emph>URL</emph>, og indtast så kæden i boksen. Du kan også klikke på gennemsynsknappen (<emph>...</emph>), finde filen og så klikke på <emph>Indsæt</emph>.</ahelp> Den kædede scriptfil er identificeret i HTML-kildekoden med følgende mærker:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3152963.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "<SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\" SRC=\"url\">"
|
|
msgstr "<SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\" SRC=\"url\">"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3153678.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "/* ignore all text here */"
|
|
msgstr "/* ignorer al tekst her */"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3154574.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "</SCRIPT>"
|
|
msgstr "</SCRIPT>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3155903.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3155903.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "..."
|
|
msgstr "..."
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3154188.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:PB_URL\">Locate the script file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:PB_URL\">Find scriptfilen, som du vil kæde til, og klik så på <emph>Indsæt</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3155184.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3155184.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Text"
|
|
msgstr "Tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3143272.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:RB_EDIT\">Enter the script code that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:RB_EDIT\">Indtast scriptkoden, som du vil indsætte.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Columns"
|
|
msgstr "Spalter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3149875.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"Columns\">Columns</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"Spalter\">Spalter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3151392.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"spaltentext\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_COLUMN\">Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"spaltentext\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_COLUMN\">Specificerer antallet af spalter og spaltelayoutet for en sidetypografi, ramme eller sektion.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3155625.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Default settings"
|
|
msgstr "Standardindstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149352.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can select from predefined column layouts, or create your own. When you apply a layout to a page style, all pages that use the style are updated. Similarly, when you apply a column layout to a frame style, all frames that use that style are updated. You can also change the column layout for a single frame."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan vælge blandt foruddefinerede spaltelayout eller oprette dine egne. Når du anvender et layout til en sidetypografi, opdateres alle sider, som bruger denne typografi. På tilsvarende vis opdateres alle rammer, som bruger denne typografi, når du anvender et spaltelayout til en rammetypografi. Du kan også ændre spaltelayoutet for en enkelt ramme."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3154562.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3154562.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Columns"
|
|
msgstr "Spalter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3154508.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_NUMBER\">Enter the number of columns that you want in the page, frame, or section.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_NUMBER\">Angiv det antal spalter, som du ønsker på siden, i rammen eller sektionen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149884.47.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also select one of the predefined column layouts."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også vælge et af de foruddefinerede spaltelayout."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3150933.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "Selection fields"
|
|
msgstr "Valgfelter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3148386.52.help.text
|
|
msgid "Evenly distribute contents to all columns"
|
|
msgstr "Fordel indholdet jævnt over alle spalter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149024.53.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Distributes the text in multi-column sections. The text flows into all columns to the same height. The height of the section adjusts automatically.</ahelp>Evenly distributes the text in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"multi-column sections\">multi-column sections</link>."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Fordeler teksten jævnt i sektioner med flere kolonner. Teksten flyder, så alle kolonner får samme højde. Sektionens højde justeres automatisk.</ahelp>Fordeler jævnt teksten i <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"multi-column sections\">sektioner med flere kolonner</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3153924.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "Width and spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Bredde og afstand"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3147176.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "If the <emph>Automatic width</emph> check box is not selected, enter the width and spacing options for the columns."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Automatisk bredde</emph> ikke er markeret, indtast bredde- og afstandsindstillinger for spalterne."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3147562.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "(Column number)"
|
|
msgstr "(Spaltenummer)"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3145206.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the column number, as well as width and distance to the adjacent columns."
|
|
msgstr "Viser spaltenummeret, såvel som bredde og afstand til tilstødende spalter."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3156324.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3156324.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Left Arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Pil mod venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3150761.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_DOWN\">Moves the column display one column to the left.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_DOWN\">Flytter spaltevisningen en spalte til venstre.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149287.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149750\" src=\"res/sc06301.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149750\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149750\" src=\"res/sc06301.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149750\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3154694.48.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#par_id3154694.48.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Left Arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Pil mod venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3145421.25.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3145421.25.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Right Arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Pil mod højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3153576.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_UP\">Moves the column display one column to the right.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_UP\">Flytter spaltevisningen en spalte til højre.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3152938.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3152948\" src=\"res/sc06300.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152948\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3152948\" src=\"res/sc06300.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152948\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3153540.49.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#par_id3153540.49.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Right Arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Pil mod højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3154470.42.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3154470.42.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Width"
|
|
msgstr "Bredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3152963.43.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_3\">Enter the width of the column.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_3\">Indtast bredden af spalten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3151308.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3151308.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Afstand"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3153672.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_DIST2\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the columns.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_DIST2\">Indtast den afstand, der skal være mellem spalterne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3147530.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "AutoWidth"
|
|
msgstr "Automatisk bredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3150986.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_COLUMN_CB_AUTO_WIDTH\">Creates columns of equal width.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_COLUMN_CB_AUTO_WIDTH\">Opretter spalter med samme bredde.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3155892.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "The column layout preview only shows the columns and not the surrounding page."
|
|
msgstr "Forhåndsvisningen af spaltelayoutet viser kun spalterne og ikke den omgivende side."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3149685.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Separator line"
|
|
msgstr "Skillelinje"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3154188.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "This area is only available if your layout contains more than one column."
|
|
msgstr "Dette område er kun tilgængeligt, hvis dit layout indeholder mere end én spalte."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3155775.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Line"
|
|
msgstr "Linje"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3159190.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_STYLE\">Select the formatting style for the column separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose \"None\".</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_STYLE\">Vælg typografien for skillelinjen mellem spalterne. Vælg \"Ingen\" hvis du ikke ønsker en skillelinje.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3155184.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3155184.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Height"
|
|
msgstr "Højde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149309.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_HEIGHT\">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the height of the column area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_HEIGHT\">Angiv skillelinjens længde som procentdel af højden af spalteområdet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3143271.17.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3143271.17.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Position"
|
|
msgstr "Placering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149485.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_POSITION\">Select the vertical alignment of the separator line. This option is only available if <emph>Height</emph> value of the line is less than 100%.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_POSITION\">Vælg den lodrette justering af skillelinjen. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis værdien <emph>Højde</emph> for linjen er mindre end 100%.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3151248.50.help.text
|
|
msgid "Apply to"
|
|
msgstr "Anvend på"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3154827.51.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_COLUMN_LB_APPLY_TO\">Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.</ahelp> This option is only available if you access this dialog by choosing <emph>Format - Columns</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_COLUMN_LB_APPLY_TO\">Vælg det element, som du vil anvende spaltelayoutet på.</ahelp> Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis du tilgår denne dialog ved at vælge <emph>Formater - Spalter</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Index Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt indekselement"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3154508.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3154508.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Index Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt indekselement"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3150565.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"eintrag\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertIndexesEntry\">Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintrag\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertIndexesEntry\">Markerer den valgte tekst som stikordsregister- eller indholdsfortegnelseselement.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3147571.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "To edit an index entry, place the cursor in front of the index field, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Index Entry\"><emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph></link>"
|
|
msgstr "For at redigere et indekselement, placer markøren før indeksfeltet, og vælg så <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Index Entry\"><emph>Rediger - Indekselement</emph></link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3145760.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can leave the <emph>Insert Index Entry</emph> dialog open while you select and insert entries."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan lade dialogen <emph>Indsæt indekselement</emph> være åben, mens du vælger og indsætter elementer."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3145410.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3145410.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Selection"
|
|
msgstr "Markering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3147508.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3147508.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Index"
|
|
msgstr "Indeks"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3154103.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_TYPE\">Select the index that you want to add the entry to.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_TYPE\">Vælg det indeks som du vil føje elementet til.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3153527.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3153527.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Element"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3151312.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_ENTRY\">Displays the text that is selected in the document. If you want, you can enter a different word for the index entry. The selected text in the document is not changed.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_ENTRY\">Viser teksten som er valgt i dokumentet. Hvis du vil, kan du indtaste et andet ord til indekselementet. Den valgte tekst i dokumentet bliver ikke ændret.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3154480.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3154480.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "1st key"
|
|
msgstr "1. nøgle"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3152953.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PRIM_KEY\">Makes the current selection a subentry of the word that you enter here. For example, if you select \"cold\", and enter \"weather\" as the 1st key, the index entry is \"weather, cold\".</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PRIM_KEY\">Gør den aktuelle markering til en underelement af ordet som du indtaster her. For eksempel, hvis du vælger \"koldt\", og indtaster \"vejr\" som den første nøgle, bliver indekselementet \"vejr, koldt\".</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3154572.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3154572.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "2nd key"
|
|
msgstr "2. nøgle"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3155904.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_SEC_KEY\">Makes the current selection a sub-subentry of the 1st key. For example, if you select \"cold\", and enter \"weather\" as the 1st key and \"winter\" as the 2nd key, the index entry is \"weather, winter, cold\".</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_SEC_KEY\">Gør den aktuelle markering til et under-underelement til den første nøgle. Hvis du for eksempel vælger \"koldt\", og indtaster \"vejr\" som den første nøgle og \"vinter\" som den anden nøgle, bliver indekselementet \"vejr, vinter, koldt\".</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3155174.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "Phonetic reading"
|
|
msgstr "Fonetisk læsning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3149484.40.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PHONETIC_READING\">Enter the phonetic reading for the corresponding entry. For example, if a Japanese Kanji word has more than one pronunciation, enter the correct pronunciation as a Katakana word. The Kanji word is then sorted according to the phonetic reading entry.</ahelp> This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PHONETIC_READING\">Angiv den fonetiske læsning for det tilsvarende element. Hvis eksempelvis et japansk kanji-ord har mere end én udtale, indtast da den rigtige udtale som et katakana-ord. Kanji-ordet bliver så sorteret ifølge det fonetiske læsningselement.</ahelp> Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis asiatisk sprogunderstøttelse er aktiveret."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3143284.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "Main Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Hovedelement"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3151248.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_MAIN_ENTRY\">Makes the selected text the main entry in an alphabetical index.</ahelp> $[officename] displays the page number of the main entry in a different format than the other entries in the index."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_MAIN_ENTRY\">Gør den valgte tekst til hovedelement i et stikordsregister.</ahelp> $[officename] viser sidenummeret på hovedelement i et andet format end de andre elementer i stikordsregisteret."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3149821.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3149821.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Level"
|
|
msgstr "Niveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3147098.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Entries using the paragraph format \"Heading X\" (X = 1-10) can be automatically added to the table of contents. The level of the entry in the index corresponds to the outline level of the heading style.<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_LEVEL\"/>"
|
|
msgstr "Elementer der bruger afsnitsformatet \"Overskrift X\" (X = 1-10) kan automatisk blive føjet til indholdsfortegnelsen. Niveauet af elementet i stikordsregisteret modsvarer dispositionsniveauet af overskriftstypografien.<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_LEVEL\"/>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3149175.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "This option is available only for table of contents and user-defined index entries."
|
|
msgstr "Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig for indholdsfortegnelser og brugerdefinerede indekselementer."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3156278.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "Apply to all similar texts"
|
|
msgstr "Anvend på alle lignende tekster"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3145783.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_APPLY_ALL\">Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_APPLY_ALL\">Markerer automatisk alle andre forekomster af den valgte tekst i dokumentet. Tekst i sidehoveder, sidefødder, rammer, og billedtekster er ikke inkluderet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3155920.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "You cannot use the function for an <emph>Entry </emph>that you entered manually in this dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan ikke bruge funktionen til et <emph>Element</emph> som du indtastede manuelt i denne dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3147496.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "To include all occurrences of a text passage in an index, select the text, choose<emph> Edit - Find & Replace</emph>, and click <emph>Find All</emph>. Then choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> and click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "For at inkludere alle forekomster af en tekstpassage i et indeks, vælg teksten, og vælg <emph>Rediger - Søg og erstat</emph>, og klik <emph>Søg alle</emph>. Vælg derefter <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Element</emph> og klik <emph>Indsæt</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3149568.32.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3149568.32.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Match case"
|
|
msgstr "STORE og små bogstaver"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3147741.33.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3147741.33.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Whole words only"
|
|
msgstr "Kun hele ord"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3146345.26.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3146345.26.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3149845.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_OK\">Marks an index entry in your text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_OK\">Markerer et punkt i stikordsregisteret i din tekst.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3148855.34.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3148855.34.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Close"
|
|
msgstr "Luk"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3154777.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_CLOSE\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_CLOSE\">Lukker dialogen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3151083.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "New user-defined index"
|
|
msgstr "Nyt brugerdefineret indeks"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3150161.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEW\">Opens the <emph>Create New User-defined Index</emph> dialog where you can create a custom index.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEW\">Åbner dialogen <emph>Opret nyt brugerdefineret indeks</emph>, hvor du kan oprette et brugerdefineret indeks.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3153296.30.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3153296.30.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3153507.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_NEW_USER_IDX:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the new user-defined index. The new index is added to the list of available indexes and tables.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_NEW_USER_IDX:ED_NAME\">Indtast et navn for det nye brugerdefinerede indeks. Det nye indeks bliver tilføjet til listen med tilgængelige indekser og oversigter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3156124.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Brug af indholdsfortegnelser og indekser\">Brug af indholdsfortegnelser og indekser</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Starting Document"
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletningsguide - Start Dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Starting Document</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp\">Brevfletningsguide - Start Dokument</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the document that you want to use as a base for the mail merge document."
|
|
msgstr "Angive det dokument som du vil bruge som basis for brevfletningsdokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use the current document"
|
|
msgstr "Brug det aktuelle dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Bruger det aktuelle Writer-dokument som basis for brevfletningsdokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text
|
|
msgid "Create a new document"
|
|
msgstr "Opret et nyt dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a new Writer document to use for the mail merge.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opretter et nyt Writer-dokument til brug for brevfletningen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text
|
|
msgid "Start from existing document"
|
|
msgstr "Begynd fra eksisterende dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an existing Writer document to use as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg et eksisterende Writer-dokument til brug som basis for brevfletningsdokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Browse"
|
|
msgstr "Gennemse"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Locate the Writer document that you want to use, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lokaliser det Writer-dokument du vil bruge, og klik <emph>Åbn</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text
|
|
msgid "Start from a template"
|
|
msgstr "Begynd med en skabelon"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10576.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the template that you want to create your mail merge document with.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg den skabelon, som du vil oprette dit brevfletningsdokument med.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Browse"
|
|
msgstr "Gennemse"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1057D.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <emph>Templates and Documents</emph> dialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <emph>Skabeloner og dokumenter</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10584.help.text
|
|
msgid "Start from a recently saved starting document"
|
|
msgstr "Begynd med et nyligt gemt startdokument"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10588.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Brug et eksisterende brevfletningsdokument som basis for et nyt brevfletningsdokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN106F6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1058B.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Document type\">Mail Merge Wizard - Document type</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp\" name=\"Brevfletningsguide - Dokumenttype\">Brevfletningsguide - Dokumenttype</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120229.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Define Bibliography Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Definer litteraturlisteelement"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120229.xhp#hd_id3147176.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Definer litteraturlisteelement\">Definer litteraturlisteelement</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3151183.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTH_ENTRY\">Change the content of a bibliography entry.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTH_ENTRY\">Modificer indholdet af et litteraturlisteelement.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120229.xhp#hd_id3151175.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Entry data"
|
|
msgstr "Elementdata"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3145419.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Enter a short name and select the appropriate source type. You can now enter data into the other fields belonging for the entry."
|
|
msgstr "Indtast en kort betegnelse og vælg den passende kildetype. Du kan nu indtaste data i elementets øvrige felter."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120229.xhp#hd_id3154097.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120229.xhp#hd_id3154097.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Short name"
|
|
msgstr "Kort betegnelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3145582.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER\">Displays the short name for the bibliography entry. You can only enter a name here if you are creating a new bibliography entry.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER\">Viser den korte betegnelse for litteraturlisteelementet. Du kan kun indtaste et navn her, hvis du opretter et nyt litteraturlisteelement.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3153527.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4\">This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4\">Her vælger du de ønskede elementdata til din litteraturliste.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120229.xhp#hd_id3155185.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120229.xhp#hd_id3155185.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3143283.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE\">Select the source for the bibliography entry.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE\">Vælg kilden for litteraturlisteelementet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3147091.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Formatting bibliography entries\">Formatting bibliography entries</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Formatering af litteraturlisteelementer\">Formatering af litteraturlisteelementer</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Variables"
|
|
msgstr "Variable"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#bm_id8526261.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined fields, restriction</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>brugeredefinerede felter, begrænsning</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3153716.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"Variables\">Variables</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"Variable\">Variable</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150764.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Variable fields let you add dynamic content to your document. For example, you can use a variable to reset the page numbering."
|
|
msgstr "Variabelfelter lader dig tilføje dynamisk indhold til dit dokument. For eksempel kan du bruge en variabel til at nulstille sidenummereringen med."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149759.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "User-defined fields are only available in the current document."
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefinerede felter er kun tilgængelige i det aktuelle dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243625.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243625.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opremser de tilgængelige felttyper. For at føje et felt til dit dokument skal du klikke på en felttype, klikke på et felt i listen <emph>Vælg </emph> og så klikket på <emph>Indsæt</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150703.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3150703.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154096.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3154096.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Description"
|
|
msgstr "Beskrivelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149803.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Set Variable"
|
|
msgstr "Definer variabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150996.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Defines a variable and its value. You can change the value of a variable by clicking in front of the variable field, and then choosing <emph>Edit - Field</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Definerer en variabel og dens værdi. Du kan ændre værdien af en variabel ved at klikke foran variabelfeltet, og derefter vælge <emph>Rediger - Felt</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154571.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Show Variable"
|
|
msgstr "Vis variabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3153669.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the current value of the variable that you click in the <emph>Selection </emph>list."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter den aktuelle værdi af variablen, som du klikker i <emph>Udvalgslisten</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3147531.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "DDE field"
|
|
msgstr "DDE-felt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149684.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link into the document, that you can update as often as you want through the assigned name."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter et <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>-link i dokumentet, som du kan opdatere, så ofte som du vil, gennem det tildelte navn."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3159196.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Insert Formula"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt formel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3151322.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts a fixed number, or the result of a formula."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter et fast tal eller resultatet af en formel."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149494.14.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3149494.14.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Input field"
|
|
msgstr "Indtastningsfelt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154829.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts a new value for a variable or a User Field."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter en ny værdi for en variabel eller et brugerdefineret felt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149098.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "The value of a variable in an Input field is only valid from where the field is inserted and onwards. To change the value of the variable later in the document, insert another Input field of the same name, but with a different value. However, the value of a User Field is changed globally."
|
|
msgstr "Værdien af en variabel i et indtastningsfelt gælder kun fra det sted, hvor feltet er indsat og fremefter. For at ændre variablens værdi senere i dokumentet, skal du indsætte et andet indtastningsfelt med samme navn, men med en anden værdi. Værdien af et brugerdefineret felt ændres dog globalt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3151255.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "The variables are displayed in the <emph>Selection</emph> field. When you click the <emph>Insert</emph> button, the dialog<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"Input Field\"><emph>Input Field</emph></link> appears, where you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark."
|
|
msgstr "Variablene er vist i feltet <emph>Udvalg</emph>. Når du klikker knappen <emph>Indsæt</emph>, vil dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"Input Field\"><emph>Indtastningsfelt</emph></link> fremkomme, hvor du kan indtaste den nye værdi eller yderligere tekst som en bemærkning."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149034.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Number range"
|
|
msgstr "Sekvensnummererering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3152772.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts automatic numbering for tables, graphics, or text frames."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter automatisk nummerering for tabeller, grafik eller tekstrammer."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3147073.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "Set page variable"
|
|
msgstr "Definer sidevariabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154389.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts a reference point in the document, after which the page count restarts. Select \"on\" to enable the reference point, and \"off\" to disable it. You can also enter an offset to start the page count at a different number."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter et referencepunkt i dokumentet, hvorefter sideantallet genstarter. Marker \"aktiveret\" for at aktivere referencepunktet, og \"deaktiver\" for at deaktiver det. Du kan også indtaste en forskydning for at starte sidetallet ved et andet tal."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3156267.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "Show Page Variable"
|
|
msgstr "Vis sidevariabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150588.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the number of pages from the \"Set page variable\" reference point to this field."
|
|
msgstr "Viser sideantallet fra referencepunktet \"Definer sidevariabel\" i dette felt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3145779.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "User Field"
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefineret felt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3151377.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts a custom global variable. You can use the User Field to define a variable for a condition statement. When you change a User Field, all instances of the variable in the document are updated."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter en brugerdefineret global variabel. Du kan bruge brugerfeltet til at definere en variabel for en betingelsessætning. Når du ændrer et brugerdefineret felt, vil alle forekomster af variablen i dokumentet blive opdateret."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243892.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243892.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Klik på det format, som du vil bruge til det valgte felt, eller klik på \"Flere formater\" for at definere et brugerdefineret format.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3148886.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "For user-defined fields, click the format that you want to apply in the <emph>Format </emph>list, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format."
|
|
msgstr "For brugerdefinerede felter, klik det format, som du vil bruge i listen <emph>Formater</emph>, eller klik \"Yderligere formater\" for at definere et brugerdefineret format."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243880.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Skriv navnet på det brugerdefinerede felt, som du vil oprette.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243951.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Indtast indholdet som du vil føje til et brugerdefineret felt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3155860.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARFORMAT\">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARFORMAT\">Angiv i listen <emph>Formater</emph>, om værdien bliver indsat som tekst eller som et tal.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3888363.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3888363.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Selection"
|
|
msgstr "Markering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id7453535.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id7453535.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Opremser de tilgængelige felter for felttypen, der er valgt i <emph>Type</emph>. For at indsætte et felt, klik på feltet, og klik så på <emph>Indsæt</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3326822.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3326822.help.text"
|
|
msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field."
|
|
msgstr "For hurtigt at indsætte et felt fra listen, hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> nede og dobbeltklik i feltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150696.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the \"Set variable\" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the <emph>Value </emph>box is converted to an opening HTML <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags\" name=\"tag\">tag</link> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select."
|
|
msgstr "I et HTML-dokument er to ekstra felter tilgængelige for felttypen:\"Definer variabel\": HTML_ON og HTML_OFF. Teksten, som du indtaster i feltet <emph>Værdi</emph>, bliver konverteret til et åbnende HTML <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags\" name=\"tag\">-mærke</link> (<Værdi>) eller til et lukkende HTML (</Værdi>) mærke når filen er gemt som et HTML-dokument, afhængigt af indstillingen som du vælger."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149555.46.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you double-click an entry while holding the Ctrl key or select the desired variable and press the spacebar, it is immediately inserted into your document."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du dobbeltklikker på et element, mens du holder Ctrl-tasten nede, eller vælger den ønskede variabel og trykker på mellemrumstasten, vil det straks blive indsat i dit dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3155969.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3155969.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Formula"
|
|
msgstr "Formel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3155982.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "This option is only available if the \"Insert formula\" field type is selected."
|
|
msgstr "Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis felttypen \"Indsæt formel\" er valgt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3149229.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "Invisible"
|
|
msgstr "Usynlig"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3156233.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_CB_VARINVISIBLE\">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document. This option is only available for the \"Set Variable\" and \"User Field\" field types."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_CB_VARINVISIBLE\">Skjuler feltindholdet i dokumentet.</ahelp> Feltet bliver indsat som en tynd grå markering i dokumentet. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig for felttyperne \"Definer variabel\" og \"Brugerdefineret felt\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3146326.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "Chapter numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Kapitelnummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3146340.40.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sets the options for resetting chapter numbers."
|
|
msgstr "Definerer indstillingerne for nulstilling af kapitelnumre."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3147456.41.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3147456.41.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Level"
|
|
msgstr "Niveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149836.42.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARCHAPTERLEVEL\">Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARCHAPTERLEVEL\">Vælg overskriften eller kapitelniveauet ved hvilken nummereringen skal genstartes i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3147594.43.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3147594.43.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Separator"
|
|
msgstr "Skilletegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3148846.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_VAR_ED_VARSEPARATOR\">Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_VAR_ED_VARSEPARATOR\">Skriv tegnet, som du vil benytte som skilletegn mellem overskrifts- eller kapitelniveauerne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3147057.31.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3147057.31.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Apply"
|
|
msgstr "Anvend"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3155562.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_APPLY\">Adds the user-defined field to the <emph>Selection</emph> list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_APPLY\">Tilføjer det brugerdefinerede felt til <emph>Udvalgslisten</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3151080.33.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3151080.33.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Delete"
|
|
msgstr "Slet"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154769.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_DELETE\">Removes the user-defined field from the selection list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.</ahelp> To remove a field that is used in the current document from the list, first delete all instances of the field in the document, and then remove it from the list."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_DELETE\">Fjerner det brugerdefinerede felt fra udvalgslisten. Du kan kun fjerne felter, som ikke bliver brugt i det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp> For at fjerne et felt, som bliver brugt i det aktuelle dokument, fra listen, slet første alle tilfælde af feltet i dokumentet, fjern det derefter fra listen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3145318.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153293\" src=\"svx/res/nu02.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153293\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153293\" src=\"svx/res/nu02.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153293\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150169.35.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3150169.35.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Delete"
|
|
msgstr "Slet"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footnote/Endnote"
|
|
msgstr "Fodnote/Slutnote"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3143276.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Footnotes\">Footnote/Endnote</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Footnotes\">Fodnote/Slutnote</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149097.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"fusstext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditFootnote\">Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"fusstext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditFootnote\">Redigerer det valgte fod- eller slutnoteanker. Klik foran fodnoten eller slutnoten, og vælg så denne kommando.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149035.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the footnote area at the bottom of the page, or at the end of the document."
|
|
msgstr "For at redigere teksten i en fod- eller slutnote, klik i fodnoteområdet ved bunden af en side, eller sidst i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3145776.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "To quickly jump to the footnote or endnote text, click the anchor for note in the document. You can also position the cursor in front of or behind the marker, and then press Ctrl+Shift+PgDn. To jump back to the anchor for the note, press PgUp."
|
|
msgstr "For at hoppe hurtigt til fod- eller slutnoteteksten, skal du klikke på ankeret for noten i dokumentet. Du kan også placere markøren foran eller eller bag ved markeringen, og så trykke Ctrl+Skift+Page Down. For at hoppe tilbage til notens forankring, tryk Page Up."
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3155916.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3155916.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3151373.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the numbering type for the footnote or endnote."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg nummereringstype til fod- eller slutnoten."
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3150685.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Auto"
|
|
msgstr "Automatisk"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3155858.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3155858.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character"
|
|
msgstr "Tegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3150113.14.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3150113.14.help.text"
|
|
msgid "..."
|
|
msgstr "..."
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149849.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "To change the format of a footnote or endnote anchor or text, select it, and then choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window and modify the footnote or endnote paragraph style."
|
|
msgstr "For at ændre formatet af et fod- eller slutnoteanker eller tekst skal du markere det og så vælge <emph>Formater - Tegn</emph>. Du kan trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> for at åbne vinduet <emph>Typografier og formatering</emph> og ændre fod- eller slutnote afsnitstypografien."
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3153296.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3153296.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3153308.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the type of note to insert, that is, footnote or endnote. A footnote is placed at the bottom of the current page, whereas an endnote is placed at the end of the document."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg typen af note, der skal indsættes, det vil sige fod- eller slutnote. En fodnote bliver placeret ved bunden af den nuværende side, hvorimod en slutnote bliver placeret sidst i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3156130.16.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3156130.16.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footnote"
|
|
msgstr "Fodnote"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3156098.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "Converts an endnote to a footnote."
|
|
msgstr "Konverterer en slutnote til en fodnote."
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3156111.17.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3156111.17.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Endnote"
|
|
msgstr "Slutnote"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3155079.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "Converts a footnote to an endnote."
|
|
msgstr "Konverterer en fodnote til en slutnote."
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3154323.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Arrow left"
|
|
msgstr "Venstrepil"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3154341.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_PREV\">Moves to the previous footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_PREV\">Flytter til foregående fod- eller slutnoteanker i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3150023.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150030\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150030\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150030\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150030\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3154614.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "Previous footnote"
|
|
msgstr "Forrige fodnote"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3154630.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Arrow right"
|
|
msgstr "Højrepil"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149638.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NEXT\">Moves to the next footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NEXT\">Flytter til næste fod- eller slutnoteanker i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3154029.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154044\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154044\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154044\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154044\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149606.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "Next footnote"
|
|
msgstr "Næste fodnote"
|
|
|
|
#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3150772.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Footnote\">Insert Footnote/Endnote</link> dialog."
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Footnote\">Indsæt fodnote/slutnote</link>-dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: 05110200.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05110200.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Optimal Height"
|
|
msgstr "Optimal højde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110200.xhp#hd_id3150010.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05110200.xhp#hd_id3150010.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Optimal Height"
|
|
msgstr "Optimal højde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110200.xhp#par_id3147436.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"zeilenhoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalRowHeight\" visibility=\"visible\">Automatically adjusts row heights to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> This is the default setting for new tables.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"zeilenhoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalRowHeight\" visibility=\"visible\">Justerer automatisk rækkehøjderne, så de passer til indholdet af cellerne.</ahelp> Dette er standardindstillingen for nye tabeller.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110200.xhp#par_id3154765.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "This option is only available if the table contains a row with a fixed height."
|
|
msgstr "Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis tabellen indeholder en række med fast højde."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Navigator"
|
|
msgstr "Navigator"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3151177.85.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149802.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Navigator\">Shows or hides the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.</ahelp> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">dock</link> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Navigator\">Viser eller skjuler Navigator, hvorfra du hurtigt kan hoppe til forskellige dele af dit dokument. Du kan også bruge Navigatoren til at indsætte elementer fra det aktuelle dokument eller andre åbne dokumenter, og til at administrere hoveddokumenter.</ahelp> For at redigere et element i Navigatoren, højreklik på elementet, og vælg så en kommando fra genvejsmenuen. Hvis du vil, kan du <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">fastgøre</link> Navigatoren til kanten af dit arbejdsområde."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154475.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "To open the Navigator, choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph>. To move the Navigator, drag its title bar. To dock the Navigator, drag its title bar to the left or to the right edge of the workspace. To undock the Navigator, hold down the Ctrl key and double-click on a grey area of the Navigator."
|
|
msgstr "For at åbne Navigatoren, vælg <emph>Vis - Navigator</emph>. For at flytte Navigatoren, træk dens titellinje til den ønskede position. For at fastgøre Navigatoren, træk dens titellinje til venstre eller til højre kant af arbejdsområdet. For at frigøre Navigatoren, dobbeltklik på et tomt område af Navigator."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149490.79.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click the plus sign (+) next to a category in the Navigator to view the items in the category. To view the number of items in a category, rest your mouse pointer over the category in the Navigator. To jump to an item in the document, double-click the item in the Navigator."
|
|
msgstr "Klik på plustegnet (+) ved siden af en kategori i Navigatoren for at vise elementerne i kategorien. For at se antallet af punkter i en kategori skal du lade musemarkøren hvile på kategorien i Navigatoren. For at springe til et element i dokumentet skal du dobbeltklikke på elementet i Navigatoren."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149106.64.help.text
|
|
msgid "To jump to the next or previous item in a document, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon to open the Navigation toolbar, click the item category, and then click the up or down arrows."
|
|
msgstr "For at hoppe til næste eller foregående element i et dokument skal du klikke på ikonet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> for at åbne værktøjslinjen Navigation, klikke på den elementets kategori og så klikke på op- eller nedpilene."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155136.90.help.text
|
|
msgid "A hidden section in a document appears gray in the Navigator, and displays the text \"hidden\" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, text frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes."
|
|
msgstr "En skjult sektion i et dokument vises med grå farve i Navigatoren, og viser teksten \"skjult\", når du lader musemarkøren hvile over den. Det samme gælder for indholdet af sidehoved og sidefod i sidetypografier, som ikke er brugt i et dokument, skjult indhold i tabeller, tekstrammer, grafik, OLE-objekter og indekser."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3149176.66.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3149176.66.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Toggle"
|
|
msgstr "Skift"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155917.67.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open.</ahelp>Switches between <link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"master view\">master view</link> and normal view if a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link> is open."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Skifter mellem hovedvisning og normalvisning, hvis et hoveddokument er åbent.</ahelp>Skifter mellem <link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"master view\">hovedvisning</link> og normalvisning, hvis et <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">hoveddokument</link> er åbent."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150689.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150695\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150695\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150695\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150695\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149568.68.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3149568.68.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Toggle"
|
|
msgstr "Skift"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3145272.69.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3145272.69.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Navigation"
|
|
msgstr "Navigation"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150558.70.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" arrows.</ahelp>Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" arrows."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Åbner værktøjslinjen <emph>Navigation</emph>, hvor du hurtigt kan springe mellem næste og forrige element i den kategori, som du vælger. Vælg kategorien og klik på pilene \"Forrige\" og \"Næste\".</ahelp> Åbner værktøjslinjen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link>, hvor du hurtigt kan springe mellem næste og forrige element i den kategori, som du vælger. Vælg kategorien og klik på pilene \"Forrige\" og \"Næste\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149838.83.help.text
|
|
msgid "To continue the search, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Repeat Search\"><emph>Repeat Search</emph></link> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar."
|
|
msgstr "For at fortsætte søgningen, klik på ikonet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Repeat Search\"><emph>Gentag søgning</emph></link> på den flydende værktøjslinje <emph>Navigation</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_idN1087B.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3628141\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20249.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3628141\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3628141\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20249.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3628141\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154341.71.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3154341.71.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Navigation"
|
|
msgstr "Navigation"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3150096.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "Previous"
|
|
msgstr "Forrige"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148784.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <emph>Navigation</emph> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\".</ahelp>Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\"."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Hopper til det foregående element i dokumentet. For at angive hvilken type af element du vil hoppe til, skal du klikke på ikonet <emph>Navigationen</emph>, og så klikke på en kategori - for eksempel, \"Billeder\".</ahelp>Hopper til det foregående element i dokumentet. For at angive hvilken type af element du vil hoppe til, skal du klikke på ikonet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link>, og så klikke på en kategori - for eksempel, \"Billeder\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154616.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154622\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20186.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154622\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154622\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20186.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154622\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150659.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "Previous Object"
|
|
msgstr "Forrige objekt"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3150675.31.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3150675.31.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Next"
|
|
msgstr "Næste"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154028.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\".</ahelp>Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\"."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Hopper til næste element i dokumentet. For at angive hvilken type element du vil hoppe til, skal du klikke på ikonet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigation</emph></link>, og så vælge en elementkategori - for eksempel 'grafik'.</ahelp>Hopper til næste element i dokumentet. For at angive hvilken type element du vil hoppe til, skal du klikke på ikonet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link>, og så vælge en elementkategori - for eksempel 'grafik'."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150767.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150773\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20175.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150773\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150773\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20175.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150773\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155359.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Next Object"
|
|
msgstr "Næste objekt"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3148715.72.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3148715.72.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page number"
|
|
msgstr "Sidetal"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155548.73.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX16\">Type the number of the page number that you want to jump to, and then press Enter.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX16\">Skriv sidetallet, du vil hoppe til, og tryk herefter på Enter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148933.74.help.text
|
|
msgid "To quickly move the cursor to another page while you are in a document, press Shift+<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F5, type the number of the page that you want to jump to, and then wait a few moments."
|
|
msgstr "For hurtigt at flytte markøren til en anden side mens du er i et dokument, skal du trykke Skift+<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F5, skrive det sidetal som du vil hoppe til og vente et øjeblik."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3155308.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "List Box"
|
|
msgstr "Rulleliste"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155325.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX7\">Shows or hides the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX7\">Viser eller skjuler <emph>Navigator</emph> Liste.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154949.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154955\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20233.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154955\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154955\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20233.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154955\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3146874.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "List box on/off"
|
|
msgstr "Rulleliste til/fra"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3146891.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Content View"
|
|
msgstr "Indholdsvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3145596.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX8\">Switches between the display of all categories in the Navigator and the selected category.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX8\">Skifter mellem visningen af alle kategorier i Navigatoren og den valgte kategori.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154133.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154140\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154140\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154140\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154140\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3156067.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Switch Content View"
|
|
msgstr "Skift indholdsvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155932.78.help.text
|
|
msgid "To quickly reorder headings and their associated text in your document, select the \"Headings\" category in the list, and then click the<emph> Content View</emph> icon. Now you can use drag-and-drop to reorder contents."
|
|
msgstr "For hurtigt at omorganisere overskrifter og deres tilknyttede tekster i dit dokument, kan du vælge kategorien \"Overskrifter\" på listen, og så klikke på ikonet <emph>Indholdsvisning</emph>. Nu kan du bruge træk og slip til at omorganisere indholdet."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3155381.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3155381.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Set Reminder"
|
|
msgstr "Sæt påmindelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153011.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, in the <emph>Navigation</emph> window click the <emph>Reminder</emph> icon, and then click the <emph>Previous</emph> or <emph>Next</emph> button.</ahelp>Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Klik her for at indsætte en Kommentar på denne markørplacering. Du kan definere op til fem kommentarer, For at hoppe til en kommentar, skal du klikke på ikonet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigation</emph></link>, i vinduet <emph>Navigation</emph> skal du klikke på ikonet <emph>Kommentar</emph> og så vælge en af knapperne <emph>Forrige</emph> eller <emph>Næste</emph>.</ahelp>Klik her for at indsætte en Kommentar på denne markørplacering. Du kan definere op til fem kommentarer, For at hoppe til en kommentar, skal du klikke på ikonet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link>, i vinduet Navigation skal du klikke på ikonet kommentar og så vælge en af knapperne Forrige eller Næste."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154608.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154904\" src=\"sw/imglst/sr20014.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154904\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154904\" src=\"sw/imglst/sr20014.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154904\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153054.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3153054.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Set Reminder"
|
|
msgstr "Sæt påmindelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3153070.17.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3153070.17.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Header"
|
|
msgstr "Sidehoved"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3159242.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX10\">Moves the cursor to the header, or from the header to the document text area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX10\">Flytter markøren til sidehovedet, eller fra sidehovedet til dokumenttekstområdet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153900.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153911\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20179.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153911\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153911\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20179.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153911\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3147104.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3147104.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Header"
|
|
msgstr "Sidehoved"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3147120.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3147120.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footer"
|
|
msgstr "Sidefod"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3147137.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX11\">Moves the cursor to the footer, or from the footer to the document text area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX11\">Flytter markøren til sidefoden, eller fra sidefoden til dokumenttekstområdet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150217.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150224\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20177.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150224\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150224\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20177.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150224\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3145220.22.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3145220.22.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footer"
|
|
msgstr "Sidefod"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3145237.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3145237.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Anchor <-> Text"
|
|
msgstr "Forankring <-> Tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150314.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX12\">Jumps between the footnote text and the footnote anchor.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX12\">Hopper mellem fodnoteteksten og fodnoteankeret.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153100.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153108\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20182.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153108\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153108\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20182.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153108\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150650.25.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3150650.25.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Anchor <-> Text"
|
|
msgstr "Forankring <-> Tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3154292.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "Drag Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Træktilstand"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155828.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX4\">Sets the drag and drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX4\">Sætter træk-og-slip indstillingerne for indsættelse af punkter fra Navigatoren i et dokument, for eksempel som et hyperlink. Klik på dette ikon og vælg så indstillingen som du vil bruge.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155120.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155126\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155126\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155126\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155126\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3147042.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "Drag mode"
|
|
msgstr "Træktilstand"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3150938.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "Insert As Hyperlink"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt som hyperlink"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150954.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP\">Creates a hyperlink when you drag and drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP\">Opretter et hyperlink, når du trækker og slipper et element ind i det aktuelle dokument. Klik på hyperlinket i dokumentet for at hoppe til elementet, som hyperlinket peger på.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3154354.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "Insert As Link"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt som kæde"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154371.40.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK\">Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag and drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK\">Indsætter det valgte element som en kæde der, hvor du trækker og slipper i det aktuelle dokument. Tekst bliver indsat som beskyttede sektioner. Indholdet af kæden bliver automatisk opdateret, når kilden bliver ændret. For at opdatere kæderne manuelt i et dokument, vælg <emph>Funktioner - Opdater - Kæder</emph>. Du kan ikke oprette kæder for grafik, OLE-objekter, referencer og indekser.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3155572.42.help.text
|
|
msgid "Insert As Copy"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt som kopi"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155589.43.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY\">Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag and drop in the current document. You cannot drag and drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY\">Indsætter en kopi af det valgte element der, hvor du trækker og slipper i det aktuelle dokument. Du kan ikke trække og slippe kopier af grafik, OLE-objekter, referencer eller indeks.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3150507.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "Outline Level"
|
|
msgstr "Overskriftsniveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150529.46.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX13\">Click this icon, and then choose the number of heading outline levels that you want to view in the Navigator window.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking a heading in the Navigator window."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX13\">Klik på dette ikon og vælg så antallet af overskriftsdispositionsniveauer, som du vil vise i Navigatorvinduet.</ahelp> Du kan også bruge denne kommando ved at højreklikke på en overskrift i Navigatorvinduet."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3148808.76.help.text
|
|
msgid "1-10"
|
|
msgstr "1-10"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148826.77.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_OUTLINES\">Click <emph>1 </emph>to only view the top level headings in the Navigator window, and <emph>10</emph> to view all of the headings.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_OUTLINES\">Klik <emph>1</emph> for kun at vise øverste overskriftsniveau i Navigator-vinduet, og <emph>10</emph> for at se alle overskrifterne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153588.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153595\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153595\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153595\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153595\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3145554.47.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3145554.47.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Outline level"
|
|
msgstr "Overskriftsniveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3145571.48.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3145571.48.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Chapter Up"
|
|
msgstr "Kapitel op"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3145587.49.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX5\">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, up one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX5\">Flytter den valgte overskrift og teksten under overskriften én overskriftsposition op i Navigatoren og i dokumentet. For kun at flytte den valgte overskrift og ikke teksten tilknyttet overskriften skal du holde Ctrl nede og så klikke på dette ikon.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153268.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153275\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153275\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153275\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153275\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149147.50.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3149147.50.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Chapter Up"
|
|
msgstr "Kapitel op"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3154424.51.help.text
|
|
msgid "Chapter Down"
|
|
msgstr "Kapitel ned"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154440.52.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX6\">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, down one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX6\">Flytter den valgte overskrift og teksten under overskriften én overskriftsposition ned i Navigatoren og i dokumentet. For kun at flytte den valgte overskrift og ikke teksten tilknyttet overskriften skal du holde Ctrl nede og så klikke på dette ikon.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153768.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150828\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150828\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150828\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150828\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150870.53.help.text
|
|
msgid "Chapter down"
|
|
msgstr "Kapitel ned"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3151338.55.help.text
|
|
msgid "Promote Level"
|
|
msgstr "Niveau op"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3151354.56.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX14\">Increases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only increase the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX14\">Forøger dispositionsniveauet for den valgte overskrift og overskrifterne, som fremstår under overskriften, med én. For kun at øge dispositionsniveauet for den valgte overskrift skal du holde Ctrl nede og så klikke på dette ikon.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155414.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155420\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155420\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155420\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155420\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153697.57.help.text
|
|
msgid "Promote level"
|
|
msgstr "Niveau op"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3153714.58.help.text
|
|
msgid "Demote Level"
|
|
msgstr "Niveau ned"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150707.59.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX15\">Decreases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only decrease the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX15\">Formindsker dispositionsniveauet for den valgte overskrift og overskrifterne, som fremstår under overskriften, med én. For kun at mindske dispositionsniveauet for den valgte overskrift skal du holde Ctrl nede og så klikke på dette ikon.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148414.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148420\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148420\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148420\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148420\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3147324.60.help.text
|
|
msgid "Demote level"
|
|
msgstr "Niveau ned"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3147340.61.help.text
|
|
msgid "Open Documents"
|
|
msgstr "Åbne dokumenter"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148999.62.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX\">Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word \"active\" after its name in the list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX\">Oplister navnene på alle åbne tekstdokumenter. For at se indholdet af et dokument i Navigator-vinduet, vælg dokumentets navn på listen. Det aktuelle dokument vist i Navigatoren er markeret med ordet \"aktiv\" efter dets navn på listen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149025.63.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also right-click an item in the Navigator, choose <emph>Display</emph>, and then click the document that you want to view."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også højreklikke et element i Navigatoren, vælge <emph>Vis</emph>, og så klikke på det dokument, som du vil vise."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Database"
|
|
msgstr "Database"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3153536.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"Database\">Database</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"Database\">Database</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3154471.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can insert fields from any database, for example, address fields, into your document."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan indsætte felter fra hvilken som helst database, for eksempel adressefelter, i dit dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id090220080439090.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#par_id090220080439090.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opremser de tilgængelige felttyper. For at føje et felt til dit dokument skal du klikke på en felttype, klikke på et felt i listen <emph>Vælg </emph> og så klikket på <emph>Indsæt</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3154196.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Field type"
|
|
msgstr "Felttype"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3149484.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#par_id3149484.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Meaning"
|
|
msgstr "Betydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3149096.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Any Record"
|
|
msgstr "Vilkårlig datapost"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3151257.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the contents of the database field that you specify in the <emph>Record Number</emph> box as a mail merge field if the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Condition\"><emph>Condition</emph></link> that you enter is met. Only records selected by a multiple selection in the data source view are considered."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter indholdet af databasefeltet, som du angiver i feltet <emph>Datapostnummer</emph> som et brevfletningsfelt, hvis <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Condition\"><emph>Betingelsen</emph></link>, som du indtaster, er opfyldt. Kun dataposter, der er valgt med en multimarkering i datakildevisningen, tages i betragtning."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3147100.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can use this field to insert several records into a document. Simply insert the <emph>Any Record</emph> field in front of the form letter fields that use a certain record."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan bruge dette felt til at indsætte flere dataposter i et dokument. Indsæt blot feltet <emph>Vilkårlig datapost</emph> foran de formularbrevsfelter, som bruger en bestemt datapost."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3153632.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Database Name"
|
|
msgstr "Databasenavn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3152776.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the name of the database table selected in the <emph>Database selection </emph>box. The \"Database Name\" field is a global field, that is, if you insert a different database name in your document, the contents of all previously inserted \"Database Name\" fields are updated."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter navnet på databasetabellen, der er valgt i feltet <emph>Databaseudvalg</emph>. Feltet \"Databasenavn\" er et global felt, så hvis du indsætter et andet databasenavn i dit dokument, bliver indholdet af alle tidligere indsatte \"Databasenavn\" felter opdateret."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3149167.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mail merge field"
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletningsfelter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3145779.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the name of a database field as a placeholder, so that you can create a mail merge document. The field content is automatically inserted when you print the form letter."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter navnet på et databasefelt som en pladsholder, så du kan oprette et brevfletningsdokument. Feltets indhold bliver automatisk indsat, når du udskriver formularbrevet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3151372.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Next record"
|
|
msgstr "Næste datapost"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3150114.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the contents of the next mail merge field in your document, if the condition that you define is met. The records that you want to include must be selected in the data source view."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter indholdet af det næste brevfletningsfelt i dit dokument, hvis den betingelse, som du definerer, er opfyldt. De dataposter, som du vil inkludere, skal være valgt i datakildevisningen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3155861.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can use the \"Next record\" field to insert the contents of consecutive records between the mail merge fields in a document."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan bruge feltet \"Næste datapost\" til at indsætte indholdet af efterfølgende dataposter mellem brevfletningsfelterne i et dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3147412.10.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#par_id3147412.10.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Record number"
|
|
msgstr "Datapostnummer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3147495.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the number of the selected database record."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter nummeret på den valgte databasepost."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3149565.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Database Selection"
|
|
msgstr "Databaseudvalg"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3145268.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DB_SELECTION_TLB\">Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.</ahelp> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DB_SELECTION_TLB\">Vælg den databasetabel eller databaseforespørgsel, som du ønsker, at feltet skal henvise til.</ahelp> Du kan inkludere felter fra mere end én database eller forespørge i et dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id0902200804391084.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">For felter forbundet med en betingelse skal du indtaste kriteriet her.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3147739.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you want, you can assign a condition that must be met before the contents of the \"Any Record\" and \"Next Record\" fields are inserted. The default condition is \"True\", that is, the condition is always true if you do not change the condition text."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du vil, kan du tildele en betingelse, som skal opfyldes, før indholdet af felterne \"Vilkårlig datapost\" og \"Næste datapost\" indsættes. Standardbetingelsen er \"Sand\", så betingelsen er altid sand, hvis du ikke ændrer betingelsesteksten."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3146336.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#hd_id3146336.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Record number"
|
|
msgstr "Datapostnummer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3149836.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBSETNUMBER\">Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.</ahelp> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBSETNUMBER\">Angiv nummeret på den datapost, som du vil indsætte, når betingelsen, som du angiver, er opfyldt.</ahelp> Datapostnummeret svarer til det aktuelle valg i datakildevisningen. For eksempel, hvis du vælger de sidste 5 dataposter i en database, som indeholder 10 dataposter, vil nummeret på første datapost være 1 og ikke 6."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3153305.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you refer to fields in a different database (or in a different table or query within the same database), $[officename] determines the record number relative to the current selection."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du henviser til felter i en anden database (eller i en anden tabel eller forespørgsel indenfor den samme database), bestemmer $[officename] datapostnummeret relativt til det aktuelle valg."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3156109.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#hd_id3156109.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Format"
|
|
msgstr "Format"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3156122.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the format of the field that you want to insert. This option is available for numerical, boolean, date and time fields.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg formatet for det felt, som du vil indsætte. Denne indstilling er tilgængelig for numeriske, logiske, dato- og tidsfelter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3150904.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "From database"
|
|
msgstr "Fra database"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3150922.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBOWNFORMAT\">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBOWNFORMAT\">Bruger formatet defineret i den valgte database.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN1076E.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#par_idN1076E.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Browse"
|
|
msgstr "Gennemse"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN10772.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"878711313\">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"878711313\">Åbner en filåbningsdialog hvor du kan vælge en databasefil (*.odb). Den valgte fil bliver føjet til udvalgslisten Databaser.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3155084.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "User defined"
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefineret"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3154333.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBFORMAT\">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBFORMAT\">Anvender det format, som du vælger i <emph>Liste af brugerdefinerede formater</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3146948.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "List of user-defined formats"
|
|
msgstr "Liste af brugerdefinerede formater"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3150093.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DB:LB_DBFORMAT\">Lists the available user-defined formats.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DB:LB_DBFORMAT\">Opremser de tilgængelige brugerdefinerede formater.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN107FF.help.text
|
|
msgid "Printing a form letter"
|
|
msgstr "Udskriv et formularbrev"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN10803.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">Mail Merge</link> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Når du udskriver et dokument, der indeholder databasefelter, spørger en dialog om du vil udskrive et formularbrev. Hvis du svarer ja, åbnes dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">Brevfletning</link>, hvor du kan vælge de dataposter, der skal udskrives.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN10812.help.text
|
|
msgid "Do not show warning again"
|
|
msgstr "Vis ikke denne advarsel igen"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN10816.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Suppresses this dialog from now on. There is no easy way to get it back!</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Undertrykker denne dialog fra nu af. Der er ingen let måde at få den tilbage på!</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120500.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120500.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Delete"
|
|
msgstr "Slet"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120500.xhp#hd_id3145801.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp\" name=\"Delete\">Delete</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp\" name=\"Slet\">Slet</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120500.xhp#par_id3153418.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteColumns\">Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteColumns\">Sletter de valgte kolonner fra tabellen.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120500.xhp#par_id3156385.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "This command is only available if the cursor is in a table."
|
|
msgstr "Denne kommando er kun tilgængelig, hvis markøren er i en tabel."
|
|
|
|
#: 05100400.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Unprotect"
|
|
msgstr "Ophæv beskyttelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05100400.xhp#hd_id3149052.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Unprotect\">Unprotect</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Ophæv beskyttelse\">Ophæv beskyttelse</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05100400.xhp#par_id3083450.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly\">Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly\">Fjerner cellebeskyttelsen for alle valgte celler i den aktuelle tabel.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05100400.xhp#par_id3154558.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T."
|
|
msgstr "For at fjerne beskyttelsen fra flere tabeller på en gang, vælg tabellerne, og tryk så <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Skift+T. For at fjerne beskyttelsen fra alle for tabellerne i et dokument, klik hvor som helst i dokumentet, og tryk så <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Skift+T."
|
|
|
|
#: 05100400.xhp#par_id3150765.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also remove cell protection from a table in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også fjerne cellebeskyttelsen fra en tabel i <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigatoren</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05110300.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05110300.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Select"
|
|
msgstr "Vælg"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110300.xhp#hd_id3154650.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp\" name=\"Select\">Select</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp\" name=\"Vælg\">Vælg</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110300.xhp#par_id3151389.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireRow\" visibility=\"visible\">Selects the row that contains the cursor.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireRow\" visibility=\"visible\">Markerer rækken, som indeholder markøren.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110300.xhp#par_id3149352.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "This option is only available if the cursor is in a table."
|
|
msgstr "Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis markøren er i en tabel."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses"
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletningsguide - Adresser"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">Brevfletningsguide - Adresser</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the recipients for the mail merge document as well as the layout of the address block."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv modtagerne af brevfletningsdokumentet og layoutet af adresseblokken."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text
|
|
msgid "The Mail Merge wizard opens to this page if you start the wizard in a text document that already contains address database fields. If the wizard opens directly to this page, the <emph>Select address list</emph> button is called <emph>Select different address list</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletningsguiden åbner denne side, hvis du starter guiden i et tekstdokument som allerede indeholder adressedatabasefelter. Hvis guiden åbner denne side direkte, bliver knappen <emph>Marker adresseliste</emph> kaldt <emph>Marker anden adresseliste</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
|
|
msgid "The title of this page is <emph>Address block</emph> for letters and <emph>Address list</emph> for e-mail messages."
|
|
msgstr "Titlen på denne side er <emph>Adresseblok</emph> for breve og <emph>Adresseliste</emph> for e-mail-beskeder."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select address list"
|
|
msgstr "Vælg adresseliste"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1056C.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">Select Address List</link> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">Marker adresseliste</link>, hvor du kan vælge en datakilde for adresserne, tilføje nye adresser eller indtaste en ny adresseliste.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_id7805413.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you edit some records in a Calc spreadsheet data source that is currently in use for a mail merge, those changes are not visible in the mail merge."
|
|
msgstr "Når du redigerer dataposter i en Calc-regneark-datakilde, der er i brug til en brevfletning, bliver disse ændringer ikke synlige i brevfletningen."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1057D.help.text
|
|
msgid "This document shall contain an address block"
|
|
msgstr "Dette dokument skal indeholde en adresseblok"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10581.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds an address block to the mail merge document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Føjer en adresseblok til brevfletningsdokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10584.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the address block layout that you want to use.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Marker det adressebloklayout som du vil bruge.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#hd_id9355754.help.text
|
|
msgid "Suppress lines with just empty fields"
|
|
msgstr "Undertryk linjer, som kun indeholder tomme felter"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_id3109225.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Aktivere at udelade tomme linjer i adressen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10587.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10587.help.text"
|
|
msgid "More"
|
|
msgstr "Flere"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1058B.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">Select Address Block</link> dialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">Marker Adresseblok</link>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1059C.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1059C.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Match fields"
|
|
msgstr "Udpeg felter"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105A0.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105A0.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\">Udpeg felter</link>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "(Browse buttons)"
|
|
msgstr "(Gennemse knapper)"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Brug knappen gennemse til forhåndsvisning af den foregående eller næste datapost.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation\">Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\" name=\"Brevfletningsguide - Opret en starthilsen\">Brevfletningsguide - Opret en starthilsen</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060900.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Options"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3149879.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp\" name=\"Options\">Options</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp\" name=\"Indstillinger\">Indstillinger</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3149708.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_ADD\">Specifies properties for the selected object, graphic or frame.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_ADD\">Specificerer egenskaber for det valgte objekt, grafik eller den valgte ramme.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3151183.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3151183.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147568.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specifies the name of the selected item, and associated links."
|
|
msgstr "Specificerer navnet for det valgte element og tilknyttede referencer."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3151178.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3151178.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147510.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the selected item.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_NAME\">Indtast et navn for det valgte element.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3154565.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Assign an object, graphic or frame a meaningful name, so that you can quickly locate it afterwards in long documents."
|
|
msgstr "Tildel et objekt, grafik eller en ramme et meningsfuldt navn, så du hurtigt kan finde det senere i lange dokumenter."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3153674.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Alternative text (floating frames, graphics, and objects only)"
|
|
msgstr "Alternativ tekst (kun flydende rammer, grafik og objekter)"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3150977.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_ALT_NAME\">Enter the text to display in a web browser when the selected item is unavailable. Alternate text is also used to assist people with disabilities.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_ALT_NAME\">Indtast den tekst, der skal vises i en webbrowser, når det valgte element er utilgængeligt. Alternativ tekst bruges også til at hjælpe personer med handicaps.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3155903.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Previous link"
|
|
msgstr "Forrige kæde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3154192.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_PREV\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes before the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the current frame and the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_PREV\">Viser elementet (objekt, grafik, eller ramme) som kommer før det aktuelle element i en kædet sekvens. For at tilføje eller skifte det foregående led, marker et navn fra listen. Hvis du sammenkæder rammer, skal den aktuelle ramme og målrammen være tom.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3159198.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "Next link"
|
|
msgstr "Næste kæde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3149485.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_NEXT\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes after the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_NEXT\">Viser det element (objekt, grafik eller ramme) som kommer efter det aktuelle element i en kædet sekvens. For at tilføje eller ændre den næste kæde, skal du markere et navn fra listen. Hvis du sammenkæder rammer, skal målrammen være tom.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3143280.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3143280.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Protect"
|
|
msgstr "Beskyt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3154834.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specifies protection options for the selected item."
|
|
msgstr "Specificerer beskyttelsesindstillinger for det valgte element."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3149820.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Protect Contents"
|
|
msgstr "Beskyt indhold"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3149105.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_CONTENT\">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_CONTENT\">Forhindrer ændringer af indholdet i det valgte element.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147099.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can still copy the contents of the selected item."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan stadig kopiere indholdet af det valgte element."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3148979.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Protect Position"
|
|
msgstr "Beskyt placering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147225.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_FRAME\">Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_FRAME\">Låser placeringen af det valgte element i det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3153629.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Protect Size"
|
|
msgstr "Beskyt størrelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147576.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_SIZE\">Locks the size of the selected item.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_SIZE\">Låser størrelsen af det valgte element.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3152770.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3152770.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Properties"
|
|
msgstr "Egenskaber"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3155137.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specifies print and text options for the selected item."
|
|
msgstr "Specificerer udskrifts- og tekstindstillinger for det valgte element."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3153345.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "Editable in read-only document (frames only)"
|
|
msgstr "Redigerbar i skrivebeskyttet dokument (kun rammer)"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3149167.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_EDIT_IN_READONLY\">Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_EDIT_IN_READONLY\">Giver dig mulighed for at redigere indholdet af en ramme i et dokument som er skrivebeskyttet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3156269.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Print"
|
|
msgstr "Udskriv"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3151028.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PRINT_FRAME\">Includes the selected item when you print the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PRINT_FRAME\">Inkluderer det valgte element når du udskriver dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3145776.33.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3145776.33.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Text flow"
|
|
msgstr "Tekstforløb"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3151374.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_TEXTFLOW\">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings </emph>from the list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_TEXTFLOW\">Specificerer den foretrukne tekstretning i en ramme. For at bruge sidens standardindstillinger for tekstretning, skal du markere <emph>Brug indstillinger fra det overordnede objekt</emph> på listen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3150689.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05040200.xhp\" name=\"Text direction\">Text direction</link>."
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05040200.xhp\" name=\"Text direction\">Tekstretning</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 06210000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Links"
|
|
msgstr "Kæder"
|
|
|
|
#: 06210000.xhp#hd_id3155962.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp\" name=\"Links\">Links</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp\" name=\"Kæder\">Kæder</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06210000.xhp#par_id3149499.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllLinks\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the links in the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllLinks\" visibility=\"visible\">Opdaterer kæderne i det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Text Flow"
|
|
msgstr "Tekstforløb"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#bm_id2502212.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>text flow;at breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;keeping together at breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>protecting;text flow</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>orphans</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>block protect, see also widows or orphans</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstforløb;ved skift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit;beholde sammen ved skift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horeunger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>franske horeunger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>beskytte blokke, se også horeunger eller franske horeunger</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3083447.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Tekstforløb\">Tekstforløb</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3145824.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH_EXT\">Specify hyphenation and pagination options.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH_EXT\">Angiv indstillinger for orddeling og sideopdeling.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149882.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149882.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Hyphenation"
|
|
msgstr "Orddeling"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3150564.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"hyphenation\">hyphenation</link> options for text documents."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv indstillingene for <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"hyphenation\">orddeling</link> af tekstdokumenter."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3153920.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Automatically"
|
|
msgstr "Automatisk"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154640.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_HYPHEN\">Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_HYPHEN\">Indsætter automatisk bindestreger, hvor det er nødvendigt i et afsnit.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3150766.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Characters at line end"
|
|
msgstr "Tegn ved linjens slutning"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3149291.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENBEFORE\">Enter the minimum number of characters to leave at the end of the line before a hyphen is inserted.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENBEFORE\">Indtast det mindste antal tegn, der skal være i slutningen af linjen, før en bindestreg indsættes.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3145413.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Characters at line begin"
|
|
msgstr "Tegn ved linjens begyndelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3147515.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENAFTER\">Enter the minimum number of characters that must appear at the beginning of the line after the hyphen.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENAFTER\">Indtast det mindste antal tegn, der skal være i begyndelsen af linjen efter bindestregen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149804.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Maximum no. of consecutive hyphens"
|
|
msgstr "Maksimalt antal ordelinger i træk"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3153536.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_MAXHYPH\">Enter the maximum number of consecutive lines that can be hyphenated.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_MAXHYPH\">Indtast det maksimale antal af linjer, der i træk kan have orddeling.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3153665.43.help.text
|
|
msgid "Breaks"
|
|
msgstr "Skift"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154470.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the page or column <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"break\">break</link> options."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv indstillinger for side- eller spalte<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"break\">skift</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3152957.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3152957.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154574.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGEBREAK\">Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGEBREAK\">Marker dette afkrydsningsfelt og vælg så skiftet, som du vil bruge.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149687.39.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149687.39.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154195.41.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKTYPE\">Select the break type that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKTYPE\">Vælg skiftet, som du vil indsætte.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3145766.40.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3145766.40.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Position"
|
|
msgstr "Placering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3155187.42.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKPOSITION\">Select where you want to insert the break.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKPOSITION\">Vælg hvor du vil indsætte skiftet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149482.25.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149482.25.help.text"
|
|
msgid "With Page Style"
|
|
msgstr "Med sidetypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3143275.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGECOLL\">Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGECOLL\">Marker dette afkrydsningsfelt og vælg så den sidetypografi, som du vil bruge til den første side efter sideskiftet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149104.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149104.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page Style"
|
|
msgstr "Sidetypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154837.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:LB_PAGECOLL\">Select the formatting style to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:LB_PAGECOLL\">Marker den formateringstypografi, der skal bruges på den første side efter sideskiftet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149827.37.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149827.37.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page number"
|
|
msgstr "Sidetal"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3147089.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_PAGENUM\">Enter the page number that you want to appear on the first page after the break. If you want to use the current page numbering, select \"0\".</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_PAGENUM\">Angiv sidetallet, som du vil have til at optræde på den første side efter sideskiftet. Hvis du vil bruge den aktuelle sidenummerering, vælg \"0\".</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3148978.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3148978.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Options"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3147219.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the text flow options for paragraphs that appear before and after a page break."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver tekstforløbsindstillinger for afsnit, som vises før og efter et sideskift."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3153635.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "Do not split paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Del ikke afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3149040.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_KEEPTOGETHER\">Shifts the entire paragraph to the next page or column after a break is inserted.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_KEEPTOGETHER\">Flytter hele afsnittet til den næste side eller spalte, efter at et skift er blevet indsat.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3147585.31.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3147585.31.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Keep with next paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Hold sammen med næste afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3152779.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:CB_KEEPTOGETHER\">Keeps the current paragraph and the following paragraph together when a break or column break is inserted.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:CB_KEEPTOGETHER\">Holder det aktuelle afsnit og det følgende afsnit sammen, når et skift eller spalteskift bliver indsat.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3153345.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Orphan control"
|
|
msgstr "Fransk horeungekontrol"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3156279.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_ORPHANS\">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_ORPHANS\">Angiver det mindste antal linjer i et afsnit før et sideskift. Marker dette afkrydsningsfelt, og indtast derefter et tal i feltet <emph>Linjer</emph>.</ahelp> Hvis antallet af linjer ved slutningen af siden er mindre end antallet angivet i feltet <emph>Linjer</emph>, bliver afsnittet flyttet til den næste side."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149180.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "Widow control"
|
|
msgstr "Horeungekontrol"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3155918.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_WIDOWS\">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the position of the break is adjusted."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_WIDOWS\">Angiver det mindste antal linjer i et afsnit på den første side efter sideskiftet. Marker dette afkrydsningsfelt og indtast derefter et tal i feltet <emph>Linjer</emph>.</ahelp> Hvis antallet af linjer øverst på siden er mindre end antallet angivet i feltet <emph>Linjer</emph>, vil placeringen af skiftet blive tilpasset."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3155860.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#schuster\" name=\"Orphans\">Orphans</link>."
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#schuster\" name=\"Orphans\">Franske horeunger</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 01160400.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "AutoAbstract to Presentation"
|
|
msgstr "Autoresume til præsentation"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160400.xhp#hd_id3151183.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp\" name=\"AutoAbstract to Presentation\">AutoAbstract to Presentation</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp\" name=\"Autoresume til præsentation\">Autoresume til præsentation</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160400.xhp#par_id3145412.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendAbstractToStarImpre\">Opens the current document as a $[officename] Impress presentation. The current document must contain at least one predefined heading paragraph style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendAbstractToStarImpre\">Åbner det aktuelle dokument som en $[officename] Impress-præsentation. Det aktuelle dokument skal indeholde mindst én foruddefineret afsnitstypografi for overskrifter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160400.xhp#hd_id3149801.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01160400.xhp#hd_id3149801.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Included Outline Levels"
|
|
msgstr "Inkluderede dispositionsniveauer"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160400.xhp#par_id3153667.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Enter the number of outline levels to include in the new presentation. For example, if you choose one level, only the paragraphs that follow the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style are included."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv antallet af niveauer i dispositionen som skal inkluderes i den nye præsentation. Hvis du for eksempel vælger ét niveau, vil kun de afsnit, som følger afsnitstypografien \"Overskrift 1\", blive inkluderet."
|
|
|
|
#: 01160400.xhp#hd_id3154478.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01160400.xhp#hd_id3154478.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Subpoints per Level"
|
|
msgstr "Underpunkter per niveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160400.xhp#par_id3145580.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Enter the number of paragraphs that you want to include below each outline level (heading). "
|
|
msgstr "Indtast antallet af afsnit, som du vil inkludere under hvert dispositionsniveau (overskrift)."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footnotes"
|
|
msgstr "Fodnoter"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3154705.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp\" name=\"Footnotes\">Footnotes</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp\" name=\"Fodnoter\">Fodnoter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149500.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_OPTIONS\">Specifies the formatting for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_OPTIONS\">Specificerer formateringen for fod- og slutnoter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3154560.47.help.text
|
|
msgid "To set additional option for footnotes and endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab."
|
|
msgstr "For at sætte yderligere indstillinger for fod- og slutnoter, vælg <emph>Formater - Side</emph>, og klik så på fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Fodnote</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3149884.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3149884.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "AutoNumbering"
|
|
msgstr "Automatisk nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148394.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3148394.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150568.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMVIEW\">Select the numbering style that you want to use for footnotes or endnotes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMVIEW\">Marker den nummereringstypografi, som du vil bruge til fod- eller slutnoter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147570.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3147570.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Selection"
|
|
msgstr "Udvalg"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151180.14.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3151180.14.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Description"
|
|
msgstr "Beskrivelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150763.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "A, B, C"
|
|
msgstr "A, B, Kumulativ"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3153154.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Uppercase"
|
|
msgstr "Store bogstaver"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151171.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "a, b, c"
|
|
msgstr "A, B, Kumulativ"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147508.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "Lowercase"
|
|
msgstr "Små bogstaver"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150706.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "I, II, III"
|
|
msgstr "I, II, III "
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3152940.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "Roman numerals (upper case)"
|
|
msgstr "Romertal tal (store bogstaver)"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3153530.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "i, ii, iii"
|
|
msgstr "i, ii, iii"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150359.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "Roman numerals (lower case)"
|
|
msgstr "Romertal tal (små bogstaver)"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150981.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "1, 2, 3"
|
|
msgstr "1, 2, 3"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3154569.24.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3154569.24.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Arabic numerals"
|
|
msgstr "Arabertal"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147525.57.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3147525.57.help.text"
|
|
msgid "A,... AA,... AAA,..."
|
|
msgstr "A,... AA,... AAA,..."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3155895.58.help.text
|
|
msgid "Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at \"AA\"."
|
|
msgstr "Alfabetisk nummerering med store bogstaver. Efter de første 26 elementer, genstarter nummereringen med \"AA\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3154194.59.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3154194.59.help.text"
|
|
msgid "a,... aa,... aaa,..."
|
|
msgstr "a,... aa,... aaa,..."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149297.60.help.text
|
|
msgid "Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at \"aa\"."
|
|
msgstr "Alfabetisk nummerering med små bogstaver. Efter de første 26 elementer, genstarter nummereringen med \"aa\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3151330.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "Counting"
|
|
msgstr "Punkttegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3155186.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMCOUNT\">Select the numbering option for the footnotes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMCOUNT\">Vælg nummereringsindstillingen for fodnoterne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149096.65.help.text
|
|
msgid "Option"
|
|
msgstr "Indstilling"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151256.66.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3151256.66.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Meaning"
|
|
msgstr "Betydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147094.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "Per page"
|
|
msgstr "Per side"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3148983.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the <emph>End of page </emph>check box is selected in the <emph>Position </emph>area."
|
|
msgstr "Genstarter nummereringen af fodnoter øverst på hver side. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Sidens slutning</emph> er markeret i området <emph>Placering</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149040.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "Per chapter"
|
|
msgstr "Per kapitel"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3152766.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the beginning of each chapter."
|
|
msgstr "Starter nummereringen af fodnoter forfra i begyndelsen af hver kapitel."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3155147.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "Per document"
|
|
msgstr "Per dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3153347.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "Numbers the footnotes in the document sequentially."
|
|
msgstr "Nummererer fodnoterne i dokumentet sekventielt."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3149167.33.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3149167.33.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Start at"
|
|
msgstr "Begynd med"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3156268.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\">Enter the number for the first footnote in the document. This option is only available if you selected \"Per Document\" in the <emph>Counting </emph>box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\">Indtast tallet på den første fodnote i dokumentet. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis du valgte \"Per dokument\" i feltet <emph>Punkttegn</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3151036.50.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3151036.50.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Before"
|
|
msgstr "Foran"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150587.51.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_PREFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \"To \" to display \"To 1\"."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_PREFIX\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise foran fodnotetallet i noteteksten.</ahelp> For eksempel, indtast \"Til \" for at vise \"Til 1\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3156364.52.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3156364.52.help.text"
|
|
msgid "After"
|
|
msgstr "Efter"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3155906.53.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_SUFFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \")\" to display \"1)\"."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_SUFFIX\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise efter fodnotetallet i noteteksten.</ahelp>Skriv for eksempel, \")\" for at vise \"1)\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148875.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3148875.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Position"
|
|
msgstr "Placering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148888.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "End of page"
|
|
msgstr "Sidens slutning"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151385.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_PAGE\">Displays footnotes at the bottom of the page.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_PAGE\">Viser fodnoter nederst på siden.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3149549.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "End of document"
|
|
msgstr "Dokumentets slutning"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150123.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_CHAPTER\">Displays footnotes at the end of the document as endnotes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_CHAPTER\">Viser fodnoter sidst i dokumentet som slutnoter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3155871.35.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3155871.35.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150695.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "To ensure a uniform appearance for the footnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style to the footnotes."
|
|
msgstr "Tildel en afsnitstypografi til fodnoterne, for at sikre et ensartet udseende af fodnoterne i dit dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3147418.37.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3147418.37.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147620.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\">Select the paragraph style for the footnote text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\">Marker afsnitstypografien for fodnoteteksten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3147495.39.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3147495.39.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page"
|
|
msgstr "Side"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3145128.40.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\">Select the page style that you want to use for footnotes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\">Marker den sidetypografi, som du vil bruge til fodnoter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149229.49.help.text
|
|
msgid "This option is only available if the <emph>End of Document</emph> check box is selected in the <emph>Position</emph> area."
|
|
msgstr "Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Dokumentets slutning</emph> er markeret i området <emph>Placering</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3147742.61.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3147742.61.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Tegntypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3146335.62.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can assign styles to footnote anchors and text. You can use the predefined footnote styles, or use a different style."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan tildele typografier til fodnoteankre og -tekst. Du kan bruge de foruddefinerede fodnotetypografier eller bruge en anden typografi."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3149834.63.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3149834.63.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Text area"
|
|
msgstr "Tekstområde"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147592.64.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\">Select the character style that you want to use for footnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\">Vælg den teksttypografi, som du vil bruge til fodnoteankre i tekstdelen af dit dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148845.55.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3148845.55.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footnote area"
|
|
msgstr "Fodnoteområde"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3148863.56.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\">Select the character style that you want to use for the footnote numbers in the footnote area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\">Vælg den teksttypografi, som du vil bruge til fodnotenumre i fodnoteområdet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3155575.41.help.text
|
|
msgid "Continuation notice"
|
|
msgstr "Henvisningstekst for flersidede fodnoter"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148445.43.help.text
|
|
msgid "End of Footnote"
|
|
msgstr "Slut på fodnote"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151091.46.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_CONT\">Enter the text that you want to display when the footnotes are continued on the next page, for example, \"Continued on Page \". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the following page. </ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_CONT\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise, når fodnoterne fortsætter på den næste side, for eksempel, \"Fortsat på side \". $[officename] Writer indsætter automatisk nummeret på den følgende side.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3154784.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "Start of next page"
|
|
msgstr "På næste side"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3154089.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_CONT_FROM\">Enter the text that you want to display on the page where the footnotes are continued, for example, \"Continued from Page \". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the previous page.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_CONT_FROM\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise på siden, hvor fodnoterne fortsætter, for eksempel, \"Fortsat fra side \". $[officename] Writer indsætter automatisk nummeret på den foregående side.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Split Table"
|
|
msgstr "Opdel tabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#bm_id3153246.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; splitting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting tables; at cursor position</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dividing tables</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller; opdele</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dele tabeller; ved markørs placering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opdele tabeller</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3153246.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp\" name=\"Split Table\">Split Table</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp\" name=\"Opdel tabel\">Opdel tabel</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3083450.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SplitTable\">Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking in a table cell."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SplitTable\">Deler den aktuelle tabel i to adskilte tabeller ved markørens position.</ahelp> Du kan også bruge denne kommando ved at højreklikke i en tabelcelle."
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3149351.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Tilstand"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3154554.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Copy heading"
|
|
msgstr "Kopier overskrift"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3154503.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_CNTNT\">Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_CNTNT\">Inkluderer den første række af originaltabellen som den første række af den anden tabel.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3149880.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Custom heading (apply style)"
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefineret overskrift (anvend typografi)"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3148389.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_PARA\">Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_PARA\">Indsætter en tom overskriftsrække i den anden tabel som er formateret med typografien fra den første række i originaltabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3150568.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Custom heading"
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefineret overskrift"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3149027.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_NOPARA\">Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_NOPARA\">Indsætter en ekstra tom række i anden tabel.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3153720.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "No heading"
|
|
msgstr "Ingen overskrift"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3156318.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BORDER\">Splits the table without copying the header row.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BORDER\">Deler tabellen uden at kopiere overskriftsrækken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3145411.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you split a table that contains formulas, the formulas may be affected."
|
|
msgstr "Når du opdeler en tabel, som indeholder formler, kan formlerne blive påvirket."
|
|
|
|
#: 02170000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02170000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit Sections"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger sektioner"
|
|
|
|
#: 02170000.xhp#hd_id3153673.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02170000.xhp#hd_id3153673.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit Sections"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger sektioner"
|
|
|
|
#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3155902.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"bereichetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditRegion\">Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.</ahelp> To insert a section, select text or click in your document, and then choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"bereichetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditRegion\">Ændrer egenskaberne for sektioner, der er defineret i dit dokument.</ahelp> For at indsætte en sektion skal du markere tekst eller klikke i dit dokument og så vælge <emph>Indsæt - Sektion</emph>.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3143275.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialog is similar to the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialog, and offers the following additional options:"
|
|
msgstr "Dialogen <emph>Rediger sektioner</emph> ligner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><emph>Indsæt - Sektion</emph></link>, og tilbyder følgende yderligere indstillinger:"
|
|
|
|
#: 02170000.xhp#hd_id3149820.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02170000.xhp#hd_id3149820.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Section"
|
|
msgstr "Sektion"
|
|
|
|
#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3149104.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_REGION_TREE\">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section </emph>list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_REGION_TREE\">Skriv navnet på den sektion, som du vil redigere, eller klik på et navn i listen <emph>Sektion</emph>.</ahelp> Hvis markøren for øjeblikket er i en sektion, bliver sektionsnavnet vist på højre side af statuslinjen nederst i dokumentvinduet."
|
|
|
|
#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3149040.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "The current write protection status of a section is indicated by the lock symbol in front of the section name in the list. An open lock is unprotected and a closed lock is protected. Similarly, visible sections are indicated by a glasses symbol."
|
|
msgstr "Den aktuelle status for skrivebeskyttelse af en sektion vises med låsesymbolet foran sektionsnavnet på listen. En åben lås er ubeskyttet, og en lukket lås er beskyttet. På tilsvarende vis vil synlige sektioner blive vist med et brillesymbol."
|
|
|
|
#: 02170000.xhp#hd_id3153638.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02170000.xhp#hd_id3153638.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Options"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3152773.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_REGION_TREE\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp\" name=\"Options\"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_REGION_TREE\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp\" name=\"Options\"><emph>Indstillinger</emph></link>, hvor du kan redigere spaltelayout, baggrund og fod- og slutnoteopførsel for den valgte sektion.</ahelp> Hvis sektionen er beskyttet med adgangskode, skal du indtaste adgangskoden først."
|
|
|
|
#: 02170000.xhp#hd_id3155143.16.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02170000.xhp#hd_id3155143.16.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Remove"
|
|
msgstr "Fjern"
|
|
|
|
#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3145413.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DISMISS\">Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DISMISS\">Fjerner den valgte sektion fra dokumentet, og indsætter sektionens indhold i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070300.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Printer"
|
|
msgstr "Printer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3154104.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp\">Printer</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp\">Printer</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3153531.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_PRT\">Set the print options for the envelope.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_PRT\">Sæt udskriftsindstillingerne for konvolutten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3152960.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Consult the documentation that came with your printer for setting up the printer for envelopes. Depending on the printer model, envelopes may have to be placed left, right, in the middle, and either face up or face down."
|
|
msgstr "Læs dokumentationen, der fulgte med din printer, for at indstille printeren til konvolutter. Afhængigt af printermodel skal konvolutter måske være placeret til venstre, højre, i midten, og enten med forsiden op eller ned."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3153665.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Horizontal left"
|
|
msgstr "Vandret venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3154564.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_LEFT\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_LEFT\">Indfører konvolutten vandret fra venstre kant af papirbakken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155898.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Horizontal center"
|
|
msgstr "Vandret midte"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3149694.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_CNTR\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_CNTR\">Indfører konvolutten vandret fra midten af papirbakken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155174.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Horizontal right"
|
|
msgstr "Vandret højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3143273.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_RGHT\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_RGHT\">Indfører konvolutten vandret fra højre kant af papirbakken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3149488.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Vertical left"
|
|
msgstr "Lodret mod venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3149823.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_LEFT\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_LEFT\">Indfører konvolutten lodret fra venstre kant af papirbakken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3151260.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Vertical center"
|
|
msgstr "Lodret midte"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3148968.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_CNTR\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_CNTR\">Indfører konvolutten lodret fra midten af papirbakken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3153633.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Vertical right"
|
|
msgstr "Lodret højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3149037.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_RGHT\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_RGHT\">Indfører konvolutten lodret fra højre kant af papirbakken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3152773.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Print from top"
|
|
msgstr "Udskriv første side først"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3145763.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_TOP\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_TOP\">Indfører konvolutten med udskriftssiden opad i printerbakken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155146.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "Print from bottom"
|
|
msgstr "Udskriv sidste side først"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3149178.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_BOTTOM\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_BOTTOM\">Indfører konvolutten med udskriftssiden nedad i printerbakken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3156279.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "Shift right"
|
|
msgstr "Ryk mod højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3145784.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_RIGHT\">Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_RIGHT\">Indtast hvor meget udskriftsområdet skal rykkes mod højre.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155921.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Shift down"
|
|
msgstr "Ryk ned"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3151383.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_DOWN\">Enter the amount to shift the print area down.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_DOWN\">Indtast hvor meget udskriftsområdet skal rykkes nedad.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3150123.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "Current printer"
|
|
msgstr "Aktuel printer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3150696.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the name of the current printer."
|
|
msgstr "Viser navnet på den aktuelle printer."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155862.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "Setup"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3147418.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP\">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP\">Åbner dialogen for Printeropsætning, hvor du kan vælge yderligere udskriftsindstillinger, såsom papirformat og papirretning.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06030000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Hyphenation"
|
|
msgstr "Orddeling"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3154657.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3154657.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Hyphenation"
|
|
msgstr "Orddeling"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3148572.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"silben\"><ahelp hid=\".\">Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.</ahelp> $[officename] searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the whole document.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"silben\"><ahelp hid=\".\">Indsætter bindestreg i ord der er for lange til at kunne være på linjen.</ahelp> $[officename] søger i dookumentet og foreslår orddeling som du kan godkende eller afvise. Hvis du har markeret tekst vil dialogen for orddeling kun virke på den markerede tekst. Hvis der ikke er markeret tekst, virker den på hele dokumentet.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3153811.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate."
|
|
msgstr "For automatisk at orddele det aktuelle eller markerede afsnit, vælg <emph>Format - Afsnit</emph>, og klik derefter på fanen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Tekstforløb</link>. Du kan også tilknytte automatisk orddeling til en afsnitstypografi. I tekst hvor automatisk orddeling er aktiveret, vil dialogen Orddeling ikke finde ord at dele."
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3151389.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "When $[officename] finds a word that requires hyphenation, do one of the following options:"
|
|
msgstr "Når $[officename] finder et ord som kræver orddeling, skal du gøre et af følgende:"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3155622.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "To accept the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "For at acceptere orddeling af det viste ord, klik på <emph>Del ord</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3154558.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "To change the hyphenation of the displayed word, click the left or right arrow below the word, and then click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>. The left and right buttons are enabled for words with multiple hyphenation points."
|
|
msgstr "For at ændre orddeling af det viste ord, klik på på venstre eller højrepilen under ordet, og klik derefter <emph>Orddeling</emph>. Knapperne højre og venstrepil er aktiveret for ord med flere orddelingspunkter."
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3150017.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "To reject the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Skip</emph>. This word will not be hyphenated."
|
|
msgstr "For at afvise delingen af det viste ord, klik på <emph>Spring over</emph>. Dette ord vil ikke blive delt."
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3150018.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "To automatically hyphenate the remaining part of the selection or the document, click <emph>Hyphenate All</emph> and answer \"Yes\" to the following question."
|
|
msgstr "For automatisk at orddele de resterende dele af markeringen eller af dokumentet, klik <emph>Orddel alt</emph> og svar \"Ja\" til de efterfølgende spørgsmål."
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3150019.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "To end hyphenation, click <emph>Close</emph>. The hyphenation that is applied already will not be reverted. You can use <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to undo all hyphenation that was applied while the Hyphenation dialog was open."
|
|
msgstr "For at afslutte orddelingen, skal du klikke på <emph>Luk</emph>. Orddelingen som er gennemført vil ikke blive fortrudt. Du kan bruge <emph>Rediger - Fortryd</emph> til at fortryde alle orddelinger som blev gennemført mens dialogen Orddeling var åben."
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3147562.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the Text Flow tab, and then clear the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box in the Hyphenation area."
|
|
msgstr "For at udelukke afsnit fra den automatiske orddeling, marker afsnittene, vælg <emph>Formater - Afsnit</emph>, klik på fanebladet <emph>Tekstforløb</emph>, og ryd derefter afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Automatisk</emph> i området <emph>Orddeling</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3154276.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "To disable the Hyphenation dialog and always hyphenate automatically, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp\" name=\"Language Settings - Writing Aids\">Language Settings - Writing Aids</link></emph>, and select the <emph>Hyphenate without inquiry</emph> check box."
|
|
msgstr "For at slå forslagsdialogerne for orddeling fra, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Language Settings - Writing Aids\">Sprogindstillinger - Skrivehjælp</link></emph>, og marker afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Del ord uden forespørgsel</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3152950.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign (-)."
|
|
msgstr "For at indtaste en bindestreg manuelt, klik i ordet hvor du vil tilføje bindestregen, og tryk så<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minustegn (-)."
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3147523.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "To insert a non-breaking (protected) hyphen directly in the document, click in the word that you want to hyphenate, and then press Shift+<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>+Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign(-)."
|
|
msgstr "For at indsætte en hård (beskyttet) bindestreg, skal du klikke i ordet, som du vil dele, og så trykke på Skift+<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minustegn (-)."
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3154573.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "To hide custom hyphens, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and then clear the <emph>Custom hyphens</emph> check box."
|
|
msgstr "For at skjule brugerdefinerede bindestreger, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</link></emph>, og ryd derefter afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Brugerdefinerede ordelinger</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3150360.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3150360.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Word"
|
|
msgstr "Ord"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3153676.21.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3153676.21.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Word"
|
|
msgstr "Ord"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3149687.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:ED_WORD\">Displays the hyphenation suggestion(s) for the selected word.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:ED_WORD\">Viser forslaget til deling af det valgte ord.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3154195.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Left / Right Arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Venstre / Pil mod højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3155174.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_RIGHT\">Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_RIGHT\">Angiv placeringen af bindestregen. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis mere end ét orddelingsforslag bliver vist.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3151327.25.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3151327.25.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Next"
|
|
msgstr "Næste"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3149306.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_CONTINUE\">Ignores the hyphenation suggestion and finds the next word to hyphenate.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_CONTINUE\">Ser bort fra forslaget til orddeling og finder det næste ord til deling.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3149495.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "Hyphenate"
|
|
msgstr "Del ord"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3149096.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_HYPHENATE\">Inserts the hyphen at the indicated position.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_HYPHENATE\">Indsætter bindestregen på den viste position.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3154829.29.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3154829.29.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Remove"
|
|
msgstr "Fjern"
|
|
|
|
#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3149821.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_DELETE\">Removes the current hyphenation point from the displayed word.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_DELETE\">Fjerner de aktuelle orddelingspunkter fra det viste ord.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160300.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Create AutoAbstract"
|
|
msgstr "Opret Autoresume"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160300.xhp#hd_id3148570.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp\" name=\"Create AutoAbstract\">Create AutoAbstract</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp\" name=\"Opret Autoresume\">Opret Autoresume</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160300.xhp#par_id3149286.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"autoabstracttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:CreateAbstract\">Copies the headings and a number of subsequent paragraphs in the active document to a new AutoAbstract text document. An AutoAbstract is useful for obtaining an overview of long documents.</ahelp> You can specify the number of outline levels as well as the number of paragraphs displayed therein. All levels and paragraphs under the respective settings are hidden. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"autoabstracttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:CreateAbstract\">Kopierer overskrifterne og et antal efterfølgende afsnit i det aktive dokument til et nyt Autoresume-tekstdokument. Et Autoresume er nyttigt for at opnå et overblik over lange dokumenter.</ahelp> Du kan angive antallet af niveauer i dispositionen ligesåvel som antallet af afsnit vist deri. Alle niveauer og afsnit under de tilsvarende indstillinger er skjulte.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160300.xhp#hd_id3147516.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01160300.xhp#hd_id3147516.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Included Outline Levels"
|
|
msgstr "Inkluderede dispositionsniveauer"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160300.xhp#par_id3149804.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_LEVEL\">Enter the extent of the outline levels to be copied to the new document.</ahelp> For example, if you choose 4 levels, all paragraphs formatted with Heading 1 to Heading 4 are included, along with the number of subsequent paragraphs specified in <emph>Subpoints per Level</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_LEVEL\">Indtast omfanget af de dispositionsniveauer, der skal kopieres til det nye dokument.</ahelp> Hvis du for eksempel vælger 4 niveauer, inkluderes alle afsnit formateret med Overskrift 1 til Overskrift 4 sammen med det antal efterfølgende afsnit, der er angivet i <emph>Underafsnit per niveau</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 01160300.xhp#hd_id3151316.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01160300.xhp#hd_id3151316.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Subpoints per Level"
|
|
msgstr "Underafsnit per niveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 01160300.xhp#par_id3155892.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_PARA\">Specify the maximum number of consecutive paragraphs to be included in the AutoAbstract document after each heading.</ahelp> All of the paragraphs up to the maximum defined are included until the next paragraph with a Heading Style is reached."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_PARA\">Angive det maksimale antal fortløbende afsnit, som skal inkluderes i Autoresume-dokumentet efter hver overskrift.</ahelp> Alle afsnittene op til det definerede maksimum inkluderes, indtil det næste afsnit med en overskriftstypografi er nået."
|
|
|
|
#: 03080000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Field Shadings"
|
|
msgstr "Feltskygger"
|
|
|
|
#: 03080000.xhp#hd_id3151177.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp\" name=\"Field Shadings\">Field Shadings</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp\" name=\"Feltskygger\">Feltskygger</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03080000.xhp#par_id3147513.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Marks\">Shows or hides field shadings in your document, including non-breaking spaces, custom hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Marks\">Viser eller skjuler feltskygger i dit dokument, inklusiv hårde mellemrum, brugerdefinerede bindestreger, indekser og fodnoter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03080000.xhp#par_id3153540.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"Nonprinting Characters On/Off\">Nonprinting Characters On/Off</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"Kontroltegn til/fra\">Kontroltegn til/fra</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge00.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard"
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletningsguide"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN10549.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Brevfletningsguide</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Starter Brevfletningsguiden til oprettelse af formularbreve eller afsendelse af e-mails til flere modtagere.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN105CC.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Starting document\">Mail Merge Wizard - Starting document</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp\" name=\"Brevfletningsguide - Startdokument\">Brevfletningsguide - Startdokument</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN105F6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">Configurable Mail Merge dialog</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">Konfigurerbar brevfletningsdialog</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05180000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05180000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Wrap"
|
|
msgstr "Ombrydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3145826.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\">Wrap</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp\" name=\"Ombrydning\">Ombrydning</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05180000.xhp#par_id3153002.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sets the text wrap options for graphics, objects, and frames."
|
|
msgstr "Sætter indstillingerne for ombrydning af grafik, objekter og rammer."
|
|
|
|
#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3150022.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"No wrap\">No wrap</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Ingen ombrydning\">Ingen ombrydning</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3150934.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Page wrap\">Page wrap</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Sideombrydning\">Sideombrydning</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3149027.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Dynamic page wrap\">Dynamic page wrap</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Optimal sideombrydning\">Optimal sideombrydning</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3153718.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap through\">Wrap through</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Gennemgående ombrydning\">Gennemgående ombrydning</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3156321.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"In background\">In background</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"I baggrunden\">I baggrunden</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3151180.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Contour\">Contour</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Kontur\">Kontur</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3147566.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Edit Contour\">Edit Contour</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Rediger kontur\">Rediger kontur</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3149294.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"First paragraph\">First paragraph</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Første afsnit\">Første afsnit</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3147341.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Edit\">Edit</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Rediger\">Rediger</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Table Format"
|
|
msgstr "Tabelformat"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090000.xhp#hd_id3147172.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090000.xhp#hd_id3147172.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Table Format"
|
|
msgstr "Tabelformat"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090000.xhp#par_id3154643.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TableDialog\">Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TableDialog\">Angiver egenskaberne for den valgte tabel, for eksempel, navn, justering, afstand, kolonnebredde, rammer og baggrund.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150300.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Apply and Edit Changes"
|
|
msgstr "Anvend og rediger ændringer"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150300.xhp#hd_id3149353.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp\" name=\"Apply and Edit Changes\">Apply and Edit Changes</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp\" name=\"Anvend og rediger ændringer\">Anvend og rediger ændringer</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3152999.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply\">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply\">Formaterer automatisk filen i henhold til de indstillinger som du vælger under <emph>Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Indstillinger</emph>. I en dialog bliver du spurgt, om du vil acceptere eller afvise ændringerne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150300.xhp#hd_id3148775.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Accept All"
|
|
msgstr "Accepter alle"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3149029.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT\">Applies all of the formatting changes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT\">Anvender alle formateringsændringerne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150300.xhp#hd_id3153722.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Reject All"
|
|
msgstr "Afvis alle"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3149711.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT\">Rejects all of the formatting changes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT\">Afviser alle formateringsændringerne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150300.xhp#hd_id3150756.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Edit Changes"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger ændringer"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3147570.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG\">Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG\">Åbner en dialog, hvor du kan acceptere eller afvise Autokorrekturændringer. Du kan også vise ændringerne lavet af en bestemt forfatter eller på en bestemt dato.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3151184.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02230402.xhp\" name=\"Accept or Reject AutoFormat Changes, Filter tab\">Accept or Reject Changes, Filter tab</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02230402.xhp\" name=\"Accept or Reject AutoFormat Changes, Filter tab\">Accepter eller afvis ændringer, fanebladet Filter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Table"
|
|
msgstr "Tabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#bm_id3154762.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; inserting text before</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller; placering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; indsæt tekst før</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3154762.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp\" name=\"Table\">Table</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp\" name=\"Tabel\">Tabel</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3146322.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_TABLE\">Specify the size, position, spacing, and alignment options for the selected table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_TABLE\">Angiv størrelses-, placerings-, afstands-, og justeringsindstillinger for den valgte tabel.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3154560.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3154560.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Properties"
|
|
msgstr "Egenskaber"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3149881.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3149881.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3145244.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_NAME\">Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_NAME\">Angiv et internt navn for tabellen. Du kan bruge dette navn til hurtigt at finde tabellen i Navigatoren.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3150567.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3150567.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Width"
|
|
msgstr "Bredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3149026.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_WIDTH\">Enter the width of the table.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area is not selected."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_WIDTH\">Indtast tabelbredden.</ahelp> Dette afkrydsningsfelt er kun tilgængeligt, hvis indstillingen <emph>Automatisk</emph> i området <emph>Justering</emph> ikke er valgt."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3154644.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3154644.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Relative"
|
|
msgstr "Relativ"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3151183.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:CB_REL_WIDTH\">Displays the width of the table as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:CB_REL_WIDTH\">Viser tabelbredden som en procentdel af sidebredden.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3151168.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3151168.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Alignment"
|
|
msgstr "Justering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3145412.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Set the alignment options for the selected table."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg justeringsindstillingerne for den valgte tabel."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3147511.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3147511.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Automatic"
|
|
msgstr "Automatisk"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3154108.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FULL\">Extends the table horizontally to the left and to the right page margins.</ahelp> This is the recommended setting for tables in HTML documents."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FULL\">Udvider tabellen vandret til venstre og højre sidemargener.</ahelp> Dette er den anbefalede indstilling til tabeller i HTML-dokumenter."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3149807.17.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3149807.17.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Left"
|
|
msgstr "Venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3153540.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_LEFT\">Aligns the left edge of the table to the left page margin.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_LEFT\">Justerer tabellens venstre kant til venstre sidemargen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3151311.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "Left margin"
|
|
msgstr "Venstre margen"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3153672.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FROM_LEFT\">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left </emph>box in the <emph>Spacing </emph>area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FROM_LEFT\">Justerer tabellens venstre kant til indrykningen, som du indtaster i feltet <emph>Venstre</emph> i området <emph>Afstand</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3150982.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3150982.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Right"
|
|
msgstr "Højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3154567.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_RIGHT\">Aligns the right edge of the table to the right page margin.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_RIGHT\">Justerer den højre kant af tabellen til højre sidemargen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3155899.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "Centered"
|
|
msgstr "Centreret"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3149696.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_CENTER\">Centers the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_CENTER\">Centrerer tabellen vandret på siden.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3159188.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Manual"
|
|
msgstr "Manuel"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3155180.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FREE\">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the<emph> Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"column widths\">column widths</link>."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FREE\">Justerer tabellen vandret baseret på værdierne, du indtaster i boksene <emph>Venstre</emph> og <emph>Højre</emph> i området <emph>Afstand</emph>.</ahelp> $[officename] beregner automatisk tabellens bredde. Vælg denne indstilling, hvis du vil til angive den individuelle <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"column widths\">kolonnebredde</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3149824.25.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3149824.25.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Afstand"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3149102.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3149102.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Left"
|
|
msgstr "Venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3154836.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_LEFT_DIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_LEFT_DIST\">Indtast den afstand, der skal være mellem venstre sidemargen og tabellens kant.</ahelp> Denne indstilling er ikke tilgængelig, hvis indstillingen <emph>Automatisk</emph> eller <emph>Venstre</emph> er valgt i området <emph>Justering</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3147094.29.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3147094.29.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Right"
|
|
msgstr "Højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3147220.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_RIGHT_DIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_RIGHT_DIST\">Indtast den afstand, der skal være mellem højre sidemargen og tabellens kant.</ahelp> Denne indstilling er ikke tilgængelig, hvis indstillingen <emph>Automatisk</emph> eller <emph>Højre</emph> er valgt i området <emph>Justering</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3147576.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "Above"
|
|
msgstr "Over"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3152771.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_TOP_DIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the table and the text above the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_TOP_DIST\">Indtast den afstand, der skal være mellem øverste kant af tabellen og teksten over tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3155142.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Below"
|
|
msgstr "Under"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3145763.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_BOTTOM_DIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the bottom edge of the table and the text below the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_BOTTOM_DIST\">Indtast den afstand, der skal være mellem den nederste kant af tabellen og teksten under tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3145782.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "To insert a paragraph before a table at the beginning of a document, header or footer, place the cursor before any content in the first cell, and then press Enter."
|
|
msgstr "For at indsætte et afsnit før en tabel i begyndelsen af et dokument, sidehoved eller en sidefod; placer markøren før alt andet indhold i den første celle, og tryk så på Enter."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Layout"
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletningsguide - Layout"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust Layout</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\">Brevfletningsguide - Tilpas layout</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the position of the address blocks and salutations on the documents."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver placeringen af adresseblokkene og starthilsenerne i dokumenterne."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
|
|
msgid "Align to text body"
|
|
msgstr "Juster til tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Justerer rammen som indeholder adresseblokken til venstre sidemargen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text
|
|
msgid "From left"
|
|
msgstr "Fra venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Angiv den plads, der skal være mellem venstre kant af siden og den venstre kant af adresseblokken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text
|
|
msgid "From top"
|
|
msgstr "Fra toppen"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast hvor meget plads, der skal være mellem øverste sidekant og den øverste kant af adresseblokken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text
|
|
msgid "Up"
|
|
msgstr "Opad"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Moves the salutation up.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Flytter starthilsnen opad.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text
|
|
msgid "Down"
|
|
msgstr "Nedad"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10576.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Moves the salutation down.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Flytter starthilsnen nedad.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text
|
|
msgid "Zoom"
|
|
msgstr "Zoom"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1057D.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a magnification for the page preview.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg en forstørrelse for sidevisningen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN106AF.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use the commands in the context menu of the preview to move the view up and down."
|
|
msgstr "Brug kommandoerne i genvejsmenuen for forhåndsvisningen til at flytte visningen opad og nedad."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10580.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Edit document\">Mail Merge Wizard - Edit document</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\" name=\"Brevfletningsguide - Rediger dokument\">Brevfletningsguide - Rediger dokument</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03050000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Ruler"
|
|
msgstr "Lineal"
|
|
|
|
#: 03050000.xhp#hd_id3149287.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp\" name=\"Ruler\">Ruler</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp\" name=\"Lineal\">Lineal</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03050000.xhp#par_id3147514.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Ruler\">Shows or hides the horizontal ruler, that you can use to adjust page margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.</ahelp> To show the vertical ruler, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</link></emph>, and then select the <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> check box in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Ruler\">Viser eller gemmer de vandrette linealer som du kan benytte til at justere sidemarginer, tabulatorstop, indrykning, kanter og tabelceller, og til at arrangere objekter på siden.</ahelp> For at vise de lodrette linealer, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Writer - View\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Vis</link></emph>, og derefter markere <emph>Lodret lineal</emph> i området <emph>Lineal</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 03050000.xhp#par_idN1061A.help.text
|
|
msgid "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler\"/>"
|
|
msgstr "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler\"/>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Select Address Block"
|
|
msgstr "Vælg adresseblok"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Select Address Block"
|
|
msgstr "Vælg adresseblok"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1053D.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select, edit, or delete an address block layout for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">mail merge</link>."
|
|
msgstr "Marker, rediger eller slet et adressebloklayout til <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">brevfletning</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the address block which you want to use"
|
|
msgstr "Marker den adresseblok, som du vil bruge"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Marker den blok på listen, som du vil bruge til brevfletningsadresser og klik <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text
|
|
msgid "Never include country/region"
|
|
msgstr "Inkluder aldrig landet/regionen"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Excludes country or regional information from the address block.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Udelukker lande- eller regional information fra adresseblokken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1055C.help.text
|
|
msgid "Always include country/region"
|
|
msgstr "Inkluder altid landet/regionen"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10560.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Includes country or regional information in the address block.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Inkluderer lande- eller regional information i adresseblokken.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10563.help.text
|
|
msgid "Only include country/region if it is not:"
|
|
msgstr "Inkluder kun landet/regionen, hvis forskellig fra:"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10567.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Inkluderer kun land eller regional information i adresseblokken hvis værdien afviger fra den værdi som du indtaster i tekstfeltet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10651.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast den lande-/regionstekst, som ikke skal udskrives.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1056A.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1056A.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New"
|
|
msgstr "Ny"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1056E.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">Ny Adresseblok</link>, hvor du kan angive et nyt adressebloklayout.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10583.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">Ny adresseblok</link>, hvor du kan redigere det valgte adressebloklayout.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10594.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10594.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Delete"
|
|
msgstr "Slet"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10598.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected address block layout.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sletter det valgte adressebloklayout.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "AutoCorrect"
|
|
msgstr "Autokorrektur"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150000.xhp#bm_id3153925.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;text documents</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Autoformat-funktion; tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150000.xhp#hd_id3153925.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat\">AutoCorrect</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat\">Autokorrektur</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150000.xhp#par_id3151182.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect\"><emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph> <emph>Options</emph></link>."
|
|
msgstr "Formaterer automatisk filen efter de indstillinger, som du sætter under <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect\"><emph>Funktioner - Autokorrekturindstillinger</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150000.xhp#hd_id1029200810080924.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\">AutoCorrect Options</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\">Autokorrekturindstillinger</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150000.xhp#par_id1029200810080924.help.text
|
|
msgid "Opens the AutoCorrect dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Åbner dialogen Autokorrektur."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150000.xhp#par_id3147570.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "To open the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat for Tables\">AutoFormat for Tables</link> dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "For at åbne dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"Autoformat for Tables\">Autoformat for tabeller</link> skal du klikke i en tabelcelle og så vælge <emph>Formater - Autoformat</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04010000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Manual Break"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt manuelt skift"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3145827.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04010000.xhp#hd_id3145827.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Manual Break"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt manuelt skift"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3147176.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"umbruch\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBreak\">Inserts a manual line break, column break or a page break at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"umbruch\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBreak\">Indsætter et manuelt linjeskift, spalteskift eller et sideskift ved markørens aktuelle placering.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3151176.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04010000.xhp#hd_id3151176.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3145420.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the type of break that you want to insert."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg typen af skift, som du vil indsætte."
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3154097.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Line Break"
|
|
msgstr "Linjeskift"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3149805.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_LINE\">Ends the current line, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the next line, without creating a new paragraph.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_LINE\">Afslutter den aktuelle linje og flytter teksten til højre for markøren til den næste linje uden at oprette et nyt afsnit.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3149685.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also insert a line break by pressing Shift+Enter."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også indsætte et linjeskift ved at trykke Skift+Enter."
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3148566.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Column Break"
|
|
msgstr "Spalteskift"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3155182.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_COL\">Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"column\">column</link>. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_COL\">Indsætter et manuelt spalteskift (i flerspaltelayout), og flytter teksten til højre for markøren til begyndelsen af næste <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"column\">spalte</link>. Et manuelt spalteskift vises med en kontroltegnskant øverst på den nye spalte.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3149487.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Page Break"
|
|
msgstr "Sideskift"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3149102.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_PAGE\">Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_PAGE\">Indsætter et manuelt sideskift og flytter teksten til højre for markøren til begyndelsen af næste side. Det indsatte sideskift vises med en kontroltegnskant øverst på den nye side.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3145758.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also insert a page break by pressing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. However, if you want to assign the following page a different Page Style, you must use the menu command to insert the manual page break."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også indsætte et sideskift ved at trykke<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. Hvis du vil tildele en anden sidetypografi til den følgende side, skal du dog bruge menukommandoen for at indsætte det manuelle sideskift."
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3149175.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Style"
|
|
msgstr "Typografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3156275.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_BREAK:LB_COLL\">Select the page style for the page that follows the manual page break.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_BREAK:LB_COLL\">Vælg sidetypografien for den side, der kommer efter det manuelle sideskift.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3145782.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Change page number"
|
|
msgstr "Modificer sidetal"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3155917.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_BREAK:CB_PAGENUM\">Assigns the page number that you specify to the page that follows the manual page break. This option is only available if you assign a different page style to the page that follows manual page break.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_BREAK:CB_PAGENUM\">Tildeler det sidetal, som du angiver, til den side der kommer efter det manuelle sideskift. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis du tildeler en anden sidetypografi til siden, som følger efter et manuelt sideskift.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3151384.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04010000.xhp#hd_id3151384.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page number"
|
|
msgstr "Sidetal"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3150700.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_BREAK:ED_PAGENUM\">Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_BREAK:ED_PAGENUM\">Indtast det nye sidetal for den side, der kommer efter det manuelle sideskift.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3150554.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "To display manual breaks, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"View - Nonprinting Characters\"><emph>View - Nonprinting Characters</emph></link>."
|
|
msgstr "For at vise manuelle skift, vælg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"View - Nonprinting Characters\"><emph>Vis - Kontroltegn</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Styles and Formatting"
|
|
msgstr "Typografier og formatering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#bm_id3907589.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;applying styles</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Vinduet Typografier og formatering; anvend typografier</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Typografier og formatering\">Typografier og formatering</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3148391.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the Styles and Formatting window to apply, create, edit, add, and remove formatting styles. Double-click an entry to apply the style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Brug vinduet Typografier og formatering til at anvende, oprette, redigere, tilføje og fjerne typografier. Dobbeltklik på et element for at anvende typografien.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id0122200903183687.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg Rediger afsnitstypografi i genvejsmenuen i et afsnit for at redigere typografien for alle afsnit med den samme typografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN106EF.help.text
|
|
msgid "To <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">dock</link> the Styles and Formatting window, drag its title bar to the left or to the right side of the workspace. To undock the window, double-click a free space on its toolbar."
|
|
msgstr "For at <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">fastgøre</link> typografi- og formateringsvinduet skal du trække dets titellinje til venstre eller til højre side af arbejdsområdet. For at frigøre vinduet skal du dobbeltklikke på en ledig plads på dets værktøjslinje."
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#hd_id3147167.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "How to apply a style:"
|
|
msgstr "Hvordan man anvender en typografi:"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3151264.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the text. To apply a Character Style to one word, click the word. To apply a Paragraph Style, click the paragraph."
|
|
msgstr "Marker teksten. For at anvende en tegntypografi på et enkelt ord, klik ordet. For at anvende en afsnitstypografi, klik afsnittet."
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3150756.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "Double-click the style in the Styles and Formatting window."
|
|
msgstr "Dobbeltklik på typografien i typografi- og formateringsvinduet."
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN1071D.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can assign shortcut keys to Styles on the <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph> tab page."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan tildele genvejstaster til typografier på fanebladet <emph>Funktioner - Tilpas - Tastatur</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3154643.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "The Styles and Formatting toolbar contains icons for formatting your documents:"
|
|
msgstr "Typografi og formateringsværktøjslinjen indeholder ikoner til formatering af dine dokumenter:"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#hd_id3153146.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05140000.xhp#hd_id3153146.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Style Category"
|
|
msgstr "Typografikategori"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3147506.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3147512\" src=\"sfx2/res/styfam2.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147512\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3147512\" src=\"sfx2/res/styfam2.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147512\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3154106.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05140000.xhp#par_id3154106.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Paragraph Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Afsnitstypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3149800.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ParaStyle\">Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.</ahelp> Use paragraph styles to apply the same <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"formatting\">formatting</link>, such as font, numbering, and layout to the paragraphs in your document."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ParaStyle\">Viser typografier til afsnit.</ahelp> Brug afsnitstypografier for at anvende den samme <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"formatting\">formatering</link>, såsom skrifttype, nummerering og layout til afsnittene i dit dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3151319.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3152955\" src=\"sfx2/res/styfam1.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152955\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3152955\" src=\"sfx2/res/styfam1.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152955\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3150351.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05140000.xhp#par_id3150351.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Tegntypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3154570.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CharStyle\">Displays formatting styles for characters.</ahelp> Use character styles to apply font styles to selected text in a paragraph."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CharStyle\">Viser typografier for tegn.</ahelp> Brug tegntypografier for at anvende skrifttypografier på markeret tekst i et afsnit."
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3159194.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3159200\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf03.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159200\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3159200\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf03.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159200\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3151332.10.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05140000.xhp#par_id3151332.10.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Frame Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Rammetypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3143282.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameStyle\">Displays formatting styles for frames.</ahelp> Use frame styles to format frame layouts and position."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameStyle\">Viser typografier for rammer.</ahelp> Brug rammetypografier for at formatere rammelayout og placering."
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3149819.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149826\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf04.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149826\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149826\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf04.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149826\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3148976.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Page Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Sidetypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3147220.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PageStyle\">Displays formatting styles for pages.</ahelp> Use page styles to determine page layouts, including the presence of headers and footers."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PageStyle\">Viser typografier for sider.</ahelp> Brug sidetypografier for at bestemme sidelayout, inklusiv tilstedeværelsen af sidehoveder og -fødder."
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3152766.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3152772\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf05.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152772\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3152772\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf05.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152772\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3154390.28.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05140000.xhp#par_id3154390.28.help.text"
|
|
msgid "List Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Listetypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3153361.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:TemplateFamily5\">Displays formatting styles for numbered and bulleted lists.</ahelp> Use list styles to format number and bullet characters and to specify indents."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:TemplateFamily5\">Viser formateringstypografier for punktopstillinger.</ahelp> Brug listetypografier for at formatere tal og punkttegn samt for at angive indrykninger."
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3150576.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150590\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150590\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150590\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150590\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3145786.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Fill Format Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Fyldformattilstand"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3156379.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN\">Applies the selected style to the object or text that you select in the document. Click this icon, and then drag a selection in the document to apply the style.</ahelp> To exit this mode, click the icon again, or press Esc."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN\">Anvender den valgte typografi til objektet eller teksten, som du vælger i dokumentet. Klik på dette ikon, og træk så en markering i dokumentet for at anvende typografien.</ahelp> For at stoppe denne tilstand, klik på ikonet igen, eller tryk Esc."
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3150114.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150122\" src=\"cmd/sc_stylenewbyexample.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150122\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150122\" src=\"cmd/sc_stylenewbyexample.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150122\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3147490.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "New Style from Selection"
|
|
msgstr "Ny typografi fra markeringen"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN109BB.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens a submenu with more commands.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner en undermenu med flere kommandoer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN109DA.help.text
|
|
msgid "New style from selection"
|
|
msgstr "Ny typografi fra markeringen"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3149552.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page, or selection.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opretter en ny typografi baseret på formateringen af det/den aktuelle afsnit, side, eller markering.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN10A04.help.text
|
|
msgid "Update style"
|
|
msgstr "Opdater typografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3146333.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE\">The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE\">De manuelle formateringsattributter for teksten ved markørens position i dokumentet vil blive tilføjet til den typografi, der er markeret i formateringsvinduet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN10A31.help.text
|
|
msgid "Load style"
|
|
msgstr "Indlæs typografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN10A36.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the Load Styles dialog to import styles from another document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen Indlæs typografier til at importere typografier fra et andet dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3148860.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "More information about <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"styles\">styles</link>."
|
|
msgstr "Mere information om <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"styles\">typografier</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05140000.xhp#hd_id3155576.26.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05140000.xhp#hd_id3155576.26.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Applied Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Anvendte typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 04130100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04130100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard"
|
|
msgstr "Ændring af størrelse og flytning af rammer og objekter med tastaturet"
|
|
|
|
#: 04130100.xhp#bm_id3154506.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>moving;objects and frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects;moving and resizing with keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;objects and frames, by keyboard</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>flytte;objekter og rammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekter;flytte og ændre størrelse med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ændre størrelse;objekter og rammer, med tastatur</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04130100.xhp#hd_id3154506.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04130100.xhp#hd_id3154506.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard"
|
|
msgstr "Ændring af størrelse og flytning af rammer og objekter med tastaturet"
|
|
|
|
#: 04130100.xhp#par_id3145248.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can resize and move selected frames and objects with the keyboard."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan ændre størrelsen og flytte valgte rammer og objekter med tastaturet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04130100.xhp#par_id3148771.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "To move a selected frame or object, press an arrow key. To move by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key."
|
|
msgstr "For at flytte en markeret ramme eller et markeret objekt, skal du trykke på en piletast. For at flytte med et enkelt billedpunkt, skal du holde <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> nede og så trykke på en piletast."
|
|
|
|
#: 04130100.xhp#par_id3150762.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "To resize a selected frame or object, first press Ctrl+Tab. Now one of the handles blinks to show that it is selected. To select another handle, press Ctrl+Tab again. Press an arrow key to resize the object by one grid unit. To resize by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key."
|
|
msgstr "For at ændre størrelsen på en markeret ramme eller et objekt, skal du først trykke Ctrl+Tab. Nu vil et af håndtagene blinke for at vise, at det er valgt. For at vælge et andet håndtag skal du trykke Ctrl+Tab igen. Tryk på en piletast for at ændre størrelsen på objektet med én gitterenhed. For at ændre størrelsen med ét billedpunkt skal du holde <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>-tasten nede og trykke på en piletast."
|
|
|
|
#: 04130100.xhp#par_id3149294.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "The increment by which you move an object with the keyboard is determined by the document grid. To change the properties of the document grid, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp\" name=\"Text document - Grid\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid</link></emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Størrelsen af de trin, som du flytter et objekt med når du bruger tastaturet, bestemmes af dokumentets gitter. For at ændre egenskaberne for dokumentets gitter, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Text document - Grid\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Gitter</link></emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page Style"
|
|
msgstr "Sidetypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page Style"
|
|
msgstr "Sidetypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040000.xhp#par_id3148774.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"seitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:PageDialog\">Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"seitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:PageDialog\">Angiv formateringstypografien og layoutet for den aktuelle sidetypografi, inklusiv sidemargener, sidehoveder og -fødder samt sidebaggrunden.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06120000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Page Formatting"
|
|
msgstr "Sideformatering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06120000.xhp#hd_id3155961.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp\" name=\"Page Formatting\">Page Formatting</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp\" name=\"Sideformatering\">Sideformatering</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06120000.xhp#par_id3150249.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\".uno:Repaginate\">Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\".uno:Repaginate\">Opdaterer sideformateringen i dokumentet og genberegner det samlede antal sider, som vises på <emph>Statuslinjen</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06120000.xhp#par_id3154766.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "In long documents, updating the page formatting can take a while."
|
|
msgstr "I lange dokumenter kan opdatering af sideformateringen tage et stykke tid."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130002.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Character Style "
|
|
msgstr "Tegntypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130002.xhp#hd_id3148489.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp\" name=\"Character Style\">Character Style</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp\" name=\"Tegntypografi\">Tegntypografi</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130002.xhp#par_id3154650.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Here, you can create a font style."
|
|
msgstr "Her kan du oprette en skrifttypografi."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Outline & Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Disposition & nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3151173.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Numbering\">Outline & Numbering</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Numbering\">Disposition & nummerering</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3154100.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUMPARA\">Adds or removes outline level, numbering, or bullets from the paragraph. You can also select the style of numbering to use, and reset the numbering in a numbered list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUMPARA\">Tilføjer eller fjerner overskriftsniveau, nummerering eller punkttegn fra afsnittet. Du kan også vælge hvilken nummereringstypografi, du vil bruge, og nulstille nummereringen i en nummereret liste.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3153536.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "To change the numbering options for paragraphs that use the same paragraph style, choose <emph>Format - Styles and </emph>Formatting, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles </emph>icon. Right-click the style in the list, choose <emph>Modify</emph>, and then click the<emph> Outline & Numbering</emph> tab."
|
|
msgstr "For at ændre nummereringsindstillingerne for afsnit, der bruger den samme afsnitstypografi, skal du vælge <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>, og så klikke på ikonet <emph>Afsnitstypografier</emph>. Højreklik på typografien på listen, vælg <emph>Modificer</emph> og klik så på fanen <emph>Disposition & nummerering</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3154470.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "To change the numbering options for selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format -</emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link>, and then click the<emph> Outline & Numbering</emph> tab."
|
|
msgstr "For at ændre nummereringsindstillingerne for de valgte afsnit, skal du vælge <emph>Formater - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Afsnit</emph></link> og så klikke på fanebladet <emph>Disposition & nummerering</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id1209200804371034.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id1209200804371034.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Outline level"
|
|
msgstr "Dispositionsniveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id1209200804371097.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Assigns an outline level from 1 to 10 to the selected paragraphs or Paragraph Style.</ahelp> Select <emph>Body text</emph> to reset the outline level."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Tildeler et dispositionsniveau mellem 1 og 10 til de valgte afsnit eller afsnitstypografi.</ahelp> Vælg <emph>brødtekst</emph>for at nulstille dispositionsniveauet."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3143283.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3143283.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3154188.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Numbering Style"
|
|
msgstr "Nummereringstypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3155178.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_NUMPARA:LB_NUMBER_STYLE\">Select the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Style\">Numbering Style</link> that you want to apply to the paragraph.</ahelp> These styles are also listed in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link> window if you click the <emph>Numbering Style</emph> icon."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_NUMPARA:LB_NUMBER_STYLE\">Vælg den <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Style\">nummereringstypografi</link>, som du vil anvende på afsnittet.</ahelp> Disse typografier er også listet i vinduet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Typografier og formatering</link> hvis du klikker på ikonet <emph>nummereringstypografi</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3149106.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "This section only appears when you edit the properties of the current paragraph by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Dette afsnit fremkommer kun, når du redigerer egenskaberne for det aktuelle afsnit ved at vælge <emph>Formater - Afsnit</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3151250.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3151250.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Restart at this paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Begynd forfra ved dette afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3154831.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_NEW_START\">Restarts the numbering at the current paragraph.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_NEW_START\">Genstarter nummereringen ved det aktuelle afsnit.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3147096.24.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3147096.24.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Start with"
|
|
msgstr "Begynd med"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3148979.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_TRISTATEBOX_TP_NUMPARA_CB_NUMBER_NEW_START\">Select this check box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_TRISTATEBOX_TP_NUMPARA_CB_NUMBER_NEW_START\">Marker dette afkrydsningsfelt og indtast så tallet, som du ønsker at tildele til afsnittet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3147226.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "\"Start with\" spin button"
|
|
msgstr "\"Begynd med\" rulleknap"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3153632.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_NEW_START\">Enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp> The following paragraphs are numbered consecutively from the number that you enter here."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_NEW_START\">Indtast det tal, som du vil tildele til afsnittet.</ahelp> De følgende afsnit er nummereret efterfølgende tallet, som du indtaster her."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3147581.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Line numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Linjenummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3152771.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Line numbering\">Line numbering</link> options. To add line numbers to your document, choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver indstillinger for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Line numbering\">Linjenummerering</link>. For at føje linjenumre til dit dokument, vælg <emph>Funktioner - Linjenummerering</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3153345.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Include this paragraph in line numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Inkluder dette afsnit i linjenummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3156267.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_COUNT_PARA\">Includes the current paragraph in the line numbering.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_COUNT_PARA\">Inkluderer det aktuelle afsnit i linjenummereringen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3151026.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3151026.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Restart at this paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Begynd forfra ved dette afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3149168.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_RESTART_PARACOUNT\">Restarts the line numbering at the current paragraph, or at the number that you enter.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_RESTART_PARACOUNT\">Genstarter linjenummereringen ved det aktuelle afsnit eller ved det tal, som du indtaster.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3145775.21.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3145775.21.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Start with"
|
|
msgstr "Begynd med"
|
|
|
|
#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3149355.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_RESTART_PARA\">Enter the number at which to restart the line numbering</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_RESTART_PARA\">Indtast tallet ved hvilket linjenummereringen skal genstartes</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Line Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Linjenummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3154705.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3154705.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Line Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Linjenummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150249.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"zeinum\">Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab, and then clear the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph> check box.</variable> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering."
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"zeinum\">Tilføjer eller fjerner og formaterer linjenumrene i det aktuelle dokument. For at udelukke et afsnit fra linjenummerering, klik i afsnittet, vælg <emph>Formater - Afsnit</emph>, klik på fanebladet <emph>Nummerering</emph> og ryd derefter afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Inkluder dette afsnit i linjenummerering</emph>.</variable> Du kan også udelade en afsnitstypografi fra linjenummerering."
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id248115.help.text
|
|
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
|
|
msgstr "Linjenumre er ikke tilgængelige i HTML-format."
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3146965.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Show numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Aktiver nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3147295.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_NUMBERING_ON\">Adds line numbers to the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_NUMBERING_ON\">Tilføjer linjenumre til det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3083449.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "View"
|
|
msgstr "Vis"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3155621.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Set the properties of the line numbering."
|
|
msgstr "Sæt egenskaberne for linjenummereringen."
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3145822.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3145822.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character Style"
|
|
msgstr "Tegntypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3153000.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_CHAR_STYLE\">Select the formatting style that you want to use for the line numbers.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_CHAR_STYLE\">Vælg formateringstypografien, som du vil bruge til linjenumrene.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3149880.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3149880.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Format"
|
|
msgstr "Format"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3145246.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_FORMAT\">Select the numbering style that you want to use.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_FORMAT\">Vælg den nummereringstypografi, som du vil bruge.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3150569.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3150569.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Position"
|
|
msgstr "Placering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150932.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_POS\">Select where you want the line numbers to appear.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_POS\">Vælg hvor du ønsker, at linjenumrene skal vises.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3155986.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3155986.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Afstand"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3153719.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:MF_OFFSET\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the line numbers and the text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:MF_OFFSET\">Indtast den plads, der skal være mellem linjenumrene og teksten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3151183.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Interval"
|
|
msgstr "Interval"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3151272.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:NF_NUM_INVERVAL\">Enter the counting interval for the line numbers.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:NF_NUM_INVERVAL\">Indtast tællerintervallet for linjenumrene.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3156321.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3156321.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Separator"
|
|
msgstr "Skilletegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150765.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can enter a separator character to display between line numbers if the counting interval is more than one."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan indtaste et skilletegn, der skal vises mellem linjenumrene, hvis tællerintervallet er mere end ét."
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3150258.22.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3150258.22.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Text"
|
|
msgstr "Tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3149286.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_LINENUMBERING:ED_DIVISOR\">Enter the text that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_LINENUMBERING:ED_DIVISOR\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil bruge som skilletegn.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3149757.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "Every"
|
|
msgstr "Alle"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3145412.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:NF_DIV_INTERVAL\">Enter the number of lines to leave between the separators.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:NF_DIV_INTERVAL\">Indtast det antal linjer, der skal efterlades mellem skilletegnene.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3153532.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Separators are only displayed in lines that are not numbered."
|
|
msgstr "Skilletegn bliver kun vist i linjer, som ikke er nummereret."
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3152962.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "Count"
|
|
msgstr "Tæl"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150358.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify whether to include empty paragraphs or lines in text frames in the line count."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver om tomme afsnit eller linjer i tekstrammer skal inkluderes i linjeantallet."
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3153677.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "Blank lines"
|
|
msgstr "Tomme linjer"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150973.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_COUNT_EMPTYLINES\">Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_COUNT_EMPTYLINES\">Medregner tomme afsnit i linjeantallet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3154476.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "Lines in text frames"
|
|
msgstr "Linjer i tekstrammer"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150995.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_COUNT_FRAMELINES\">Adds line numbers to text in text frames. The numbering restarts in each text frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document.</ahelp> In <link href=\"text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp\" name=\"linked frames\">linked frames</link>, the numbering is not restarted."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_COUNT_FRAMELINES\">Tilføjer linjenumre til tekst i tekstrammer. Nummereringen genstarter i hver tekstramme og medtages ikke i linjeoptællingen i dokumentets hovedtekstområde.</ahelp> I <link href=\"text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp\" name=\"linked frames\">kædede rammer</link> genstartes nummereringen ikke."
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3151320.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "Restart every new page"
|
|
msgstr "Start forfra på hver ny side"
|
|
|
|
#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3149685.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_LINENUMBERING_CB_RESTART_PAGE\">Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_LINENUMBERING_CB_RESTART_PAGE\">Genstarter linjenummerering øverst på hver side i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New Address Block"
|
|
msgstr "Ny adresseblok"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New Address Block"
|
|
msgstr "Ny adresseblok"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10546.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">mail merge</link> documents."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv placeringen af felter med adressedata i en adresseblok i <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">brevfletnings</link>dokumenter."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Address Elements"
|
|
msgstr "Adresseelementer"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an address field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg et adressefelt og træk feltet til den anden liste.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10570.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10570.help.text"
|
|
msgid ">"
|
|
msgstr ">"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list.</ahelp> You can add the same field more than once."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Føjer det valgte felt fra adresseelementlisten til den anden liste.</ahelp> Du kan tilføje det samme felt flere gange."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<"
|
|
msgstr "<"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Fjerner det valgte felt fra den anden liste.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Drag address element to the field below"
|
|
msgstr "Træk adresseelement til feltet nedenunder"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arrange the fields with drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arranger felterne med træk og slip eller brug piletasterne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Preview"
|
|
msgstr "Forhåndsvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Viser et eksempel på den første datapost med det aktuelle layout for en adresseblok.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text"
|
|
msgid "(Arrow Buttons)"
|
|
msgstr "(Pileknapper)"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10590.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the entry.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg et element på listen og klik på en pileknap for at flytte elementet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Outline Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Dispositionsnummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3154561.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060000.xhp#hd_id3154561.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Outline Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Dispositionsnummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3145246.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"kapnum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog\">Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"kapnum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog\">Angiver talformatet og hierarkiet for kapitelnummereringen i det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3150934.54.help.text
|
|
msgid "Outline numbering is linked to paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading\" paragraph styles (1-10) are assigned to the corresponding outline number levels (1-10). If you want, you can assign different paragraph styles to the outline number level."
|
|
msgstr "Dispositionsnummerering er forbundet med afsnitstypografier. Som standard bliver afsnitstypografier \"Overskrift\"(1-10) tildelt til den tilsvarende dispositionniveauer (1-10). Hvis du vil, kan du tildele forskellige afsnitstypografier til dispositionsniveauet."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#par_id8237250.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du ønsker nummererede overskrifter, kan du bruge menukommandoen <emph>Funktioner - Dispositionsnummerering</emph> for at tildele nummerering til en afsnitstypografi. Brug ikke nummereringsikonet på værktøjslinjen Formatering."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3147567.55.help.text
|
|
msgid "To highlight the screen display of outline numbers, choose <emph>View -</emph><emph>Field Shadings</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "For at fremhæve skærmvisningen af dispositionsnumre kan du vælge <emph>Vis -</emph><emph>Feltskygger</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3151168.56.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060000.xhp#hd_id3151168.56.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Format"
|
|
msgstr "Formater"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3147512.57.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OUTLINE_FORM\">Saves or loads an outline number format. A saved outline number format is available to all text documents.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OUTLINE_FORM\">Gemmer eller indlæser et dispositionstalformat. Et gemt dispositionstalformatet er tilgængeligt for alle tekstdokumenter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3150979.58.help.text
|
|
msgid "The <emph>Format</emph> button is only available for outline numbering. For numbered or bulleted list styles, modify the Numbering Styles of the paragraphs."
|
|
msgstr "Knappen <emph>Formater</emph> er kun tilgængelig for dispositionsnummerering. For typografier til nummerering eller punktopstilling må du modificere afsnittenes nummereringstypografier."
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3154572.59.help.text
|
|
msgid "Untitled 1 - 9"
|
|
msgstr "Unavngivet 1 - 9"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3150350.60.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NAMED_NUMS\">Select the predefined numbering style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NAMED_NUMS\">Marker den foruddefinerede nummereringstypografi, som du ønsker at tildele til det markerede dispositionsniveau.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.61.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.61.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Save As"
|
|
msgstr "Gem som"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3155892.62.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NUM_SAVEAS\">Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NUM_SAVEAS\">Åbner en dialog, hvor du kan gemme de nuværende indstillinger for det markerede dispositionsniveau. Du kan så indlæse disse indstillinger fra et andet dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3149689.63.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06060000.xhp#hd_id3149689.63.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Save As"
|
|
msgstr "Gem som"
|
|
|
|
#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3154200.64.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_NUM_NAMES:LB_FORM\">Click a numbering style in the list, and then enter a name for the style. The numbers correspond to the outline level that the styles are assigned to.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_NUM_NAMES:LB_FORM\">Klik på en nummereringstypografi i listen, og indtast så et navn på typografien. Tallene svarer til dispositionsniveauet som typografierne er tildelt til.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: format_object.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "format_object.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Object"
|
|
msgstr "Objekt"
|
|
|
|
#: format_object.xhp#par_idN10548.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp\">Object</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp\">Objekt</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: format_object.xhp#par_idN10558.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner en undermenu til redigere egenskaberne for det valgte objekt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: format_object.xhp#hd_id1863460.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05990000.xhp\">Text Attributes</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05990000.xhp\">Tekstattributter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: format_object.xhp#par_id3542588.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object."
|
|
msgstr "Sætter egenskaber for layoutet og forankring for tekst i den valgte tegning eller det valgte tekstobjekt."
|
|
|
|
#: format_object.xhp#par_id9466841.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05280000.xhp\">Fontwork</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05280000.xhp\">Fontwork</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: format_object.xhp#par_id2874538.help.text
|
|
msgid "Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Redigerer Fontworkeffekter for det valgte objekt, der er blevet oprettet med den foregående Fontworkdialog."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Document"
|
|
msgstr "Dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3150017.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp\" name=\"Document\">Document</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp\" name=\"Dokument\">Dokument</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3147167.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Fields are used to insert information about the current document, for example, file name, template, statistics, user data, date, and time."
|
|
msgstr "Felter bruges til at indsætte information om det aktuelle dokument, for eksempel filnavn, skabelon, statistik, brugerdata, dato og klokkeslæt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154470.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "For the HTML export and import of date and time fields, <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#datumuhrzeit\" name=\"special $[officename] formats\">special $[officename] formats</link> are used."
|
|
msgstr "Der bruges <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#datumuhrzeit\" name=\"special $[officename] formats\">specielle $[officename]-formater</link> ved HTML-eksport og -import af dato- og klokkeslætsfelter,"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3151312.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3151312.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3153672.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKTYPE\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKTYPE\">Opremser de tilgængelige felttyper. For at føje et felt til dit dokument, skal du klikke på en felttype, klikke på et felt i listen <emph>Type</emph>, og så klikke på <emph>Indsæt</emph>.</ahelp> Følgende felter er tilgængelige:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155182.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3155182.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3143272.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3143272.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Meaning"
|
|
msgstr "Betydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3151248.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Author"
|
|
msgstr "Forfatter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148975.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the name of the current user. "
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter den aktuelle brugers navn."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145759.18.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3145759.18.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Chapter"
|
|
msgstr "Kapitel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3149172.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the chapter number and/or the chapter name."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter kapitelnummeret og/eller kapitelnavnet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145771.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Date"
|
|
msgstr "Dato"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3151370.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the current date. You can insert the date as a fixed field - <item type=\"literal\">Date (fixed)</item> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <item type=\"literal\">Date</item> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <item type=\"literal\">Date</item> field, press F9."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter dags dato. Du kan indsætte datoen som et fast felt - <item type=\"literal\">Dato (fast)</item> - som ikke ændres, eller som et dynamisk felt - <item type=\"literal\">Dato</item> - som automatisk bliver opdateret. For manuelt at opdatere feltet <item type=\"literal\">Dato</item> skal du trykke på F9."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150699.12.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3150699.12.help.text"
|
|
msgid "File name"
|
|
msgstr "Filnavn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150122.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the filename and/or the directory path of the current document, as well as the filename without extension."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter filnavnet og/eller katalogstien i det aktuelle dokument, såvel som filnavnet uden filtype."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3147495.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3147495.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page"
|
|
msgstr "Side"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145264.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the page number of the current, previous, or next page."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter sidenummeret for den aktuelle, den forrige eller den næste side."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150561.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3150561.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Sender"
|
|
msgstr "Afsender"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3146341.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts fields containing user data. You can change the user-data that is displayed by choosing <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - User Data\">$[officename] - User Data</link></emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter felter, som indeholder brugerdata. Du kan ændre de viste brugerdata ved at vælge <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - $[officename] - User Data\">$[officename] - Brugerdata</link></emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148863.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "Statistics"
|
|
msgstr "Statistik"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3151091.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts document statistics, such as page and word counts, as a field. To view the statistics of a document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>, and then click the <emph>Statistics</emph> tab. "
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter dokumentstatistik, såsom side- og ordoptælling, som et felt. For at se statistikken for et dokument, skal du vælge <emph>Filer - Egenskaber</emph> og så klikke på fanebladet <emph>Statistik</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3153302.16.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3153302.16.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Templates"
|
|
msgstr "Skabeloner"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3156123.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the filename, the path, or the filename without the file extension of the current template. You can also insert the names of the \"Category\" and the \"Style\" formats used in the current template. To view the names of the template categories and the styles used in the templates, choose <emph>File - Templates -</emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Organize\"><emph>Organize</emph></link>."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter filnavnet, stien eller filnavnet uden filtype for den aktuelle skabelon. Du kan også indsætte navnene på de \"Kategori\"- og \"Typografi\"-formater, der er brugt i den aktuelle skabelon. For at se navnene på skabelonkategorierne og typografierne, der er brugt i skabelonerne, vælg <emph>Filer - Skabeloner -</emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Organize\"><emph>Administrer</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3146939.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "Time"
|
|
msgstr "Klokkeslæt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154340.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the current time. You can insert the time as a fixed field - <item type=\"literal\">Time (fixed)</item> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <item type=\"literal\">Time</item> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <item type=\"literal\">Time</item> field, press F9."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter det aktuelle klokkeslæt. Du kan indsætte tiden som et fast felt - <item type=\"literal\">Klokkeslæt (fast)</item> - som ikke ændres, eller som et dynamisk felt - <item type=\"literal\">Klokkeslæt</item> - som automatisk bliver opdateret. For manuelt at opdatere feltet <item type=\"literal\">Klokkeslæt</item>, tryk F9."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154631.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
|
|
msgstr "De følgende felter kan kun indsættes, hvis den tilsvarende felttype er valgt i <emph>Type</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3150660.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3150660.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Select"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150678.28.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3150678.28.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Opremser de tilgængelige felter for felttypen, der er valgt i <emph>Type</emph>. For at indsætte et felt, klik på feltet, og klik så på <emph>Indsæt</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155537.53.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3155537.53.help.text"
|
|
msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field."
|
|
msgstr "For hurtigt at indsætte et felt fra listen, hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> nede og dobbeltklik i feltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155359.30.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3155359.30.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Felter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154220.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "Function"
|
|
msgstr "Funktion"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145107.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "Previous page"
|
|
msgstr "Forrige side"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3149595.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the page number of the previous page in the document."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter sidetallet for den foregående side i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3146896.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "Next page "
|
|
msgstr "Næste side"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148923.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the page number of the next page in the document."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter sidetallet for den næste side i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3156032.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "Page Number "
|
|
msgstr "Sidetal"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3159212.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the current page number."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter det aktuelle sidenummer."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3159229.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Format</emph>, click the numbering format that you want to use."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Format</emph> kan du vælge, hvilket talformat du vil bruge."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145188.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you want, you can enter an <emph>Offset </emph>for the displayed page number. With an <emph>Offset</emph> value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du vil, kan du indtaste en <emph>Forskydning</emph> til det viste sidenummer. Med en <emph>Forskydning</emph> på værdien 1, vil feltet vise et tal, der er 1 højere end det faktiske sidenummer, men kun hvis en side med det sidenummer eksisterer. På den sidste side i dokumentet vil feltet være tomt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3150891.45.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3150891.45.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Offset"
|
|
msgstr "Forskydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155312.46.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKVALUE\">Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example \"+1\".</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKVALUE\">Indtast forskydningsværdien, som du vil anvende på et sidenummerfelt, for eksempel \"+1\".</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154948.54.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3154948.54.help.text"
|
|
msgid "If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du vil ændre det faktiske sidetal og ikke det viste sidetal, skal du ikke bruge værdien <emph>Forskydning</emph>. For at ændre sidetal skal du læse guiden <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"><emph>Sidetal</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3145595.41.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3145595.41.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Format"
|
|
msgstr "Format"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145613.42.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKFORMAT\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKFORMAT\">Klik på det format, som du vil bruge til det valgte felt, eller klik på \"Flere formater\" for at definere et brugerdefineret format.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150138.49.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"datumuhrzeitformat\">When you click \"Additional formats\", the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020300.xhp\" name=\"Number Format\"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog opens, where you can define a custom format. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"datumuhrzeitformat\">Når du klikker \"Flere formater\", åbnes dialogen <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020300.xhp\" name=\"Number Format\"><emph>Talformat</emph></link>, hvor du kan oprette et brugerdefineret format.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154867.50.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you choose \"Chapter number without separator\" for a chapter field, the separators that are specified for chapter number in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Outline numbering\"><emph>Tools - Outline numbering</emph></link> are not displayed."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du vælger \"Kapitelnummer uden skilletegn\" til et kapitelfelt, skjules de skilletegn, som er specificeret til kapitelnumre i <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Outline numbering\"><emph>Funktioner - Dispositionsnummerering</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3156079.63.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you choose \"chapter number\" as the <emph>format</emph> for reference fields, only the number of the chapter heading containing the referenced object is displayed in the field. If the paragraph style for the chapter heading is not numbered, the field is left blank."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du vælger \"Kapitelnummer\" som <emph>format</emph> til henvisningsfelter, vises kun kapiteloverskriftens nummer fra det henviste objekt i feltet. Hvis afsnitstypografien for kapiteloverskriften ikke er nummereret, vil feltet være tomt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148682.56.help.text
|
|
msgid "The following number range formats are for paragraphs formatted with numbered or bulleted lists:"
|
|
msgstr "De følgende formater for sekvensnummerering gælder for afsnit, der er formateret som nummererede eller punktopstillede lister:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150006.57.help.text
|
|
msgid "Category and number"
|
|
msgstr "Kategori og nummer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155386.58.help.text
|
|
msgid "The format contains everything between the beginning of the paragraph and directly after the number-range field"
|
|
msgstr "Formatet indeholder alt mellem begyndelsen af afsnittet og umiddelbart efter sekvensnummerfeltet"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3146919.59.help.text
|
|
msgid "Caption text"
|
|
msgstr "Billedtekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155929.60.help.text
|
|
msgid "The format contains the text following the number-range field up to the end of the paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Formatet indeholder den tekst, der følger sekvensnummerfeltet indtil slutningen af afsnittet"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148733.61.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3148733.61.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Number"
|
|
msgstr "Tal"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148755.62.help.text
|
|
msgid "The format only contains the reference number"
|
|
msgstr "Formatet indeholder kun henvisningsnummeret"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id0902200804313432.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Indsætter feltet som statisk indhold. Det vil sige, at feltet ikke kan opdateres.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3153026.43.help.text
|
|
msgid "Layer"
|
|
msgstr "Lag"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154580.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKLEVEL\">Select the chapter heading level that you want to include in the selected field.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKLEVEL\">Vælg det kapiteloverskriftniveau, som du vil inkludere i det valgte felt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3154598.51.help.text
|
|
msgid "Offset in days/minutes"
|
|
msgstr "Forskydning i dage/minutter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154899.52.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">Indtast den forskydning, som du vil anvende på et dato- eller klokkeslætsfelt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3154922.47.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3154922.47.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Value"
|
|
msgstr "Værdi"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3153049.48.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">Indtast det indhold, som du vil føje til et brugerdefineret felt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Index/Table"
|
|
msgstr "Indeks/oversigt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3150933.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\">Index/Table</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Indeks/oversigt\">Indeks/oversigt</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#par_id3148390.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use this tab to specify and define the type of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes."
|
|
msgstr "Brug dette faneblad til at angive og definere typen af <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"index\">indeks</link>, som du vil indsætte. Du kan også oprette brugerdefinerede indekser."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#par_id3153921.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Depending on the type of index that you select, this tab contains the following options."
|
|
msgstr "Afhængigt af typen af indeks, som du vælger, vil dette faneblad indeholde de følgende indstillinger."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3147175.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Table of Contents\">Table of Contents</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Indholdsfortegnelse\">Indholdsfortegnelse</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3151183.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"Alphabetical Index\">Alphabetical Index</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"Stikordsregister\">Stikordsregister</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3154645.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"Illustration Index\">Illustration Index</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"Figuroversigt\">Figuroversigt</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3151265.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp\" name=\"Index of Tables\">Index of Tables</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp\" name=\"Tabeloversigt\">Tabeloversigt</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3153152.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined\">User-Defined</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp\" name=\"Brugerdefineret\">Brugerdefineret</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3149759.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp\" name=\"Table of Objects\">Table of Objects</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp\" name=\"Objektoversigt\">Objektoversigt</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3145410.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography\">Bibliography</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp\" name=\"Litteraturliste\">Litteraturliste</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#par_id3154278.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120210.xhp#par_id3154278.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Brug af indholdsfortegnelser og indekser\">Brug af indholdsfortegnelser og indekser</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120210.xhp#par_id3152942.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\">Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indekselement\">Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indekselement</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit Bibliography Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger litteraturlisteelement"
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3147434.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3147434.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit Bibliography Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger litteraturlisteelement"
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3145253.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"litvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Edits the selected bibliography entry.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"litvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Redigerer det valgte litteraturlisteelement.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3147340.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3147340.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Element"
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3155961.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3155961.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Short name"
|
|
msgstr "Kort betegnelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3154657.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the abbreviation for the bibliography entry."
|
|
msgstr "Viser forkortelsen for litteraturlisteelementet."
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3148837.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3148837.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Author, Title"
|
|
msgstr "Forfatter, Titel"
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3152741.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the author and title information contained in the bibliography entry."
|
|
msgstr "Viser forfatter- og titelinformation indeholdt i litteraturlisteelementet."
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3150214.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Modify"
|
|
msgstr "Modificer"
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3154766.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Anvender de ændringer, som du har foretaget, og lukker derefter dialogen <emph>Rediger litteraturlisteelement</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3146968.12.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3146968.12.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Close"
|
|
msgstr "Luk"
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3166468.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Closes the dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Lukker dialogen."
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3147299.14.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3147299.14.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New"
|
|
msgstr "Ny(t)"
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3151389.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new entry."
|
|
msgstr "Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Definer litteraturlisteelement</link>, hvor du kan oprette et nyt element."
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3150534.16.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3150534.16.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger"
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3155620.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can edit the current entry."
|
|
msgstr "Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Definer litteraturlisteelement</link>, hvor du kan redigere det aktuelle element."
|
|
|
|
#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3154560.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>."
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\">Tip for at arbejde med litteraturlisteelementer</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04040000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04040000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Bookmark"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt bogmærke"
|
|
|
|
#: 04040000.xhp#bm_id4974211.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks;inserting</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bogmærker;indsæt</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04040000.xhp#hd_id3147506.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04040000.xhp#hd_id3147506.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Bookmark"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt bogmærke"
|
|
|
|
#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3149806.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"textmarkeein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBookmark\">Inserts a bookmark at the cursor position. You can then use the Navigator to quickly jump to the marked location at a later time.</ahelp> In an HTML document, bookmarks are converted to anchors that you can jump to from a hyperlink. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"textmarkeein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBookmark\">Indsætter et bogmærke ved markørens position. Du kan derefter bruge Navigatoren til at hoppe hurtigt til den markerede placering på et senere tidspunkt.</ahelp> I et HTML-dokument bliver bogmærker konverteret til ankre, som du kan hoppe til fra et hyperlink.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3153677.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "To jump to a specific bookmark, press F5 to open the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>, click the plus sign (+) next to the<emph> Bookmark</emph> entry, and then double-click the bookmark."
|
|
msgstr "For at hoppe til et bestemt bogmærke, tryk F5 for at åbne <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>, klik på plustegnet (+) ved siden af elementet <emph>Bogmærke</emph>, og dobbeltklik så bogmærket."
|
|
|
|
#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3151308.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"></caseinline><defaultinline>You can also right-click the <emph>Page Number</emph> field at the left end of the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the document window, and then choose the bookmark that you want to jump to.</defaultinline></switchinline>"
|
|
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"></caseinline><defaultinline>Du kan også højreklikke i feltet <emph>Sidetal</emph> på venstre side af <emph>Statuslinjen</emph> nederst i dokumentvinduet, og så vælge bogmærket, som du vil hoppe til.</defaultinline></switchinline>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04040000.xhp#hd_id3154188.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04040000.xhp#hd_id3154188.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Bookmarks"
|
|
msgstr "Bogmærker"
|
|
|
|
#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3155178.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:CB_BOOKMARK\">Type the name of the bookmark that you want to create. The lower list contains all of the bookmarks in the current document. To delete a bookmark, select it in the list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:CB_BOOKMARK\">Skriv navnet på bogmærket, som du vil oprette. Den nederste liste indeholder alle bogmærkerne i det aktuelle dokument. For at slette et bogmærke, vælg det på listen, og klik så på <emph>Slet</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3149483.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "You cannot use the following characters in a bookmark name: / \\ @ : * ? \" ; , . #"
|
|
msgstr "Du kan ikke bruge de følgende tegn i et bogmærkenavn: / \\ @ : * ? \" ; , . #"
|
|
|
|
#: 04040000.xhp#hd_id3149817.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04040000.xhp#hd_id3149817.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Delete"
|
|
msgstr "Slet"
|
|
|
|
#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3151251.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:BT_DELETE\">To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark from the <emph>Insert Bookmark</emph> dialog and click the <emph>Delete</emph> button. No confirmation dialog will follow.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:BT_DELETE\">For at slette et bogmærke, vælg bogmærket fra dialogen <emph>Indsæt bogmærke</emph> og klik på knappen <emph>Slet</emph>. Der er ingen bekræftelsesdialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06160000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Current Index"
|
|
msgstr "Aktuelle indeks"
|
|
|
|
#: 06160000.xhp#hd_id3154704.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp\" name=\"Current Index\">Current Index</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp\" name=\"Aktuelle indeks\">Aktuelle indeks</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06160000.xhp#par_id3149499.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the current index.</ahelp> The current index is the one that contains the cursor."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Opdaterer det aktuelle indeks.</ahelp> Det aktuelle indeks er det, som indeholder markøren."
|
|
|
|
#: 06160000.xhp#par_id3154763.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also right-click in an index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>. The following commands are also available in the context menu:"
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også højreklikke i et indeks eller en indholdsfortegnelse, og så vælge <emph>Opdater indeks/oversigt</emph>. Følgende kommandoer er også tilgængelig i genvejsmenuen:"
|
|
|
|
#: 06160000.xhp#hd_id3146967.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Edit Index/Table"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger indeks/oversigt"
|
|
|
|
#: 06160000.xhp#par_id3151387.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EditCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Edits the current index or table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EditCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Redigerer det aktuelle indeks eller den aktuelle oversigt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06160000.xhp#hd_id3147403.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Delete Index/Table"
|
|
msgstr "Slet indeks/oversigt"
|
|
|
|
#: 06160000.xhp#par_id3155625.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:RemoveTableOf\" visibility=\"visible\">Deletes the current index or table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:RemoveTableOf\" visibility=\"visible\">Slette det aktuelle indeks eller den aktuelle oversigt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "AutoText"
|
|
msgstr "Autotekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3147512.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"AutoText\">AutoText</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Autotekst\">Autotekst</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154571.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"autotexttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditGlossary\">Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"autotexttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditGlossary\">Opretter, redigerer eller indsætter Autotekst. Du kan gemme formateret tekst, tekst med grafik, tabeller og felter som Autotekst. For hurtigt at indsætte Autotekst, indtast genvejen for Autoteksten i dit dokument, og tryk så F3.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3143277.52.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also click the arrow next to the <emph>AutoText</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, and then choose the AutoText that you want to insert."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også klikke pilen ved siden af ikonet <emph>Autotekst</emph> på værktøjslinjen <emph>Indsæt</emph> og så vælge den Autotekst, som du vil indsætte."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3148982.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3148982.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "AutoText"
|
|
msgstr "Autotekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153640.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog lists the AutoText categories and entries."
|
|
msgstr "Dialogen <emph>Autotekst</emph> oplister Autotekstkategorier og -elementer."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3152766.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Display remainder of name as a suggestion while typing"
|
|
msgstr "Vis resten af navnet som forslag under skrivning"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3145758.51.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_INSERT_TIP\">Displays a suggestion for completing a word as a Help Tip after you type the first three letters of a word that matches an AutoText entry. To accept the suggestion, press Enter. If more than one AutoText entry matches the letters that you type, press Ctrl+Tab to advance through the entries.</ahelp> For example, to insert dummy text, type \"Dum\", and then press Enter."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_INSERT_TIP\">Viser et forslag til ordfuldførelse som et hjælpetip efter, at du har skrevet de første tre bogstaver af et ord, som passer til et Autotekst-element. For at acceptere forslaget skal du trykke Enter. Hvis der er mere end ét Autotekst-element, der passer til bogstaverne, som du skriver, kan du trykke Ctrl+Tab for at skifte mellem elementerne.</ahelp> For eksempel kan du for at indsætte dummytekst indtaste \"Dum\" og så trykke på Enter."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3149177.53.help.text
|
|
msgid "To display the list in reverse order, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab."
|
|
msgstr "For at vise listen i omvendt orden, tryk<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Skift+Tab."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3151378.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3151378.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3155862.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_NAME\">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText </emph>button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_NAME\">Viser navnet på det valgte Autotekst-element. Hvis du har markeret tekst i dokumentet, skriv navnet på det nye Autotekst-element, klik på knappen <emph>Autotekst</emph>, og vælg så <emph>Ny</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3150113.12.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3150113.12.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Shortcut"
|
|
msgstr "Genvej"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3147413.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_SHORTNAME\">Displays the shortcut for the selected AutoText entry. If you are creating a new AutoText entry, type the shortcut that you want to use for the entry.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_SHORTNAME\">Viser genvejen for det valgte Autotekst-element. Hvis du opretter et nyt Autotekst-element, indtast genvejen, som du vil bruge til elementet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3149558.65.help.text
|
|
msgid "List box"
|
|
msgstr "Rulleliste"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3145257.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Lists the AutoText categories. To view the AutoText entries in a category, double-click the category, or click the plus sign (+) in front of the category. To insert an AutoText entry into the current document, select the entry in the list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Opremser Autotekst-kategorierne. For at se Autotekst-elementerne i en kategori kan du dobbeltklikke på kategorien eller klikke på plustegnet (+) foran kategorien. For at indsætte et Autotekst-element i det aktuelle dokument skal du vælge elementet på listen og så klikke på <emph>Indsæt</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153300.66.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can drag and drop AutoText entries from one category to another."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan trække og slippe Autotekst-elementer fra en kategori til en anden."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3156124.14.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3156124.14.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3156094.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the selected AutoText into the current document."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter den valgte Autotekst i det aktuelle dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3148788.75.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you insert an unformatted AutoText entry into a paragraph, the entry is formatted with the current paragraph style."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du indsætter et uformateret Autotekst-element i et afsnit, bliver elementet formateret med den aktuelle afsnitstypografi."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3150039.17.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3150039.17.help.text"
|
|
msgid "AutoText"
|
|
msgstr "Autotekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153127.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_EDIT\">Click to display additional AutoText commands, for example, to create a new AutoText entry from a text selection in the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_EDIT\">Klik for at vise yderligere Autotekst-kommandoer, for eksempel for at oprette et nyt Autotekst-element udfra en tekstmarkering i det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154618.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3154618.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New"
|
|
msgstr "Ny"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154635.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE\">Creates a new AutoText entry from the selection that you made in the current document. The entry is added to the currently selected AutoText category. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE\">Opretter et nyt Autotekst-element fra markeringen som du lavede i det aktuelle dokument. Elementet bliver føjet til den aktuelt valgte Autotekst-kategori. Du skal først indtaste et navn, før du ser denne kommando.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3149643.62.help.text
|
|
msgid "New (text only)"
|
|
msgstr "Ny (kun tekst)"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3150668.63.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE_TEXT\">Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE_TEXT\">Opretter et nyt Autotekst-element kun fra den tekst i markeringen, som du lavede i det aktuelle dokument. Grafik, tabeller og andre objekter er ikke inkluderet. Du skal først indtaste et navn, før du ser denne kommando.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154025.73.help.text
|
|
msgid "Copy"
|
|
msgstr "Kopier"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154043.74.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_COPY_TO_CLIPBOARD\">Copies the selected AutoText to the clipboard.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_COPY_TO_CLIPBOARD\">Kopierer den valgte Autotekst til udklipsholderen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3149965.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "Replace"
|
|
msgstr "Erstat"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3149607.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_REPLACE\">Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_REPLACE\">Erstatter indholdet af det valgte Autotekst-element med den markering, som blev lavet i det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3150768.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3150768.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Rename"
|
|
msgstr "Omdøb"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3150786.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp\" name=\"Rename Text Block\">Rename AutoText</link> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Åbner dialogen Omdøb Autotekst, hvor du kan ændre navnet for den valgte Autotekst.</ahelp>Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp\" name=\"Rename Text Block\">Omdøb Autotekst</link>, hvor du kan ændre navnet for den valgte Autotekst."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3155341.35.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3155341.35.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3155358.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_EDIT\">Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose <emph>File - Save AutoText</emph>, and then choose <emph>File - Close</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_EDIT\">Åbner det valgte Autotekst-element for at redigere det i et selvstændigt dokument. Lav ændringerne, som du ønsker, vælg <emph>Filer - Gem Autotekst</emph>, og vælg så <emph>Filer - Luk</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3155555.43.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3155555.43.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Macro"
|
|
msgstr "Makro"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3145106.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Assign Macro\">Assign Macro</link> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Åbner dialogen 'Tildel makro', hvor du kan tilknytte en makro til en valgt Autotekst.</ahelp>Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Assign Macro\">Tildel makro</link>, hvor du kan tilknytte en makro til en valgt Autotekst."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3149583.76.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the \"text only\" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også bruge de makroer, som er tilknyttet nogle af de tilgængelige Autotekst-elementer, i Autotekst-elementer, som du opretter. Autotekst-elementerne skal oprettes med indstillingen \"kun tekst\". Du kan for eksempel indsætte strengen <field:company> i et Autotekst-element, og $[officename] erstatter strengen med indholdet af det tilsvarende databasefelt."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3149597.77.help.text
|
|
msgid "Import"
|
|
msgstr "Importer"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3148937.78.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_IMPORT\">Opens a dialog where you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_IMPORT\">Åbner en dialog, hvor du kan markere MS 97/2000/XP Word-dokumentet eller -skabelonen, der indeholder de Autotekst-elementer, som du vil importere.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3156038.37.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3156038.37.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Categories"
|
|
msgstr "Kategorier"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3156055.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_BIB\">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_BIB\">Tilføjer, omdøber eller sletter Autotekst-kategorier.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3159217.54.help.text
|
|
msgid "Edit Categories"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger kategorier"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3145173.55.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_BIB_BASE\">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_BIB_BASE\">Tilføjer, omdøber eller sletter Autotekst-kategorier.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3145192.39.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3145192.39.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Category"
|
|
msgstr "Kategori"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3150802.40.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_BIB_BASE:ED_NAME\">Displays the name of the selected AutoText category. To change the name of the category, type a new name, and then click <emph>Rename</emph>. To create a new category, type a name, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_BIB_BASE:ED_NAME\">Viser navnet på den valgte Autotekst-kategori. For at ændre navnet på kategorien, indtast et nyt navn, og klik så på <emph>Omdøb</emph>. For at oprette en ny kategori, indtast et navn, og klik så på <emph>Ny</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3155318.79.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3155318.79.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Path"
|
|
msgstr "Sti"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3155335.80.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_BIB_BASE_LB_PATH\">Displays the current path to the directory where the selected AutoText category files are stored. If you are creating an AutoText category, select where you want to store the category files.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_BIB_BASE_LB_PATH\">Viser den aktuelle sti til kataloget, hvor de valgte Autotekst-kategorifiler er lagret. Hvis du opretter en Autotekst-kategori, skal du vælge, hvor du vil lagre kategorifilerne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154410.41.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3154410.41.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New"
|
|
msgstr "Ny"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154933.42.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_NEW\">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the<emph> Name</emph> box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_NEW\">Opretter en ny Autotekst-kategori ved at bruge navnet, som du indtastede i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154959.67.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3154959.67.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Rename"
|
|
msgstr "Omdøb"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153379.68.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_RENAME\">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_RENAME\">Ændrer navnet på den valgte Autotekst-kategori til navnet, som du indtaster i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154120.81.help.text
|
|
msgid "Selection list"
|
|
msgstr "Udvalgsliste"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154137.58.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GLOS_GROUP_TREE\">Lists the existing AutoText categories and the corresponding paths.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GLOS_GROUP_TREE\">Lister de eksisterende Autotekst-kategorier og de tilsvarende stier.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3145615.56.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3145615.56.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Path"
|
|
msgstr "Sti"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154852.57.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp>Opens the <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp\" name=\"Edit Paths\">Edit Paths</link> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Åbner dialogen Vælg sti, hvor du kan vælge kataloget til at gemme Autotekst i. </ahelp>Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp\" name=\"Select Paths\">Vælg sti</link>, hvor du kan vælge kataloget til at gemme Autotekst i."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3156064.61.help.text
|
|
msgid "To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog."
|
|
msgstr "For at føje en ny sti til et Autotekst-katalog skal du klikke på knappen <emph>Sti</emph> i dialogen <emph>Autotekst</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3155383.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "Save links relative to"
|
|
msgstr "Gem kæder relativt"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3155396.46.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use this area to set the way $[officename] inserts links to the AutoText directory. "
|
|
msgstr "Brug dette område til at indstille den måde, hvorpå $[officename] indsætter kæder til Autotekst-kataloget."
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3148743.47.help.text
|
|
msgid "File system"
|
|
msgstr "Filsystem"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3148762.48.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_FILE_REL\">Links to AutoText directories on your computer are relative.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_FILE_REL\">Kæder til Autotekst-biblioteker på din computer er relative.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3153020.49.help.text
|
|
msgid "Internet"
|
|
msgstr "Internet"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153037.50.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_NET_REL\">Links to files on the Internet are relative.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_NET_REL\">Kæder til filer på internettet er relative.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154590.71.help.text
|
|
msgid "Show preview"
|
|
msgstr "Vis forhåndsvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154610.72.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_SHOW_EXAMPLE\">Turns on or off a preview of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_SHOW_EXAMPLE\">Slår forhåndsvisning af det valgte Autotekst-element til eller fra.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154909.69.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3154909.69.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Preview"
|
|
msgstr "Forhåndsvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154922.70.help.text
|
|
msgid "Shows a preview of the selected AutoText entry."
|
|
msgstr "Viser en forhåndsvisning af det valgte Autotekst-element."
|
|
|
|
#: 05110500.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05110500.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Delete"
|
|
msgstr "Slet"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110500.xhp#hd_id3149502.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp\" name=\"Delete\">Delete</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp\" name=\"Slet\">Slet</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110500.xhp#par_id3149050.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteRows\">Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteRows\">Sletter de markerede rækker i tabellen.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "While Typing"
|
|
msgstr "Under skrivning"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150100.xhp#hd_id3147436.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp\" name=\"While Typing\">While Typing</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp\" name=\"While Typing\">Under skrivning</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150100.xhp#par_id3154017.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:OnlineAutoFormat\">Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options </emph>tab.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:OnlineAutoFormat\">Formaterer automatisk dokumentet, mens du skriver. For at sætte formateringsindstillingerne skal du vælge <emph>Funktioner - Autokorrekturindstillinger</emph> og så klikke på fanebladet <emph>Indstillinger</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150100.xhp#par_id3148488.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can use AutoCorrect to format text documents and plain ASCII text files, but not characters that you have manually formatted. Automatic <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040100.xhp\" name=\"word completion\">word completion</link> only occurs after you type a word for the second time in a document."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan bruge Autokorrektur for at formatere tekstdokumenter og simple ASCII tekstfiler, men ikke tegn, som du har formateret manuelt. Automatisk <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040100.xhp\" name=\"word completion\">ordfuldførelse</link> forekommer kun efter, at du skriver et ord for anden gang i et dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150100.xhp#par_id3147407.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "To reverse the last AutoCorrect action, choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/02010000.xhp\" name=\"Undo\"><emph>Undo</emph></link>."
|
|
msgstr "For at fortryde den seneste Autokorrektur-handling skal du vælge <emph>Rediger -</emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/02010000.xhp\" name=\"Undo\"><emph>Fortryd</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150100.xhp#par_id3150536.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp\" name=\"Other AutoFormat rules\">Other AutoCorrect rules</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp\" name=\"Other AutoFormat rules\">Andre Autokorrektur-regler</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120217.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120217.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Index"
|
|
msgstr "Indeks"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120217.xhp#hd_id3146322.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp\" name=\"Indeks\">Indeks</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120217.xhp#par_id3145825.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Bibliography </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">De følgende indstillinger er tilgængelige, når du vælger <emph>Litteraturliste</emph> som <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">indekstype</link>.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120217.xhp#hd_id3148773.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Formatting of the entries"
|
|
msgstr "Elementernes formatering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120217.xhp#hd_id3147167.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Number entries"
|
|
msgstr "Nummerer elementer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120217.xhp#par_id3154647.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_SEQUENCE\">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\">Entries</link> tab."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_SEQUENCE\">Nummererer automatisk litteraturlistelementerne.</ahelp> For at sætte sorteringsindstillingerne for nummereringen, klik fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\">Elementer</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120217.xhp#hd_id3150759.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Brackets"
|
|
msgstr "Parenteser"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120217.xhp#par_id3149295.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_BRACKET\">Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_BRACKET\">Marker parenteserne, som du vil have til at omgive litteraturlisteelementer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Navigation"
|
|
msgstr "Navigation"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#hd_id3147745.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02110100.xhp#hd_id3147745.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Navigation"
|
|
msgstr "Navigation"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3149844.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_NAVI\">If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.</ahelp> You can then use the up and down arrow icons to position the text cursor in the document on the previous or next target."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_NAVI\">Hvis du klikker på dette ikon i Navigatoren eller nederst til højre i dokumentvinduet, vises en værktøjslinje, som lader dig vælge blandt den eksisterende mål indenfor et dokument.</ahelp> Du kan så bruge ikonerne pil-op og pil-ned til at placere tekstmarkøren i dokumentet på forrige eller næste mål."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3153293.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEUP\">Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEUP\">Klik på op-knappen for at rulle til foregående side eller objekt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3156098.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN\">Click the down button to scroll to the next page or object.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN\">Klik på ned-knappen for at rulle til næste side eller objekt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3155076.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "By default, as long as you have not selected any other entry, the arrow buttons jump to the previous or the next page in the document. The arrow buttons are black if you are browsing through pages and blue if you jump to other objects."
|
|
msgstr "Som standard og så længe, at du har ikke valgt et andet element, vil piletasterne hoppe til foregående eller næste side i dokumentet. Piletasterne er sorte, hvis du gennemser sider, og blå, hvis du hopper til andre objekter."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3154330.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "The entries largely correspond to those in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the <emph>Set Reminder</emph> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar: table, text frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula."
|
|
msgstr "Elementerne svarer stort set til dem i udvalgsfeltet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>. Du kan også vælge andre hopmål. Et eksempel er påmindelser, som du kan sætte med ikonet <emph>Sæt påmindelse</emph> i Navigatoren. Du kan vælge et objekt blandt de følgende indstillinger på den flydende værktøjslinje <emph>Navigation</emph>: tabel, tekstramme, grafik, OLE-objekt, side, overskrifter, påmindelse, tegneobjekt, kontrolfelt, sektion, bogmærke, markering, fodnote, kommentar, indekselement, tabelformel, fejlagtig tabelformel."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3148783.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas)."
|
|
msgstr "For tabelformler, kan du enten hoppe til alle tabelformler, der er placeret inde i dit dokument, eller kun til fejlagtige. For fejlagtige formler hopper du kun til formler, som har resulteret i fejl. Programmet springer over formler med resulterende fejl (de som refererer ukorrekte formler)."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#hd_id3150031.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Working With the Navigation Toolbar"
|
|
msgstr "Arbejde med værktøjslinjen Navigation"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3150045.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Open the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar by clicking on its icon located in the vertical scrollbar. You can break the toolbar away from its place by dragging and arrange it on the screen."
|
|
msgstr "Åbn værktøjslinjen <emph>Navigation</emph> ved at klikke på dens ikon i den lodrette rullebjælke. Du kan fjerne den fra sin plads og trække den hen på et andet område af skærmen."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3153141.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_VS\">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the \"Previous Object\" or \"Next Object\" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_VS\">Klik på ikonet med typen af objekter, som du vil gennemse. Klik så på en af piletasterne \"Forrige objekt\" eller \"Næste objekt\". Navnene på disse knapper angiver objekttypen, som du har valgt. Tekstmarkøren er placeret på det objekt, som du nu har valgt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3149968.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Customize\"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140100.xhp\" name=\"menus\">menus</link>, <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140200.xhp\" name=\"keyboard input\">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the \"Navigate\" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the \"To Next/Previous Index Tag\" functions."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan konfigurere $[officename] efter dine specifikke indstillinger for navigation inden for et dokument. For at gøre dette skal du vælge <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Configuration\"><emph>Funktioner - Konfigurer</emph></link>. De forskellige tabeller til tilpasning af <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140100.xhp\" name=\"menus\">menuer</link>, <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140200.xhp\" name=\"keyboard input\">tastaturindtastning</link> eller værktøjslinjer indeholder diverse funktioner for navigation indenfor dokumentet under området \"Naviger\". På denne måde kan du hoppe til indeksmærker i dokumentet med funktionerne \"Til næste/foregående indeksmærke\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#bm_id3155338.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>searching; repeating a search</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>søge; gentage en søgning</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#hd_id3155338.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Repeat Search"
|
|
msgstr "Gentag søgning"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3155361.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Med ikonet <emph>Gentag søgning</emph> på værktøjslinjen <emph>Navigation</emph> kan du gentage en søgning, som du har startet med dialogen <emph>Søg og erstat</emph>. For at gøre dette skal du klikke på ikonet. De blå pileknapper i den lodrette rullebjælke tildeles nu funktionerne <emph>Fortsæt søgning fremad</emph> og <emph>Fortsæt søgning baglæns</emph>. Hvis du nu klikker på en af pilene, vil søgningen fortsætte efter udtrykket indtastet i dialogen Søg og erstat."
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN106DD.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through bookmarks.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse bogmærker.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN106F4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through control fields.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse kontrolfelter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1070B.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through drawing objects.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse tegneobjekter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10722.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through text frames.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse tekstrammer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10739.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through footnotes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse fodnoter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10750.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through graphics.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse grafik.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10767.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through index entries.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse indekselementer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1077E.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through reminders.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse påmindelser.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10795.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets the cursor to the next object of the selected type.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sætter markøren til næste objekt af den valgte type.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN107AF.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through OLE objects.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse OLE-objekter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN107C6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through headings.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse overskrifter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN107DD.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through pages.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse sider.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN107F4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through comments.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse kommentarer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1080B.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets the cursor to the previous object of the selected type.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sætter markøren til det forrige objekt af den valgte type.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10829.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through sections.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse sektioner.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10840.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through selections.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse markeringer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10857.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through search results.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse søgeresultater.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1086E.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through table formulas.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse tabelformler.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10885.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through wrong table formulas.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse forkerte tabelformler.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1089C.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through tables.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vælg dette ikon for at gennemse tabeller.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Editing Tables Using the Keyboard"
|
|
msgstr "Redigering af tabeller ved brug af tastaturet"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#bm_id3154506.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; editing with the keyboard</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller; redigere med tastaturet</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#hd_id3154506.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"tabelle_tastatur\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp\" name=\"Editing Tables Using the Keyboard\">Editing Tables Using the Keyboard</link></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"tabelle_tastatur\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp\" name=\"Redigering af tabeller ved brug af tastaturet\">Redigering af tabeller ved brug af tastaturet</link></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3145244.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can resize and delete table columns with the keyboard."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan ændre størrelsen og slette tabelkolonner med tastaturet."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#hd_id3150564.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Resizing Columns and Rows"
|
|
msgstr "Ændre størrelse på kolonner og rækker"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3153920.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "To resize a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down Alt, and then press the left or the right arrow. To resize the column without changing the width of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrows."
|
|
msgstr "For at ændre størrelsen på en kolonne, placer markøren i en tabelcelle, hold Alt nede, og tryk på den venstre eller højre pil. For at ændre størrelsen på kolonnen uden at ændre tabelbredden, hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> nede, og tryk på den venstre eller højre piletast."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3147566.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "To increase the left indent of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow."
|
|
msgstr "For at forøge den venstre indrykning af tabellen, hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Skift nede og tryk så på højrepilen."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3150759.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "To resize a row, place the cursor in the row, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the up or the down arrows."
|
|
msgstr "For at ændre størrelsen på en række skal du placere markøren i rækken, holde <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> nede og så trykke så på Pil op eller Pil ned."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3149286.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "To move the table downwards on the page, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the down arrow."
|
|
msgstr "For at flytte tabellen nedad på siden skal du holde <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Skift nede og så trykke på Pil ned."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#hd_id3151176.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserting and deleting columns or rows"
|
|
msgstr "Indsætte og slette kolonner eller rækker"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3147512.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "To insert a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the left or the right arrow."
|
|
msgstr "For at indsætte en kolonne, placer markøren i en tabelcelle, hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>-tasten nede og tryk Insert, slip og tryk så på den venstre eller højre pil."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3152940.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in the column that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the left or the right arrow."
|
|
msgstr "For at slette en kolonne, placer markøren i den kolonne, som du vil slette, hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>-tasten nede og tryk Delete, slip og tryk så på den venstre eller højre pil."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3154105.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "To insert a row, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the up or the down arrow."
|
|
msgstr "For at indsætte en række, placer markøren i en tabelcelle, hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>-tasten nede og tryk Insert, slip og tryk så pil op eller ned."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3153531.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in the row that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the up or the down arrow."
|
|
msgstr "For at slette en række, placer markøren i rækken som du vil slette, hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>-tasten nede og tryk Delete, slip og tryk så pil op eller ned."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3150983.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "To change the behavior of tables in a text document, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></emph>."
|
|
msgstr "For at ændre opførslen af tabeller i et tekstdokument, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</link></emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3154196.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0204.xhp\" name=\"Table Bar\">Table Bar</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0204.xhp\" name=\"Tabellinje\">Tabellinje</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130004.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Numbering Style "
|
|
msgstr "Nummereringstypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130004.xhp#hd_id3155961.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Style\">Numbering Style</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"Nummereringstypografi\">Nummereringstypografi</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130004.xhp#par_id3149501.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Here you can create a Numbering Style. The Numbering Styles are organized in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link> window."
|
|
msgstr "Her kan du oprette en Nummereringstypografi. Nummereringstypografier organiseres i vinduet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Typografier og formatering</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130004.xhp#par_id3151390.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "When a Numbering Style is created, a name is assigned to the numbering. This is why such templates are also called \"named\" numberings. Unnamed numberings, which are used for <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"direct formatting\">direct formatting</link>, can be created in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Numbering/bullets\">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialog or with the icons of the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"object bar\">object bar</link>."
|
|
msgstr "Når en nummereringstypografi oprettes, bliver et navn tildelt nummereringen. Derfor bliver sådanne skabeloner også kaldet \"navngivne\" nummereringer. Unavngivne nummereringer, som bruges til <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"direct formatting\">direkte formatering</link>, kan oprettes i dialogen <link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Numbering/bullets\">Punktopstilling</link> eller med ikonerne på <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"object bar\">objektlinjen</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 06170000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "All Indexes and Tables"
|
|
msgstr "Alle indekser og oversigter"
|
|
|
|
#: 06170000.xhp#hd_id3149875.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp\" name=\"All Indexes and Tables\">All Indexes and Tables</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp\" name=\"Alle indekser og oversigter\">Alle indekser og oversigter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06170000.xhp#par_id3150211.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllIndexes\" visibility=\"visible\">Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllIndexes\" visibility=\"visible\">Opdater alle indekser og indholdsfortegnelser i det aktuelle dokument. Du behøver ikke at placere markøren i et indeks eller en oversigt, før du bruger denne kommando.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03130000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Print Layout"
|
|
msgstr "Udskriftslayout"
|
|
|
|
#: 03130000.xhp#hd_id3150018.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"Print Layout\">Print Layout</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"Udskriftslayout\">Udskriftslayout</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03130000.xhp#par_id3145249.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintLayout\">Displays how the document will look when you print it.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintLayout\">Viser hvordan dokumentet vil se ud, når du udskriver det.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04210000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04210000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Horizontal Rule"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt vandret lineal"
|
|
|
|
#: 04210000.xhp#hd_id3145249.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04210000.xhp#hd_id3145249.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Horizontal Rule"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt vandret lineal"
|
|
|
|
#: 04210000.xhp#par_id3150758.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertGraphicRuler\">Inserts a horizontal line at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertGraphicRuler\">Indsætter en vandret linje ved markørens aktuelle placering.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04210000.xhp#par_id3149806.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "The pictures of graphical lines belong to the <emph>Rulers </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/gallery.xhp\" name=\"Gallery\">Gallery</link> theme. If you want to add more pictures to the list, open the <emph>Gallery</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "De vandrette linjer, som vises her, hører til <link href=\"text/shared/01/gallery.xhp\" name=\"Gallery\">Galleri</link>-temaet <emph>Linealer</emph>. Du kan føje flere linjer til udvalget ved at åbne <emph>Galleri</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04210000.xhp#hd_id3151315.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04210000.xhp#hd_id3151315.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Selection"
|
|
msgstr "Udvalg"
|
|
|
|
#: 04210000.xhp#par_id3152960.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_VS_RULER\">Select the type of line that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>. The \"Plain\" type inserts an empty paragraph with a line as lower border.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_VS_RULER\">Vælg typen af linje, som du vil indsætte, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>. Den 'simple' type indsætter et tomt afsnit med en linje som nedre kant</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04210000.xhp#par_idN10667.help.text
|
|
msgid "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#insert_line\"/>"
|
|
msgstr "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#insert_line\"/>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04230000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04230000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footer"
|
|
msgstr "Sidefod"
|
|
|
|
#: 04230000.xhp#hd_id3147403.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp\" name=\"Footer\">Footer</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp\" name=\"Sidefod\">Sidefod</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3149353.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageFooter\">Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the \"Default\" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageFooter\">Tilføjer eller fjerner en sidefod fra sidetypografien, som du vælger i undermenuen. Sidefoden bliver føjet til alle sider, der bruger den samme sidetypografi.</ahelp> I et nyt dokument bliver kun sidetypografien \"Standard\" listet. Andre sidetypografier bliver føjet til listen, når du har anvendt dem i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04230000.xhp#par_id7026276.help.text
|
|
msgid "The footers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Print Layout</emph>)."
|
|
msgstr "Sidefødderne er kun synlige, når du viser dokumentet i udskriftslayout (aktiver <emph>Vis - Udskriftslayout</emph>)."
|
|
|
|
#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3150018.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have footers."
|
|
msgstr "Et flueben vises foran sidetypografier, som har sidefødder."
|
|
|
|
#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3150566.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "To remove a footer, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style containing the footer. The footer is removed from all of the pages that use this page style."
|
|
msgstr "For at fjerne en sidefod skal du vælge <emph>Indsæt - Sidefod</emph> og så vælge den sidetypografi, som indeholder sidefoden. Sidefoden bliver fjernet fra alle sider, som bruger denne sidetypografi."
|
|
|
|
#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3153923.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "To add or remove footers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Footer - All</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "For at tilføje eller fjerne sidefødder fra alle de sidetypografier, som bruges i dokumentet, skal du vælge <emph>Indsæt - Sidefod - Alle</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3151187.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "To format a footer, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Footer\"><emph>Format - Page - Footer</emph></link>."
|
|
msgstr "For at formatere en sidefod, vælg <link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Footer\"><emph>Formater - Side - Sidefod</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120400.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Columns/Rows"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt kolonner/rækker"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts a row into the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Indsætter en række i tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#par_idN105A7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts a column into the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Indsætter en kolonne i tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3148489.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3148489.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Columns/Rows"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt kolonner/rækker"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3151241.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"einfuegentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:MODALDIALOG:DLG_INS_ROW_COL\">Inserts a row or column into the table.</ahelp> This command is only available when the cursor is in a table.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"einfuegentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:MODALDIALOG:DLG_INS_ROW_COL\" >Indsætter en række eller kolonne i tabellen.</ahelp> Denne kommando er kun tilgængelig, når markøren er i en tabel.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3083447.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3083447.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3155626.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:ED_COUNT\">Enter the number of columns or rows that you want.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:ED_COUNT\">Indtast det antal kolonner eller rækker, som du ønsker.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3145829.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3145829.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Position"
|
|
msgstr "Placering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3154504.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specifies where to insert the columns or rows."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver hvor kolonnerne eller rækkerne skal indsættes."
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3150015.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3150015.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Before"
|
|
msgstr "Før"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3150564.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_BEFORE\">Adds new columns to the left of the current column, or adds new rows above the current row.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_BEFORE\">Tilføjer nye kolonner til venstre for den aktive kolonne eller nye rækker over den aktuelle række.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3149024.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3149024.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "After"
|
|
msgstr "Efter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3153718.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_AFTER\">Adds new columns to the right of the current column, or adds new rows below the current row.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_AFTER\">Tilføjer nye kolonner til højre for den aktive kolonne eller nye rækker under den aktuelle række.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120200.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120200.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Index/Table"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt indeks/oversigt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120200.xhp#hd_id3151312.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120200.xhp#hd_id3151312.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Index/Table"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt indeks/oversigt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3154476.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnisse\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertMultiIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.</ahelp> To edit an index or table of contents, place the cursor in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnisse\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertMultiIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Indsætter et indeks eller en indholdsfortegnelse ved markørens aktuelle position.</ahelp> For at redigere et indeks eller en indholdsfortegnelse, placer markøren i indekset eller indholdsfortegnelsen, og vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indeks/oversigt</emph>.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3154575.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also preview the index or table in this dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også forhåndsvise indekset eller tabellen i denne dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3155905.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Depending on the type of index or table that you select, the following tabs are present."
|
|
msgstr "Afhængig af den indekstype du vælger, vil følgende faneblade være tilstede."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3149481.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use this tab to specify the column layout for the index or table of contents. By default, the index title is one-column wide and extends out from left page margin."
|
|
msgstr "Brug dette faneblad til at angive spaltelayoutet for stikordsregisteret eller indholdsfortegnelsen. Som standard vil indekstitlen være en kolonne bred og udvider sig fra venstre sidemargen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3149095.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120200.xhp#par_id3149095.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Brug af indholdsfortegnelser og indekser\">Brug af indholdsfortegnelser og indekser</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Text Flow"
|
|
msgstr "Tekstforløb"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#bm_id3154558.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;text flow around text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text flow;around text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; breaks in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>row breaks in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; allowing page breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page breaks; tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting tables;row breaks</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller; tekstforløb omkring teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstforløb; omkring teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolonner; skift i teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rækkeskift i teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; tillade sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sideskift; tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dele tabeller; rækkeskift</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3154558.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Tekstforløb\">Tekstforløb</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3145245.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TABLE_TEXTFLOW\">Set the text flow options for the text before and after the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TABLE_TEXTFLOW\">Definer indstillinger for tekstforløb før og efter tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3153920.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3153920.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Text flow"
|
|
msgstr "Tekstforløb"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3153720.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Break"
|
|
msgstr "Skift"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3154643.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGEBREAK\">Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGEBREAK\">Marker dette afkrydsningsfelt, og vælg derefter typen af skift, du vil forbinde med tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3151183.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3151183.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page"
|
|
msgstr "Side"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3149286.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKPAGE\">Inserts a page break before or after the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKPAGE\">Indsætter et sideskift før eller efter tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3150981.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3150981.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Column"
|
|
msgstr "Spalte"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3151310.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKCOLUMN\">Inserts a column break before or after the table on a multi-column page.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKCOLUMN\">Indsætter et spalteskift før eller efter tabellen på en side med flere spalter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3155898.10.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3155898.10.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Before"
|
|
msgstr "Foran"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3149695.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKBEFORE\">Inserts a page or column break before the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKBEFORE\">Indsætter et side- eller kolonneskift før tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3159189.12.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3159189.12.help.text"
|
|
msgid "After"
|
|
msgstr "Efter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3155179.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKAFTER\">Inserts a page or column break after the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKAFTER\">Indsætter et side- eller spalteskift efter tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3149490.14.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3149490.14.help.text"
|
|
msgid "With Page Style"
|
|
msgstr "Med sidetypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3143282.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGECOLL\">Applies the page style that you specify to the first page that follows the page break.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGECOLL\">Anvender sidetypografien, som du angiver, på den første side, der følger efter sideskiftet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3154839.16.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3154839.16.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page Style"
|
|
msgstr "Sidetypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3149098.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_PAGECOLL\">Select the page style that you want to apply to the first page that follows the break.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_PAGECOLL\">Marker sidetypografien, som du vil anvende på den første side, der følger efter linjeskiftet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3149819.18.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3149819.18.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page number"
|
|
msgstr "Sidetal"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3148978.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_PAGENUM\">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_PAGENUM\">Angiv sidetallet på den første side, der følger efter linjeskiftet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3147100.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Allow table to split across pages and columns"
|
|
msgstr "Tillad at tabellen deles op på tværs af sider og spalter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3153629.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT\">Allows a page break or column break between the rows of a table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT\">Tillader et sideskift eller spalteskift mellem rækkerne af en tabel.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN108D6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Allow row to break across pages and columns"
|
|
msgstr "Tillad opdeling af række over sider og spalter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN108DA.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:TriStateBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT_ROW\">Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.</ahelp> This option is not applied to the first row in a table if the <emph>Repeat Heading</emph> option is selected."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:TriStateBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT_ROW\">Tillader et sideskift eller spalteskift i en række af tabellen.</ahelp> Denne indstilling gælder ikke første række i en tabel, hvis indstillingen <emph>Gentag tabeloverskrift</emph> er markeret."
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3149034.35.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3149034.35.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Keep with next paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Hold sammen med næste afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3147577.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_KEEP\">Keeps the table and the following paragraph together when you insert the break.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_KEEP\">Holder tabellen og det følgende afsnit sammen når du indsætter linjeskiftet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3152772.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3152772.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Repeat heading"
|
|
msgstr "Gentag tabeloverskrift"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3153350.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_HEADLINE\">Repeats the table heading on a new page when the table spans more than one page.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_HEADLINE\">Gentager tabeloverskriften på en ny side, når tabellen strækker sig over mere end en side.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN1091C.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#par_idN1091C.help.text"
|
|
msgid "The first ... rows"
|
|
msgstr "De første ... rækker"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10920.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\">Enter the number of rows to include in the heading.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\">Indtast antal rækker som skal inkluderes i overskriften.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10940.help.text
|
|
msgid "Text orientation"
|
|
msgstr "Tekstretning"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10944.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_TEXTORIENTATION\">Select the orientation for the text in the cells.</ahelp> You can use the following formatting options to specify the orientation of text in table cells:"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_TEXTORIENTATION\">Vælg retning for teksten i cellerne.</ahelp> Du kan bruge følgende formateringsmuligheder til at definere tekstretning i tabelceller:"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10964.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#par_idN10964.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Horizontal"
|
|
msgstr "Vandret"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10968.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#par_idN10968.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Vertical"
|
|
msgstr "Lodret"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN1097T.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use superordinate object settings"
|
|
msgstr "Brug indstillinger fra overordnet objekt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3151028.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Vertical alignment"
|
|
msgstr "Lodret justering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3149164.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_VERTORIENT\">Specify the vertical text alignment for the cells in the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_VERTORIENT\">Angiver den lodrette tekstjustering for cellerne i tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120223.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Entries (illustration index)"
|
|
msgstr "Elementer (figuroversigt)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120223.xhp#hd_id3145244.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"Entries (illustration index)\">Entries (illustration index)</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"Elementer (figuroversigt)\">Elementer (figuroversigt)</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120223.xhp#par_id3148769.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the illustration index entries. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Angiv formatet for elementer til figuroversigt.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120223.xhp#par_id3154639.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Illustration Indexes only have one index level."
|
|
msgstr "Figuroversigter har kun ét indeksniveau."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150104.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05150104.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Combine"
|
|
msgstr "Kombiner"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150104.xhp#hd_id3154502.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05150104.xhp#hd_id3154502.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Combine"
|
|
msgstr "Kombiner"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150104.xhp#hd_id3150020.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Minimum Size"
|
|
msgstr "Minimumsstørrelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150104.xhp#par_id3145241.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"OFFMGR:METRICFIELD:RID_OFADLG_PRCNT_SET:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"OFFMGR:METRICFIELD:RID_OFADLG_PRCNT_SET:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">Indtast den mindste længde for at kombinere enkeltlinjede afsnit som en procentdel af sidebredden.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Row"
|
|
msgstr "Række"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110000.xhp#hd_id3149502.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp\" name=\"Row\">Row</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp\" name=\"Række\">Række</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110000.xhp#par_id3154652.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Set the height of rows, or select, insert, and delete rows."
|
|
msgstr "Definer højden af rækker eller vælg, indsæt og slet rækker."
|
|
|
|
#: 05110000.xhp#hd_id3083451.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp\" name=\"Height\">Height</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp\" name=\"Højde\">Højde</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110000.xhp#hd_id3149349.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"Optimal Height\">Optimal Height</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"Optimal højde\">Optimal højde</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110000.xhp#hd_id3149883.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05110000.xhp#hd_id3149883.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp\" name=\"Insert...\">Insert...</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp\" name=\"Indsæt...\">Indsæt...</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Special Tags"
|
|
msgstr "Specielle tags"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#bm_id3154106.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>tags; in $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; special HTML tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML;special tags for fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fields;HTML import and export</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>time fields;HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date fields;HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DocInformation fields</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tags; i $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; særlige HTML tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML;særlige tags til felter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>felter;HTML import og eksport</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>klokkeslætsfelter;HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>datofelter;HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dokumentinformations-felter</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#hd_id3154106.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp\" name=\"Special Tags\">Special Tags</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp\" name=\"Specielle tags\">Specielle tags</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3153669.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you save a document that contains fields as an HTML document, $[officename] automatically converts date, time, and DocInformation fields to special HTML tags. The field contents are inserted between the opening and closing HTML tags of the converted fields. These special HTML tags do not correspond to standard HTML tags."
|
|
msgstr "Når du gemmer et dokument, der indeholder felter som et HTML-dokument, konverterer $[officename] automatisk dato, tid, og Dokumentinformationsfelter til specielle HTML-tags. Feltindholdet indsættes mellem åbnings- og luknings- HTML-tags på de konverterede felter. Disse specielle HTML-tags svarer ikke til standard HTML-tags."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3152960.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "$[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognized by an HTML filter depends on the field type."
|
|
msgstr "$[officename] Writer-felter er identificeret ved et <SDFIELD> mærke i et HTML-dokument. Felttypen, formatet og navnet på det aktuelle felt er indeholdt i startmærket. Formatet for et feltmærke, der genkendes af et HTML-filter, afhænger af felttypen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#hd_id3154570.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Date and Time Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Dato- og klokkeslætsfelter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3149696.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "For \"Date\" and \"Time\" fields, the TYPE parameter equals DATETIME. The format of the date or the time is specified by the SDNUM parameter, for example, DD:MM:YY for dates, or HH:MM:SS for time."
|
|
msgstr "For \"Dato-\" og \"Klokkeslæts-\" felter, er parameteren TYPE lig med DATETIME. Formatet for datoen eller tiden er angivet af SDNUM parameteren, for eksempel, DD:MM:ÅÅ for datoer, eller TT:MM:SS for tid."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155183.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "For fixed date and time fields, the date or the time is specified by the SDVAL parameter."
|
|
msgstr "For faste dato- og klokkeslætsfelter bliver datoen eller klokkeslættet angivet med parameteren SDVAL."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3149485.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:"
|
|
msgstr "Eksempler på specielle dato- og klokkeslæts-HTML-tags som bliver genkendt af $[officename] som felter vises i den følgende tabel:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3151257.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090007.xhp#par_id3151257.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Felter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3148970.10.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090007.xhp#par_id3148970.10.help.text"
|
|
msgid "$[officename] Tag"
|
|
msgstr "$[officename] tag"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3147102.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Date is fixed"
|
|
msgstr "Dato er fast"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3153634.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL=\"35843,4239988426\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;DD/MM/YY\">17/02/98</SDFIELD>"
|
|
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL=\"35843,4239988426\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;DD/MM/ÅÅ\">17/02/98</SDFIELD>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155137.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Date is variable"
|
|
msgstr "Dato er variabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3156275.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM=\"1031;1031;DD/MM/YY\">17/02/98</SDFIELD>"
|
|
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM=\"1031;1031;DD/MM/ÅÅ\">17/02/98</SDFIELD>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3145774.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Time is fixed"
|
|
msgstr "Klokkeslæt er fast"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155915.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL=\"35843,4240335648\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS\">10:10:36</SDFIELD>"
|
|
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL=\"35843,4240335648\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;TT:MM:SS\">10:10:36</SDFIELD>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3150110.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Time is variable"
|
|
msgstr "Klokkeslæt er variabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155862.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS\">10:10:36</SDFIELD>"
|
|
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM=\"1031;1031;TT:MM:SS\">10:10:36</SDFIELD>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#hd_id3147409.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "DocInformation Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Dokumentinformationsfelter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3147487.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "For DocInformation fields, the TYPE parameter equals DOCINFO. The SUBTYPE parameter displays the specific field type, for example, for the \"Created\" DocInformation field, SUBTYPE=CREATE. For date and time DocInformation fields, the FORMAT parameter equals DATE or TIME, and the SDNUM parameter indicates the number format that is used. The SDFIXED parameter indicates if the content of the DocInformation field is fixed or not."
|
|
msgstr "For dokumentinformationsfelter er parameteren TYPE lig med DOCINFO. Parameteren SUBTYPE viser den bestemte felttype, for eksempel, for dokumentinformationsfeltet \"Oprettet\", SUBTYPE=CREATE. For dokumentinformationsfelterne dato og klokkeslæt er formatparameteren lig med DATE eller TIME, og parameteren SDNUM angiver det talformat, som bliver brugt. Parameteren SDFIXED angiver om indholdet af dokumentinformationsfeltet er fast eller ej."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3147501.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "The contents of a fixed date or time field are equal to the SDVAL parameter, otherwise the contents are equal to the text found between the SDFIELD HTML tags."
|
|
msgstr "Indholdet af et fast dato- eller klokkelsætsfelt er lig med parameteren SDVAL, ellers vil indholdet være lig teksten fundet mellem SDFIELD HTML-tags'ene."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3149562.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:"
|
|
msgstr "Eksempler på specielle dokumentinformations-HTML-tags som bliver genkendt af $[officename] som felter vises i den følgende tabel:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3147738.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090007.xhp#par_id3147738.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Felter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3146334.28.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090007.xhp#par_id3146334.28.help.text"
|
|
msgid "$[officename] Tag"
|
|
msgstr "$[officename] tag"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3149846.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "Description (fixed content)"
|
|
msgstr "Beskrivelse (fast indhold)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3148863.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=COMMENT SDFIXED>Description</SDFIELD>"
|
|
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=COMMENT SDFIXED>Beskrivelse</SDFIELD>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3151083.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "Creation date"
|
|
msgstr "Dato for oprettelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3153298.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM=\"1031;1031;QQ YY\">1. Quarter 98</SDFIELD>"
|
|
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=Opret Format=DATO SDNUM=\"1031;1031;KK ÅÅ\">1. kvartal 98</SDFIELD>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3150175.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Creation time (fixed content)"
|
|
msgstr "Oprettelsestidspunkt (fast indhold)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3156134.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=TIME SDVAL=\"0\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS AM/PM\" SDFIXED>03:58:35 PM</SDFIELD>"
|
|
msgstr "<SDFIELD ITYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=Opret Format=TID SDVAL=\"0\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;TT:MM:SS AM/PM\" SDFIXED>03:58:35 PM</SDFIELD>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155077.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "Modification date"
|
|
msgstr "Ændringsdato"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3154330.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CHANGE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM=\"1031;1031;NN DD MMM, YY\">Mo 23 Feb, 98</SDFIELD>"
|
|
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CHANGE Format=DATO SDNUM=\"1031;1031;NN DD MMM, ÅÅ\">Ma 23 feb, 98</SDFIELD>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03140000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Hidden Paragraphs"
|
|
msgstr "Skjulte afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 03140000.xhp#hd_id3155959.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp\" name=\"Hidden Paragraphs\">Hidden Paragraphs</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp\" name=\"Skjulte afsnit\">Skjulte afsnit</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03140000.xhp#par_id3150251.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ShowHiddenParagraphs\">Shows or hides hidden paragraphs.</ahelp> This option only affects the screen display of hidden paragraphs, and not the printing of hidden paragraphs."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ShowHiddenParagraphs\">Viser eller skjuler skjulte afsnit.</ahelp> Denne indstilling påvirker kun skærmvisningen af skjulte afsnit og ikke udskrivningen af skjulte afsnit."
|
|
|
|
#: 03140000.xhp#par_id3157875.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "To enable this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and ensure that the <emph>Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box in the <emph>Display of</emph> area is selected."
|
|
msgstr "For at aktivere denne funktionallitet, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Writer - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</link></emph>, og kontroller at afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Skjulte afsnit</emph> i området <emph>Visning af</emph> er valgt."
|
|
|
|
#: 03140000.xhp#par_id3154501.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"field command\">field command</link> \"Hidden Paragraph\" to assign a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link> that must be met to hide a paragraph. If the condition is not met, the paragraph is displayed."
|
|
msgstr "Brug <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"field command\">feltkommandoen</link>\"Skjult afsnit\" for at tildele en <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"condition\">betingelse</link>, som skal være opfyldt for at skjule et afsnit. Hvis betingelsen ikke er opfyldt, bliver afsnittet vist."
|
|
|
|
#: 03140000.xhp#par_id3083451.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you hide a paragraph, footnotes and frames that are anchored to characters in the paragraph are also hidden."
|
|
msgstr "Når du skjuler et afsnit, bliver fodnoter og rammer, som er forankret til tegn i afsnittet, også skjult."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Footnotes/Endnotes"
|
|
msgstr "Fod-/slutnoter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3149028.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp\" name=\"Footnotes/Endnotes\">Footnotes/Endnotes</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp\" name=\"Fod-/slutnoter\">Fod-/slutnoter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147170.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies where footnotes and endnotes are displayed as well as their numbering formats.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"\" visibility=\"visible\">Angiver hvor fod- og slutnoter vises såvel som deres nummereringsformater.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3149800.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "This tab is not available in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"Print Layout\">Print Layout</link> view."
|
|
msgstr "Dette faneblad er ikke tilgængeligt i <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"Print Layout\">Udskriftslayoutvisning</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3153538.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3153538.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footnotes"
|
|
msgstr "Fodnoter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3154480.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Collect at end of text"
|
|
msgstr "Saml ved tekstens slutning"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3151309.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">Tilføjer fodnoter ved slutningen af sektionen. Hvis sektionen strækker sig over mere end én side, vil fodnoterne bliver føjet til bunden af den side, hvor fodnoteankrene vises.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3152960.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3152960.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Restart numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Genstart nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3153677.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">Genstarter fodnotenummerering med det tal, som du angiver.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3149688.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3149688.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Start at"
|
|
msgstr "Begynd med"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3154196.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_FTN_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_FTN_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">Indtast det tal, som du vil tildele fodnoten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3155185.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3155185.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Custom format"
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefineret format"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3143283.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">Specificerer et brugerdefineret talformat for fodnoter.</ahelp> Dette afkrydsningsfelt er kun tilgængeligt, hvis afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Genstart nummerering</emph> er markeret."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3151258.17.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3151258.17.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Before"
|
|
msgstr "Foran"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3149827.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise foran fodnotenummeret.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3154827.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3154827.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Spin button own format"
|
|
msgstr "Rulleknappen egne formater"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147092.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_FTN_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the footnotes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_FTN_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">Vælg nummereringstypografien for fodnoterne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3148975.21.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3148975.21.help.text"
|
|
msgid "After"
|
|
msgstr "Efter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147221.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise efter fodnotenummeret.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3149044.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3149044.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Endnotes"
|
|
msgstr "Slutnoter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3153639.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Collect at end of section"
|
|
msgstr "Saml ved sektionens slutning"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147585.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds endnotes at the end of the section.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">Tilføjer slutnoter ved slutningen af sektionen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3152780.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3152780.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Restart numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Genstart nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3153345.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">Genstarter slutnotenummerering med det tal, som du angiver.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3149166.26.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3149166.26.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Start at"
|
|
msgstr "Begynd med"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3156270.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_END_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_END_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">Indtast det tal, som du vil tildele slutnoten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3151027.28.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3151027.28.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Custom format"
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefineret format"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3145776.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">Specificerer et brugerdefineret talformat til slutnoter.</ahelp> Dette afkrydsningsfelt er kun tilgængeligt, hvis afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Genstart nummerering</emph> er markeret."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3151383.30.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3151383.30.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Before"
|
|
msgstr "Foran"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3155921.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise foran slutnotenummeret</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3150699.32.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3150699.32.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Spin button own format"
|
|
msgstr "Rulleknappen egne formater"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3150123.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_END_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the endnotes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_END_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">Vælg nummereringstypografien for slutnoterne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3155871.34.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3155871.34.help.text"
|
|
msgid "After"
|
|
msgstr "Efter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147425.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise efter slutnotenummeret.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_copyto.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Copies To"
|
|
msgstr "Kopier til"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text
|
|
msgid "Copy To"
|
|
msgstr "Kopi til"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN1053D.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify additional e-mail recipients for the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">mail merge</link> document."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver yderligere e-mail modtagere til <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">brevfletnings-</link>dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text
|
|
msgid "CC"
|
|
msgstr "CC"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the recipients of e-mail copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast modtagere af e-mail-kopier, adskilt af et semikolon (;).</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text
|
|
msgid "BCC"
|
|
msgstr "BCC"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the recipients of e-mail blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast modtagere af e-mail-blindkopier, adskilt af et semikolon (;).</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge02.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Document Type"
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletningsguide - Dokumenttype"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Document Type</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp\">Brevfletningsguide - Dokumenttype</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the type of mail merge document to create. "
|
|
msgstr "Angiver den type brevfletningsdokument der skal oprettes."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
|
|
msgid "Letter"
|
|
msgstr "Brev"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a printable mail merge document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opretter et brevfletningsdokument til udskrivning.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge02.xhp#hd_id6954863.help.text
|
|
msgid "E-mail message"
|
|
msgstr "E-mail-besked"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an e-mail message or an e-mail attachment.</ahelp> This feature needs Java Mail. If Java Mail is not installed, you can download the software from <link href=\"http://java.sun.com/products/javamail/\">http://java.sun.com/products/javamail/</link>."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opretter et brevfletningsdokument, som du kan sende som en e-mail-besked eller et e-mail-bilag.</ahelp> Denne funktion gør brug af Java Mail. Hvis Java Mail ikke er installeret, kan du hente softwaren fra <link href=\"http://java.sun.com/products/javamail/\">http://java.sun.com/products/javamail/</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses\">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\" name=\"Brevfletningsguide - Adresser\">Brevfletningsguide - Adresser</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120224.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Entries (index of tables)"
|
|
msgstr "Elementer (tabeloversigt)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120224.xhp#hd_id3147406.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp\" name=\"Entries (index of tables)\">Entries (index of tables)</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp\" name=\"Elementer (tabeloversigt)\">Elementer (tabeloversigt)</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120224.xhp#par_id3146318.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the entries in an Index of Tables. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Angiv formatet for elementerne i en tabeloversigt.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120224.xhp#par_id3150020.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "An Index of Tables only has one index level."
|
|
msgstr "En tabeloversigt har kun ét indeksniveau."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120201.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3145825.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Styles</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp\" name=\"Typografier\">Typografier</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3154505.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can assign different paragraph styles to change the formatting of index titles, separators and index entries. You can also modify paragraph styles in this dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan tildele forskellige afsnitstypografier for at ændre formateringen af indekstitler, separatorer og indekselementer. Du kan også ændre afsnitstypografier i denne dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3150565.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Assignment"
|
|
msgstr "Tildeling"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3147171.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "Levels"
|
|
msgstr "Niveauer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3151180.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_LEVEL\">Select the index level that you change the formatting of.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_LEVEL\">Vælg indeksniveauet, som du ændrer formateringen af.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3147571.30.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120201.xhp#hd_id3147571.30.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Paragraph Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Afsnitstypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3149290.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_PARALAY\">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><) </emph>button.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_PARALAY\">Vælg den afsnitstypografi, som du vil anvende på det valgte indeksniveau, og klik så på knappen Tildel (<emph><)</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3145418.32.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120201.xhp#hd_id3145418.32.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<"
|
|
msgstr "<"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3154099.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_TOX_STYLES_BT_ASSIGN\">Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_TOX_STYLES_BT_ASSIGN\">Formaterer det valgte indeksniveau med den valgte afsnitstypografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3149807.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "Default"
|
|
msgstr "Standard"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3153539.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_STD\">Resets the formatting of the selected level to the \"Default\" paragraph style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_STD\">Nulstiller formateringen af det valgte niveau til \"Standard\"-afsnitstypografien.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3154474.38.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120201.xhp#hd_id3154474.38.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3153675.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_EDIT_STYLE\">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_EDIT_STYLE\">Åbner dialogen <emph>Afsnitstypografi</emph>, hvor du kan ændre den markerede afsnitstypografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Endnotes"
|
|
msgstr "Slutnoter"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3156321.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp\" name=\"Endnotes\">Endnotes</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp\" name=\"Slutnoter\">Slutnoter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3151182.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENDNOTE_OPTIONS\">Specifies the formatting for endnotes.</ahelp> The type of endnote numbering and the Styles to apply are the options available."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENDNOTE_OPTIONS\">Specificerer formateringen af slutnoter.</ahelp>Slutnotenummereringstypen og typografierne, der kan anvendes, er de viste muligheder."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3149292.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3149292.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "AutoNumbering"
|
|
msgstr "Automatisk nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3151178.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3151178.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Start at"
|
|
msgstr "Begynd med"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3147512.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\">Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.</ahelp> This is useful if want the endnote numbering to span more than one document."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\">Indtast nummeret for den første slutnote i dokumentet.</ahelp> Dette er nyttigt, hvis du ønsker, at slutnotenummereringen skal spænde over mere end ét dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3150702.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3150702.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Before"
|
|
msgstr "Foran"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3152943.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:ED_PREFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \"re: \" to display \"re: 1\"."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:ED_PREFIX\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise foran slutnotetallet i noteteksten.</ahelp> Skriv for eksempel \"vedr: \" for at vise \"vedr: 1\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3149804.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3149804.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "After"
|
|
msgstr "Efter"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3153535.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:ED_SUFFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \")\" to display \"1)\"."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:ED_SUFFIX\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil vise efter slutnotetallet i noteteksten.</ahelp> Skriv for eksempel, \")\" for at vise \"1)\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3152952.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3152952.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3150970.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "To ensure a uniform appearance for the endnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style to the footnotes."
|
|
msgstr "Tildel en afsnitstypografi til fodnoterne, for at sikre et ensartet udseende på slutnoterne i dit dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3151312.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3151312.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3147526.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\">Select the paragraph style for the endnote text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\">Marker afsnitstypografien for slutnoteteksten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3154470.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3154470.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page"
|
|
msgstr "Side"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3154569.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\">Select the page style that you want to use for endnotes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\">Marker sidetypografien, som du vil bruge til slutnoter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3155901.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3155901.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Tegntypografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3149692.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can assign styles to endnote anchors and text. You can use the predefined endnote styles, or use a different style."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan tildele typografier til slutnoteankre og tekst. Du kan bruge de foruddefinerede slutnotetypografier, eller bruge en anden typografi."
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3154198.22.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3154198.22.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Text area"
|
|
msgstr "Tekstområde"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3159200.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\">Select the character style that you want to use for endnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\">Vælg den teksttypografi, som du vil bruge til slutnoteankre i tekstområdet i dit dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3151326.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "Endnote area"
|
|
msgstr "Slutnoteområde"
|
|
|
|
#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3155182.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENDNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\">Select the character style that you want to use for the endnote numbers in the endnote area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENDNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\">Vælg den teksttypografi, som du vil bruge til slutnotetallene i slutnoteområdet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "E-Mail Message"
|
|
msgstr "E-mail-meddelelse"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text"
|
|
msgid "E-Mail Message"
|
|
msgstr "E-mail-meddelelse"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10540.help.text
|
|
msgid "Type the message and the salutation for files that you send as <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">e-mail</link> attachments."
|
|
msgstr "Skriv meddelelsen og den starthilsen som skal følge de filer, du vedhæfter en <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">e-mail</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10554.help.text
|
|
msgid "This e-mail should contain a salutation"
|
|
msgstr "Denne e-mail skal indeholde en starthilsen"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10558.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a salutation to the e-mail.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Føjer en starthilsen til e-mailen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1055B.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1055B.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert personalized salutation"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt personlig starthilsen"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Tilføjer en personlig starthilsen. For at bruge standardhilsnen skal du rydde dette afkrydsningsfelt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10562.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10562.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Female"
|
|
msgstr "Kvinde"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10566.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10566.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg den personlige starthilsen til en kvindelig modtager</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New"
|
|
msgstr "Ny"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a female recipient.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Brugerdefineret starthilsen</link> til en kvindelig modtager.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Male"
|
|
msgstr "Mand"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg den personlige starthilsen til en mandlig modtager</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New"
|
|
msgstr "Ny"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a male recipient.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Brugerdefineret starthilsen</link> til en mandlig modtager.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059A.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059A.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Field name"
|
|
msgstr "Feltnavn"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059E.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059E.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg det feltnavn i adressedatabasen som indeholder informationen om køn.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Field value"
|
|
msgstr "Feltværdi"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg feltværdien, som angiver modtagerens køn.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "General salutation"
|
|
msgstr "Generel starthilsen"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105AC.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Marker standardhilsnen der skal bruges, hvis der ikke kan laves en tilpasset.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105AF.help.text
|
|
msgid "Write your message here"
|
|
msgstr "Skriv din besked her"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105B3.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the main text of the e-mail.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skriv e-mailens hovedtekst.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Sort"
|
|
msgstr "Sorter"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#bm_id3149353.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;sorting rows</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sorting;paragraphs/table rows</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; sorting paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; sorting paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sorting;paragraphs in special languages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Asian languages;sorting paragraphs/table rows</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller;sortere rækker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sortere;afsnit/tabelrækker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; sortere afsnit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstlinjer; sortere afsnit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sortere;afsnit på specielle sprog</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>asiatiske sprog;sortere afsnit/tabelrækker</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149353.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3149353.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Sort"
|
|
msgstr "Sorter"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3150015.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"sort\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SortDialog\">Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.</ahelp> You can define up to three sort keys as well as combine alphanumeric and numeric sort keys.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"sort\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SortDialog\">Sorterer de markerede afsnit eller tabelrækker alfabetisk eller numerisk.</ahelp> Du kan definere op til tre sorteringsnøgler lige som du kan kombinere alfanumerisk og numerisk sorteringsnøgler.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3150931.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sort criteria"
|
|
msgstr "Sorteringskriterier"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149029.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Keys 1 to 3"
|
|
msgstr "Nøgle 1 til 3"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3147170.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_SORTING:CB_KEY3\">Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_SORTING:CB_KEY3\">Specificerer yderligere sorteringskriterier. Du kan også kombinere sorteringsnøgler.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3147565.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Column 1 to 3"
|
|
msgstr "Kolonne 1 til 3"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3154644.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_SORTING:ED_KEY3\">Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_SORTING:ED_KEY3\">Indtast antallet af tabelkolonner, som du vil bruge som grundlag for sortering.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3150254.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Key type 1 to 3"
|
|
msgstr "Nøgletype 1 til 3"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3149752.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SORTING:DLB_KEY3\">Select the sorting option that you want to use.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SORTING:DLB_KEY3\">Marker sorteringsindstillingen, som du vil bruge.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3151177.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Order"
|
|
msgstr "Rækkefølge"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id072020090105453.help.text
|
|
msgid "Ascending"
|
|
msgstr "Stigende"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3154270.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_UP3\">Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_UP3\">Sorterer i stigende orden (for eksempel 1, 2, 3 eller a, b, c).</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3150708.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "Descending"
|
|
msgstr "Faldende"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3152946.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_DN3\">Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_DN3\">Sorterer i faldende orden (for eksempel 9, 8, 7 eller z, y, x).</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149812.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Direction"
|
|
msgstr "Retning"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3153540.12.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3153540.12.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Columns"
|
|
msgstr "Kolonner"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3150973.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_COL\">Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_COL\">Sorterer kolonnerne i tabellen ifølge de aktuelle sorteringsindstillinger.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3147526.14.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3147526.14.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Rows"
|
|
msgstr "Rækker"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3153677.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_ROW\">Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_ROW\">Sorterer rækkerne i tabellen eller afsnittene i markeringen ifølge de aktuelle sorteringsindstillinger.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3151312.21.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3151312.21.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Separator"
|
|
msgstr "Skilletegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3150350.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "Paragraphs are separated by nonprinting paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs."
|
|
msgstr "Afsnit er adskilt af kontroltegnsmarkeringer. Du kan også angive, at tabulatorer eller tegn opfører sig som skilletegn, når du sorterer afsnit."
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3154570.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3154570.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Tabs"
|
|
msgstr "Tabulatorer"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3155902.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_TAB\">If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_TAB\">Vælg denne indstilling, hvis de markerede afsnit svarer til en liste adskilt af tabulatorer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3154190.25.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3154190.25.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character"
|
|
msgstr "Tegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3159196.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SORTING:ED_TABCH\">Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.</ahelp> By using the separator, $[officename] can determine the position of the sorting key in the selected paragraph."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SORTING:ED_TABCH\">Indtast det tegn, som du vil benytte som skilletegn i det valgte område.</ahelp> Ved at bruge skilletegnet kan $[officename] bestemme placeringen af sorteringsnøglen i det markerede afsnit."
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3151324.31.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3151324.31.help.text"
|
|
msgid "..."
|
|
msgstr "..."
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3155178.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SORTING_PB_DELIM\">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SORTING_PB_DELIM\">Åbner dialogen <emph>Specialtegn</emph>, hvor du kan vælge tegnet, som du vil benytte som skilletegn.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149482.33.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3149482.33.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Language"
|
|
msgstr "Sprog"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3151252.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_SORTING_LB_LANG\">Select the language that defines the sorting rules.</ahelp> Some languages sort special characters differently than other languages."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_SORTING_LB_LANG\">Vælg sproget, som definerer sorteringsreglerne.</ahelp> Nogle sprog sorterer specialtegn anderledes end andre sprog."
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149104.35.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3149104.35.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Match case"
|
|
msgstr "STORE og små bogstaver"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3154838.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_DLG_SORTING_CB_CASE\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_DLG_SORTING_CB_CASE\">Skelner mellem store og små bogstaver når du sorterer en tabel. For asiatiske sprog gælder specielle regler.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06100000.xhp#par_idN10895.help.text
|
|
msgid "For Asian languages, select <emph>Match case </emph>to apply multi-level collation. In the multi-level collation, the primitive forms of the entries are first compared with the cases of the forms and diacritics ignored. If the forms are the same, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still the same, the cases, character widths, and Japanese Kana differences of the forms are compared."
|
|
msgstr "For Asiatiske sprog, vælg <emph>STORE/små bogstaver</emph> for at anvende multi-niveau tolerance. I multi-niveau tolerance sammenlignes først den enkle form af elementerne (store/små bogstaver og accenter ignoreres). Hvis de er ens, sammenlignes også accenter. Hvis de stadig er ens, sammenlignes de også på bredden af tegnene, om bogstaver er store eller små og på forskelle i japansk Kana."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05150200.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Apply"
|
|
msgstr "Anvend"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#bm_id5028839.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic heading formatting</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>automatisk overskriftsformatering</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#bm_id.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings;automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>separator lines;AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Autoformat-funktion;overskrifter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overskrifter; automatisk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skillelinjer;Autoformat-funktion</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#hd_id3155962.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp\" name=\"Apply\">Apply</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp\" name=\"Anvend\">Anvend</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3149871.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatApply\">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph> <emph>Options</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatApply\">Formaterer automatisk filen efter de indstillinger, som du sætter under <emph>Funktioner - Autokorrekturindstillinger</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3147404.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you apply automatic formats, the following rules apply:"
|
|
msgstr "Når du anvender automatiske formater, gælder følgende regler:"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#hd_id3155625.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "AutoCorrect for Headings"
|
|
msgstr "Autokorrektur til overskrifter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3154505.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "A paragraph is formatted as a heading when the following conditions are met:"
|
|
msgstr "Et afsnit bliver formateret som en overskrift, når følgende betingelser er opfyldt:"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3145241.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "paragraph begins with a capital letter"
|
|
msgstr "afsnittet begynder med et stort bogstav"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3148386.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "paragraph does not end with a punctuation mark"
|
|
msgstr "afsnit ender ikke med tegnsætning"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3150564.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "empty paragraph above and below the paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "tomt afsnit over og under afsnittet"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#hd_id3149030.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "AutoCorrect for Bullets / Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Autokorrektur til punktopstilling"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3156316.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "To create a bulleted list, type a hyphen (-), star (*), or plus sign (+), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph."
|
|
msgstr "For at oprette en punktopstilling skal du skrive en bindestreg (-), stjerne (*) eller et plustegn (+), efterfulgt af et mellemrum eller tabulator ved begyndelsen af et afsnit."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3150763.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "To create a numbered list, type a number followed by a period (.), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph. "
|
|
msgstr "For at oprette en nummereret liste skal du skrive et tal efterfulgt af et punktum (.) efterfulgt af et mellemrum eller en tabulator ved begyndelsen af et afsnit. "
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3147507.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Automatic numbering is only applied to paragraphs formatted with the <emph>Standard</emph>, <emph>Text body</emph> or <emph>Text body indent</emph> paragraph styles."
|
|
msgstr "Automatisk nummerering anvendes kun for afsnit formateret med afsnitstypografierne <emph>Standard</emph>, <emph>Brødtekst</emph> eller <emph>Brødtekst indrykning</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#hd_id3152941.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "AutoCorrect for Separator Lines"
|
|
msgstr "Autokorrektur for skillelinjer"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3154105.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you type three or more hyphens (---), underscores (___) or equal signs (===) on line and then press Enter, the paragraph is replaced by a horizontal line as wide as the page. The line is actually the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"lower border\">lower border</link> of the preceding paragraph. The following rules apply:"
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du skriver tre eller flere bindestreger (---), understreger (___) eller lighedstegn (===) efter hinanden og så trykker på Enter, bliver afsnittet erstattet af en vandret linje, der er lige så bred som siden. Linjen er faktisk den <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"lower border\">nederste kant</link> på det foregående afsnit. De følgende regler gælder:"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3153530.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Three hyphens (-) yield a single line (0.05 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm)."
|
|
msgstr "Tre bindestreger (-) giver en enkelt linje (0,05 pt tyk, gab 0,75 mm)."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3154477.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Three underscore (_) yield a single line (1 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm)."
|
|
msgstr "Tre understreger (_) giver en enkelt linje (1 pt tyk, gab 0,75 mm)."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3150982.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Three equal signs (=) yield a double line (1.10 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm)."
|
|
msgstr "Tre lighedstegn (=) giver en dobbelt linje (1,10 pt tyk, gab 0,75 mm)."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Entries (table of contents)"
|
|
msgstr "Elementer (indholdsfortegnelse)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3145827.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp\" name=\"Entries (table of contents)\">Entries (table of contents)</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp\" name=\"Elementer (indholdsfortegnelse)\">Elementer (indholdsfortegnelse)</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3150017.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format of the entries in the table of contents.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Angiv formatet for elementerne i indholdsfortegnelsen.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3148774.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3148774.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Level"
|
|
msgstr "Niveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3147169.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the level that you want to define.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg niveauet, som du vil definere.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3147569.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Structure and formatting"
|
|
msgstr "Struktur og formatering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3154638.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "The <emph>Structure </emph>line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button."
|
|
msgstr "<emph>Strukturlinjen</emph> viser koden for indholdsfortegnelsen til det valgte overskriftsniveau. For at ændre udseendet af et overskriftsniveau kan du indtaste koder eller tekst i de tomme bokse på denne linje. Du kan også klikke i en tom boks eller på en kode, og så klikke på en kodeknap."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3149292.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Displays the remainder of the <emph>Structure </emph>line.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Viser resten af <emph>Struktur</emph>linjen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3147512.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "To delete a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then press the <item type=\"keycode\">Delete</item> key."
|
|
msgstr "For at slette en kode fra <emph>Strukturlinjen</emph> skal du klikke på koden, og derefter trykke på <item type=\"keycode\">Delete</item>-tasten."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3149806.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "To replace a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then click a code button."
|
|
msgstr "For at erstatte en kode fra <emph>Strukturlinjen</emph>, klik koden, og klik så på en kodeknap."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3154480.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "To add a code to the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button."
|
|
msgstr "For at tilføje en kode til <emph>Strukturlinjen</emph>, klik i en tom boks, og klik så på en kodeknap."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3153675.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Chapter number (E#)"
|
|
msgstr "Kapitelnummer (E#)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3154567.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRYNO\">Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose<emph> Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRYNO\">Indsætter hele kapiteloverskriften, inklusiv kapitelnummeret, hvis det er tilgængeligt. For at tildele kapitelnummerering til en overskriftstypografi skal du vælge <emph>Funktioner - Dispositionsnummerering</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3149691.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Entry text (E)"
|
|
msgstr "Elementtekst (E)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3154199.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRY\">Inserts the text of the chapter heading.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRY\">Indsætter teksten fra kapiteloverskriften.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3143276.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Tab stop (T)"
|
|
msgstr "Tabulatorstop (T)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3149490.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_TAB\">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_TAB\">Indsætter et tabulatorstop. For at føje indledende prikker til tabulatorstoppet skal du markere et tegn i feltet <emph>Fyldtegn</emph>. For at ændre placeringen af tabulatorstoppet skal du indtaste en værdi i feltet <emph>Tabulatorposition</emph> eller markere afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Højrejusteret</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3151257.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Page number (#)"
|
|
msgstr "Sidetal (#)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3148981.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_PAGENO\">Inserts the page number of the entry.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_PAGENO\">Indsætter sidenummeret for elementet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3147212.19.help.text
|
|
msgid " Hyperlink (LS and LE)"
|
|
msgstr "Hyperlink (HR og HS)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3153631.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_HYPERLINK\">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_HYPERLINK\">Opretter et hyperlink til den del af elementet, som du omgiver af Hyperlink-Start (HR) og -Slut (HS) mærkater. Klik i den tomme boks på <emph>Strukturlinjen</emph> foran den del, som du vil oprette et hyperlink til, og klik så på denne knap. Klik i den tomme boks efter den del, som du vil hyperlinke, og klik så på denne knap igen. Alle hyperlinks skal være entydige. Kun tilgængelig for indholdsfortegnelser</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3152766.36.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3152766.36.help.text"
|
|
msgid "All"
|
|
msgstr "Alle"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3155137.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ALL_LEVELS\">Applies the current settings without closing the dialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ALL_LEVELS\">Anvender de nuværende indstillinger uden at lukke dialogen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3153355.21.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3153355.21.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character Style"
|
|
msgstr "Tegntypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3156277.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHARSTYLE\">Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the <emph>Structure line</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHARSTYLE\">Angiver typografien for den valgte del på <emph>Strukturlinjen</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3145772.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3145772.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3151372.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_EDITSTYLE\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_EDITSTYLE\">Åbner en dialog, hvor du kan redigere den valgte tegntypografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3155909.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "Fill character"
|
|
msgstr "Fyldtegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3150112.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_FILLCHAR\">Select the tab leader that you want use.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_FILLCHAR\">Vælg det tegn, som du ønsker at vise frem til tabulatorstoppet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3155859.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "Tab stop position"
|
|
msgstr "Tabulatorposition"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3150689.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TOX_ENTRY:MF_TABPOS\">Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TOX_ENTRY:MF_TABPOS\">Indtast den afstand, som skal efterlades mellem venstre sidemargen og tabulatorstoppet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3147415.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "Align right"
|
|
msgstr "Højrejuster"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3147495.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_AUTORIGHT\">Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_AUTORIGHT\">Justerer tabulatorstoppet til højre sidemargen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3145269.31.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3145269.31.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Format"
|
|
msgstr "Format"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id6499221.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Only visible when you click the E# button in the Structure line. Select to show the chapter number with or without separator.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Kun synlig når du klikker på E# knappen i Strukturlinjen. Marker for at vise kapitelnummeret med eller uden Skilletegn.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3149559.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Tab position relative to Paragraph Style indent"
|
|
msgstr "Tabulatorernes position relativ til indrykningen fra afsnitstypografien"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3150554.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_RELTOSTYLE\">Positions the tab stop relative to the \"indent from left\" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_RELTOSTYLE\">Placerer tabulatorstoppet i forhold til værdien \"indryk fra venstre\" defineret i den afsnitstypografi, der er valgt på fanebladet <emph>Typografier</emph>. Ellers bliver tabulatorstoppet placeret relativt til venstre tekstmargen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#bm_id9646290.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>resizing;aspect ratio</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aspect ratio;resizing objects</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>ændre størrelse;størrelsesforhold</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>størrelsesforhold;ændre størrelse på objekter</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3151389.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp\" name=\"Type\">Type</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp\" name=\"Type\">Type</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3150568.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_STD\">Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_STD\">Specificerer størrelsen og placeringen af det valgte objekt eller ramme på en side.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147168.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3147168.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Size"
|
|
msgstr "Størrelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147567.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3147567.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Width"
|
|
msgstr "Bredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3151180.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_WIDTH\">Enter the width that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_WIDTH\">Indtast den bredde, som du ønsker for det markerede objekt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3154646.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3154646.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Relative"
|
|
msgstr "Relativ"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3145413.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_WIDTH\">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_WIDTH\">Beregner bredden af det valgte objekt som procentdel af bredden af sidens tekstområde.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147516.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3147516.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Height"
|
|
msgstr "Højde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3154099.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_HEIGHT\">Enter the height that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_HEIGHT\">Indtast den højde, som du ønsker for det markerede objekt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3149809.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3149809.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Relative"
|
|
msgstr "Relativ"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3154563.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_HEIGHT\">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_HEIGHT\">Beregner højden af det valgte objekt som procentdel af højden af sidens tekstområde.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3151313.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Keep ratio"
|
|
msgstr "Bevar størrelsesforhold"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3153675.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FIXEDRATIO\">Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FIXEDRATIO\">Bevarer højde- og breddeforhold, når du ændrer bredde- eller højdeindstilling.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3154470.41.help.text
|
|
msgid "Original Size"
|
|
msgstr "Oprindelig størrelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3155898.42.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_STD:BT_REALSIZE\">Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_STD:BT_REALSIZE\">Nulstiller størrelsesindstillingerne på det valgte objekt til de oprindelige værdier.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149102.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "This option is not available for frames."
|
|
msgstr "Denne indstilling er ikke tilgængelig for rammer."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3149824.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3149824.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Automatic"
|
|
msgstr "Automatisk"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3151262.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">Justerer automatisk bredden eller højden af en ramme til at passe til indholdet af rammen. Hvis du vil, kan du angive en mindstebredde eller -højde for rammen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3152773.43.help.text
|
|
msgid "The <emph>Automatic</emph> option is only available when you select a frame."
|
|
msgstr "Indstillingen <emph>Automatisk</emph> er kun tilgængelig, når du vælger en ramme."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3155144.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Anchor"
|
|
msgstr "Forankring"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3153352.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the anchoring options for the selected object or frame. The anchor options are not available when you open the dialog from the Styles and Formatting window."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver forankringsindstillinger for det valgte objekt eller ramme. Forankringsindstillingerne er ikke tilgængelige, når du åbner dialogen fra vinduet Typografier og formatering."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3156269.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "To page"
|
|
msgstr "Til siden"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149169.46.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PAGE\">Anchors the selection to the current page.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PAGE\">Forankrer markeringen til den aktuelle side.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3151028.60.help.text
|
|
msgid "To paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Til afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3145777.61.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PARA\">Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PARA\">Forankrer markeringen til det aktuelle afsnit.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3155913.62.help.text
|
|
msgid "To character"
|
|
msgstr "Til tegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3151377.63.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AT_CHAR\">Anchors the selection to a character.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AT_CHAR\">Forankrer markeringen til et tegn.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3150115.47.help.text
|
|
msgid "As character"
|
|
msgstr "Som tegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3155863.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AS_CHAR\">Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AS_CHAR\">Forankrer markeringen som tegn. Højden af den aktuelle linje bliver ændret til at svare til højden af markeringen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3150693.25.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3150693.25.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Position"
|
|
msgstr "Placering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3147413.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the location of the selected object on the current page."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver placeringen af det valgte objekt på den aktuelle side."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147488.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3147488.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Horizontal"
|
|
msgstr "Vandret"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3145121.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_HORIZONTAL\">Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.</ahelp> This option is not available if you chose \"anchor as character\"."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_HORIZONTAL\">Vælg den vandrette justeringsindstilling for objektet.</ahelp> Denne indstilling er ikke tilgængelig, hvis du vælger \"forankring som tegn\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3149554.29.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3149554.29.help.text"
|
|
msgid "by"
|
|
msgstr "med"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3145258.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_HORZ_POS\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Left\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> box."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_HORZ_POS\">Indtast den plads, der skal være mellem venstre kant af det valgte objekt og referencepunktet, som du vælger i feltet <emph>til</emph>.</ahelp> Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis du markerer \"Fra venstre\" i feltet <emph>Vandret</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3150545.48.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3150545.48.help.text"
|
|
msgid "to"
|
|
msgstr "til"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149213.49.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_HORI_RELATION\">Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_HORI_RELATION\">Marker referencepunktet for den valgte vandrette justeringsindstilling.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149230.51.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can see the result of the alignments options that you select in the Preview box."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan se resultatet af de justeringsindstillinger, du vælger, i eksempelboksen."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147746.52.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mirror on even pages"
|
|
msgstr "Spejlvend på lige sider"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3146337.53.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_MIRROR\">Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_MIRROR\">Omvender de aktuelle vandrette justeringsindstillinger på lige sider.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3148446.54.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Graphics\"><emph>Graphics</emph></link> flip options to adjust the layout of objects on even and odd pages."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også bruge indstillingerne til spejlvending af <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Graphics\"><emph>Grafik</emph></link> for at tilpasse layoutet af objekter på lige og ulige sider."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3145310.31.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3145310.31.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Vertical"
|
|
msgstr "Lodret"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3150161.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_VERTICAL\">Select the vertical alignment option for the object.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_VERTICAL\">Vælg den lodrette justeringsindstilling for objektet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3150463.59.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you anchor an object to a frame with a fixed height, only the \"Bottom\" and \"Center\" alignment options are available."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du forankrer et objekt til en ramme med fast højde, vil kun justeringsindstillingerne \"Bund\" og \"Midte\" være tilgængelige."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3154724.33.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3154724.33.help.text"
|
|
msgid "by"
|
|
msgstr "med"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3156130.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_VERT_POS\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Top\" or \"From Bottom\" (as character) in the <emph>Vertical</emph> box. "
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_VERT_POS\">Indtast hvor meget plads, der skal være mellem øverste kant af det valgte objekt og det referencepunkt, som du vælger i feltet <emph>Til</emph>.</ahelp> Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis du væger \"Fra toppen\" eller \"Fra bunden\" (som tegn) i feltet <emph>Lodret</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3150912.56.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3150912.56.help.text"
|
|
msgid "to"
|
|
msgstr "til"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3155075.57.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_VERT_RELATION\">Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_VERT_RELATION\">Marker referencepunktet for den valgte lodrette justeringsindstilling.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_idN10A8E.help.text
|
|
msgid "Follow text flow"
|
|
msgstr "Følg tekstforløb"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_idN10A92.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:CheckBox:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FOLLOWTEXTFLOW\">Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:CheckBox:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FOLLOWTEXTFLOW\">Beholder det markerede objekt indenfor layoutgrænserne af den tekst, som objektet er forankret til. For at kunne placere det markerede objekt et vilkårligt sted i dit dokument skal denne indstilling ikke være valgt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_idN10AA6.help.text
|
|
msgid "By default, the <emph>Follow text flow</emph> option is selected when you open a document that was created in a version of %PRODUCTNAME older than %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION. However, this option is not selected when you create a document or when you open a document in Microsoft Word format (*.doc)."
|
|
msgstr "Som standard er indstillingen <emph>Følg tekstforløb</emph> valgt, når du åbner et dokument, som er oprettet med en version af %PRODUCTNAME, der er ældre end %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION. Denne indstilling er dog ikke valgt, når du opretter et dokument, eller når du åbner et dokument i Microsoft Word format (*.doc)."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149241.58.help.text
|
|
msgid "The green rectangle represents the selected object and the red rectangle represents the alignment reference point. If you anchor the object as a character, the reference rectangle changes to a red line."
|
|
msgstr "Det grønne rektangel repræsenterer det valgte objekt, og det røde rektangel repræsenterer justeringens referencepunkt. Hvis du forankrer objektet som et tegn, vil referencerektanglet blive ændret til en rød linje."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3146949.66.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05260000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Anchor\"><emph>Format - Anchor</emph></link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05260000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Anchor\"><emph>Formater - Forankring</emph></link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3153231.67.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05070000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Alignment\"><emph>Format - Alignment</emph></link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05070000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Alignment\"><emph>Formater - Justering</emph></link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04190000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04190000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert (File)"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt (Fil)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04190000.xhp#hd_id3147562.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04190000.xhp#hd_id3147562.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert (File)"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt (Fil)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04190000.xhp#par_id3145411.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"datei\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertDoc\">Inserts a text file at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"datei\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertDoc\">Indsætter en tekstfil ved markørens aktuelle placering.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04190000.xhp#par_idN105BD.help.text
|
|
msgid "To always have the latest version of the contents of a file, insert a section into your document, and then insert a link to the text file in the section. See <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\">insert a section</link> for details."
|
|
msgstr "For altid at have den seneste version af indholdet af en fil, kan du indsætte en sektion i dit dokument, og så indsætte et link til tekstfilen i sektionen. Se <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\">indsæt en sektion</link> for detaljer."
|
|
|
|
#: 06190000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Update All"
|
|
msgstr "Opdater alt"
|
|
|
|
#: 06190000.xhp#hd_id3145824.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp\" name=\"Update All\">Update All</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp\" name=\"Opdater alt\">Opdater alt</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06190000.xhp#par_id3153004.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAll\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAll\" visibility=\"visible\">Opdaterer alle kæder, felter, indekser, indholdsfortegnelser og sideformateringer i det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Load Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Indlæs typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3151242.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3151242.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Load Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Indlæs typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3083446.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"vorlagentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:LoadStyles\">Imports formatting styles from another document or template into the current document.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"vorlagentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:LoadStyles\">Importerer typografier fra et andet dokument eller en anden skabelon til det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3149354.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3149354.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Categories"
|
|
msgstr "Kategorier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3154561.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_REGION\">Lists the available template categories. Click a category to view its contents in the <emph>Templates </emph>list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_REGION\">Lister de tilgængelige skabelonkategorier. Klik en kategori for at vise dets indhold i listen <emph>Skabeloner</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3149885.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3149885.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Templates"
|
|
msgstr "Skabeloner"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3145249.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_TEMPLATE\">Lists the available templates for the selected category.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_TEMPLATE\">Opremser de tilgængelige skabeloner til den valgte kategori.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3148392.10.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3148392.10.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Text"
|
|
msgstr "Tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3149026.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_TEXT_STYLE\">Loads the paragraph and the character styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_TEXT_STYLE\">Indlæser afsnits- og tegntypografierne fra det valgte dokument til det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3153717.12.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3153717.12.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Frame"
|
|
msgstr "Ramme"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3156320.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_FRAME_STYLE\">Loads the frame styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_FRAME_STYLE\">Indlæser rammetypografierne fra det valgte dokument til det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3147565.14.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3147565.14.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page"
|
|
msgstr "Side"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3154642.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_PAGE_STYLE\">Loads the page styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_PAGE_STYLE\">Indlæser sidetypografierne fra det valgte dokument til det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3153147.18.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3153147.18.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3152587.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_NUM_STYLE\">Loads the numbering styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_NUM_STYLE\">Indlæser nummereringstypografierne fra det valgte dokument til det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3151176.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Overwrite"
|
|
msgstr "Overskriv"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3147514.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_MERGE_STYLE\">Replaces styles in the current document that have the same name as the styles you are loading.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_MERGE_STYLE\">Erstatter typografier i det aktuelle dokument, som har det samme navn som de typografier, du indlæser.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3150358.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "Styles with identical names are automatically overwritten."
|
|
msgstr "Typografier med identiske navne bliver automatisk overskrevet."
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3153668.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "From file"
|
|
msgstr "Fra fil"
|
|
|
|
#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3147526.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_NEW_FILE_PB_LOAD_FILE\">Locate the file containing the styles that you want to load, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_NEW_FILE_PB_LOAD_FILE\">Find filen, der indeholder de typografier, som du vil indlæse, og klik så på <emph>Åbn</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_finent.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_finent.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Find Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Søg element"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Find Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Søg element"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1053D.help.text
|
|
msgid "Searches for a record or recipient in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">mail merge</link> address list."
|
|
msgstr "Søger efter en datapost eller modtager i <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">brevfletningens</link> adresseliste."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Find"
|
|
msgstr "Søg"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the search term.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast søgeordet</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text
|
|
msgid "Find only in"
|
|
msgstr "Søg kun i"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Restricts the search to one data field. </ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Begræns søgningen til ét datafelt. </ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1055C.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the data field where you want to search for the text."
|
|
msgstr "Marker datafeltet hvor du vil søge efter teksten."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Find"
|
|
msgstr "Søg"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10563.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays the next record that contains the search text.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Viser den næste datapost som indeholder søgeteksten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Input Field"
|
|
msgstr "Indtastningsfelt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090100.xhp#hd_id3147515.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090100.xhp#hd_id3147515.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Input Field"
|
|
msgstr "Indtastningsfelt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090100.xhp#par_id3146041.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLD_INPUT\">Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.</ahelp> You can use input fields for text, or to assign a new value to a variable."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLD_INPUT\">Indsætter et tekstfelt, som du kan åbne og redigere ved at klikke det i dokumentet.</ahelp> Du kan bruge indtastningsfelter til tekst, eller til at tildele en ny værdi til en variabel."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090100.xhp#par_id3154470.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialog."
|
|
msgstr "For at ændre indholdet af et indtastningsfelt i et dokument, klik på feltet, og rediger derefter teksten i den nederste boks af dialogen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090100.xhp#hd_id3153669.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090100.xhp#hd_id3153669.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090100.xhp#par_id3154571.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:DLG_FLD_INPUT:ED_EDIT\">The upper box displays the name that you entered in the <emph>Reference</emph> box of the Input Field on the <emph>Functions </emph>tab of the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog. The lower box displays the contents of the field.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:DLG_FLD_INPUT:ED_EDIT\">Den øverste felt viser navnet, som du indtastede i feltet <emph>Henvisning</emph> i indtastningsfeltet på fanebladet <emph>Funktioner</emph> i dialogen <emph>Felter</emph>. Det nederste felt viser feltets indhold.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090100.xhp#hd_id3155897.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090100.xhp#hd_id3155897.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Next"
|
|
msgstr "Næste"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090100.xhp#par_id3149691.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_FLD_INPUT:PB_NEXT\">Jumps to the next input field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available when you position the cursor directly before an input field, and then press Shift+Ctrl+F9."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_FLD_INPUT:PB_NEXT\">Hopper til det næste indtastningsfelt i dokumentet.</ahelp> Denne knap er kun tilgængelig, når du placerer markøren umiddelbart før et indtastningsfelt, og så trykker Skift+Ctrl+F9."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Condition"
|
|
msgstr "Betingelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#bm_id3154656.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; conditional</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditional styles</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>typografier; betinget</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>betingede typografier</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3154656.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp\" name=\"Condition\">Condition</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp\" name=\"Betingelse\">Betingelse</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3154766.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Define conditions for conditional styles here."
|
|
msgstr "Definer betingelser for betingede typografier her."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3151391.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Conditional styles are paragraph styles that have different properties depending on the context. Once defined, you cannot change the conditional properties of a conditional style."
|
|
msgstr "Betingede typografier er afsnitstypografier, som har forskellige egenskaber afhængigt af sammenhængen. Når de først er defineret, kan du ikke skifte de betingede egenskaber for en betinget typografi."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3149349.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "$[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialog fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a <emph>Context</emph> that has an <emph>Applied Style</emph> linked to it, then the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the <emph>Context</emph>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:"
|
|
msgstr "$[officename] påfører afsnitsegenskaberne for betingede typografier som følger (de fede termer svarende til titlerne på dialogfelter): Hvis et afsnit formateret med en betinget typografi er i en <emph>sammenhæng</emph>, som har en <emph>anvendt typografi</emph> forbundet til sig, anvendes <emph>afsnitstypografien</emph> fra denne betingelse. Hvis ingen typografi er forbundet med <emph>sammenhængen</emph>, anvendes attributterne, der er defineret i den betingede typografi. Følgende eksempel illustrerer denne sammenhæng:"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3149883.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Open a blank text document and write a short business letter with a header (<emph>Format</emph> - <emph>Page</emph> - <emph>Header</emph>)."
|
|
msgstr "Åbn et tomt tekstdokument og skriv et kort forretningsbrev med et sidehoved (<emph>Formater</emph>-<emph>Side</emph>-<emph>Sidehoved</emph>)."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3148768.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "Define a new Paragraph Style by choosing <emph>New</emph> in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and selecting all the paragraph properties that you want for your business letter in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog. Name this style \"Business letter\"."
|
|
msgstr "Definer en ny afsnitstypografi ved at vælge <emph>Nyt</emph> i <emph>Typografier og formatering</emph> vinduet, og udvælg alle afsnitsegenskaberne som du ønsker i dit forretningsbrev fra <emph>Afsnitstypografi</emph> dialogen. Navngiv denne typografi \"Forretningsbrev\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3153723.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Then click the <emph>Condition</emph> tab and select the <emph>Conditional style</emph> field to define the new Paragraph Style as a conditional style."
|
|
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Betingelse</emph> og vælg feltet <emph>Betinget typografi</emph> for at definere den nye afsnitstypografi som en betinget typografi."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3154647.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "In <emph>Context</emph>, select the header entry and under <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> select the style for the header in your business letter; for example, the default Paragraph Style \"Header\". You also can select your own style."
|
|
msgstr "I <emph>Kontekst</emph>, skal du markere sidehovedelementet og vælge den ønskede typografi til sidehovedet i dit forretningsbrev under <emph>Afsnitstypografier</emph>, for eksempel standardafsnitstypografien \"Sidehoved\". Du kan også vælge din egen typografi."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3150760.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can apply the Paragraph Style to the context by double-clicking the selected entry in the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> list box or by using <emph>Apply</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan føje afsnitstypografien til konteksten ved at dobbeltklikke på det valgte element i rullelisten <emph>Afsnitstypografier</emph> eller ved at bruge <emph>Anvend</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3149753.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Paragraph Style dialog, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new \"Business letter\" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display <item type=\"literal\">All Styles</item> or <item type=\"literal\">Custom Styles</item> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)"
|
|
msgstr "Klik <emph>OK</emph> for at lukke afsnitstypografidialogen og derefter formatere alle afsnit i dit forretningsbrev, inklusiv sidehovedet, med den nye betingede afsnitstypografi: \"Forretningsbrev\". (Når du klikker i sidehovedet, kan du have brug for at få vist <item type=\"literal\">Alle typografier</item> eller <item type=\"literal\">Brugerdefinerede typografier</item> i typografilisten for at anvende den nye forretningsbrevstypografi.)"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3145412.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "The header text now has the attributes you specified in the Header Paragraph Style, while the other parts of the document have the attributes defined in the business letter conditional Paragraph Style."
|
|
msgstr "Sidehovedteksten har nu de attributter, som du angav i afsnitstypografien Sidehoved, mens de andre dele af dokumentet har de attributter, der er defineret i den betingede afsnitstypografi Forretningsbrev."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3154473.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "The \"Text body\" Style was created as a conditional style. Therefore, any styles you derive from it can be used as conditional styles."
|
|
msgstr "\"Brødtekst\" typografi blev oprettet som en betinget typografi. Derfor kan enhver typografi, du kan danne på basis af den, bruges som betinget typografi."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3151321.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "The Paragraph Style applied to the context is used when exporting to other formats (RTF, HTML, and so on)."
|
|
msgstr "Afsnitstypografien, der anvendes til sammenhængen, bruges, når du eksporterer til andre formater (RTF, HTML, og så videre)."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3152952.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Conditional style"
|
|
msgstr "Betinget typografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3150974.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:CB_CONDITION\">Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:CB_CONDITION\">Afkryds dette felt for at angive en ny typografi som en betinget typografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3153672.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Context"
|
|
msgstr "Kontekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3147530.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_COND_COLL_TABLIST\">Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, numbering/bullets levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_COND_COLL_TABLIST\">Her kan du se $[officename] forud-definerede kontekster, inklusiv dispositionsniveau 1 til 10, nummerering/punkttegn niveauer 1 til 10, tabel sidehoved, tabel indhold, sektion, kant, fodnote, sidehoved og sidefod.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3155896.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Applied Style"
|
|
msgstr "Anvendt typografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3149689.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Here you can see the list of all Paragraph Styles applied to a context."
|
|
msgstr "Her du kan se listen over alle afsnitstypografier, der er anvendt i en sammenhæng."
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3154194.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130100.xhp#hd_id3154194.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3159195.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:LB_STYLE\">A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:LB_STYLE\">En liste over alle afsnitstypografier som kan blive tildelt til en sammenhæng er indeholdt i rullelisten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3149306.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130100.xhp#hd_id3149306.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Remove"
|
|
msgstr "Fjern"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3151335.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_REMOVE\">Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_REMOVE\">Klik her for at fjerne den aktuelle kontekst der er tildelt til den valgte typografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3149483.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05130100.xhp#hd_id3149483.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Assign"
|
|
msgstr "Tildel"
|
|
|
|
#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3154829.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_ASSIGN\">Click <emph>Assign</emph> to apply the <emph>selected Paragraph Style</emph> to the defined <emph>context</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_ASSIGN\">Klik på <emph>Anvend</emph> for at anvende den <emph>valgte afsnitstypografi</emph> til den angivne <emph>sammenhæng</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Envelope"
|
|
msgstr "Konvolut"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#bm_id7094027.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;envelopes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>letters;inserting envelopes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>envelopes</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indsætte;konvolutter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>breve;indsætte konvolutter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>konvolutter</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#hd_id3145245.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp\" name=\"Envelope\">Envelope</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp\" name=\"Konvolut\">Konvolut</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#par_id3149289.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"briefum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertEnvelope\">Creates an envelope.</ahelp> On three tab pages, you can specify the addressee and sender, the position and format for both addresses, the size of the envelope, and the envelope orientation.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"briefum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertEnvelope\">Opretter en konvolut.</ahelp> På tre fanesider kan du angive modtageradresse og afsender, placering og format for begge adresser, størrelsen af konvolutten samt konvoluttens retning.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#hd_id3153540.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "New doc."
|
|
msgstr "Nyt dok."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#par_id3154473.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_PRINT\">Creates a new document and inserts the envelope.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_PRINT\">Opretter et nyt dokument og indsætter konvolutten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#hd_id3152959.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070000.xhp#hd_id3152959.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#par_id3151320.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_INSERT\">Inserts the envelope before the current page in the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_INSERT\">Indsætter konvolutten før den aktuelle side i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#hd_id8208563.help.text
|
|
msgid "To delete an envelope from a document"
|
|
msgstr "For at slette en konvolut fra et dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#par_id396130.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click into the envelope page to make it the current page."
|
|
msgstr "Klik på konvolutsiden for at gøre den til den aktuelle side."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#par_id7174596.help.text
|
|
msgid "Right-click the field on the status line that shows \"Envelope\"."
|
|
msgstr "Højreklik på statuslinjens felt \"Konvolut\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#par_id7657704.help.text
|
|
msgid "A submenu opens showing some page styles."
|
|
msgstr "En undermenu med sidetypografier åbnes."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#par_id5187536.help.text
|
|
msgid "Choose the \"Default\" page style from the submenu."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg sidetypografien \"Standard\" fra undermenuen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#par_id6952726.help.text
|
|
msgid "This removes the special \"Envelope\" page formatting."
|
|
msgstr "Dette fjerner den specielle sideformatering \"Konvolut\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070000.xhp#par_id1777092.help.text
|
|
msgid "Delete the frames for sender and recipient. Click the border of each frame and press the Del key."
|
|
msgstr "Slet rammerne for afsender og modtager. Klik på kanten af hver ramme og tryk på Deletetasten."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120225.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Entries (user-defined index)"
|
|
msgstr "Elementer (brugerdefineret indeks)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120225.xhp#hd_id3147406.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp\" name=\"Entries (user-defined index)\">Entries (user-defined index)</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp\" name=\"Elementer (brugerdefineret indeks)\">Elementer (brugerdefineret indeks)</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120225.xhp#par_id3146318.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the entries in a user-defined index. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Angiv formatet for elementerne i et brugerdefineret indeks.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120225.xhp#par_id3150020.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "User-defined indexes do not support sub-keys."
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefinerede indekser understøtter kun et enkelt indeksniveau."
|
|
|
|
#: 03090000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "03090000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Felter"
|
|
|
|
#: 03090000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Field Names</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Feltnavne</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03090000.xhp#par_id3147171.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Fieldnames\">Switches the field display between field names and field contents.</ahelp> A check mark indicates that the field names are displayed, and no check mark indicates that field contents are displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Fieldnames\">Skifter mellem visning af felters navn og indhold.</ahelp> Et flueben indikerer, at feltnavnene vises, og intet flueben indikerer, at feltindholdet vises. Noget feltindhold kan ikke vises."
|
|
|
|
#: 03090000.xhp#par_id3149287.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph>, and then select the<emph> Field codes </emph>checkbox in the <emph>Display</emph> area."
|
|
msgstr "For at ændre standard feltvisning til feltnavne i stedet for indholdet, skal du vælge <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Visning</emph>, og så vælge afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Feltkoder</emph> i området <emph>Vis</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 03090000.xhp#par_id3154098.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you print a document with <emph>View - Field Names</emph> enabled, you are prompted to include the field names in the print out."
|
|
msgstr "Når du udskriver et dokument med <emph>Vis - Feltnavne</emph> aktiveret, bliver du spurgt, om feltnavnene skal inkluderes i udskriften."
|
|
|
|
#: 03090000.xhp#par_id3145579.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields\">Insert - Fields</link>."
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields\">Indsæt - Felter</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Cross-references"
|
|
msgstr "Krydshenvisninger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id3153641.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"Cross-references\">Cross-references</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"Krydshenvisninger\">Krydshenvisninger</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155142.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"reftext\"><ahelp hid=\".\">This is where you insert the references or referenced fields into the current document. References are referenced fields within the same document or within sub-documents of a master document.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"reftext\"><ahelp hid=\".\">Her kan du sætte henvisningerne eller de felter, der henvises til, ind i det aktuelle dokument. Henvisninger er felter, der henvises til indenfor det samme dokument eller indenfor underdokumenter af et hoveddokument.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3159197.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "The advantage of entering a cross-reference as a field is that you do not have to adjust the references manually every time you change the document. Just update the fields with F9 and the references in the document are updated too."
|
|
msgstr "Fordelen ved indtaste en krydshenvisning som et felt er, at du ikke behøver at tilpasse henvisningerne manuelt, hver gang du ændrer dokumentet. Du skal bare opdatere felterne med F9, og så opdateres henvisningerne i dokumentet også."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id4333628.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#hd_id4333628.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id4516129.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Selection list, and then click Insert.</ahelp> The following fields are available:"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lister de tilgængelige felttyper. For at tilføje et felt til dit dokument, skal du klikke på en felttype, klikke på et felt i udvalgslisten og så klikke på Indsæt.</ahelp> Følgende felter er tilgængelige:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3151380.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3151380.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150700.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3150700.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Meaning"
|
|
msgstr "Betydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155862.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Set Reference"
|
|
msgstr "Sæt henvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3147422.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Set target for a referenced field. Under <emph>Name</emph>, enter a name for the reference. When inserting the reference, the name will then appear as an identification in the list box <emph>Selection</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Definer målet for et henvist felt. Under <emph>Navn</emph>, indtast et navn for henvisningen. Når henvisningen indsættes, vil navnet fremkomme som en identifikation i rullelisten <emph>Udvalg</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149556.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For the target in HTML documents, you have to <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"insert a bookmark\">insert a bookmark</link>."
|
|
msgstr "I et HTML-dokument ignoreres henvisningsfelter, som er indtastet på denne måde. For målet i HTML-dokumenter er du nødt til at <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"insert a bookmark\">indsætte et bogmærke</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150548.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Insert Reference"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt henvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3147746.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position has to be defined with \"Set Reference\" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under <emph>Selection</emph> is not possible."
|
|
msgstr "Indsættelse af en henvisning til en anden placering i dokumentet. Målet for henvisningen er nødt til at være defineret med \"Sæt henvisning\" først. Ellers er indsættelse af en henvisning ved at vælge et feltnavn under <emph>Udvalg</emph> ikke muligt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3146344.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and has to be entered \"by hand\"."
|
|
msgstr "I hoveddokumenter kan du også henvise fra et underdokument til et andet. Bemærk at henvisningsnavnet ikke vil fremkomme i udvalgsfeltet og derfor skal indtastes \"manuelt\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149847.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For referenced fields in HTML documents, you have to <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020400.xhp\" name=\"insert a hyperlink\">insert a hyperlink</link>."
|
|
msgstr "I et HTML-dokument ignoreres henvisningsfelter, som er indtastet på denne måde. For henviste felter i HTML-dokumenter er du nødt til at <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020400.xhp\" name=\"insert a hyperlink\">indsætte et hyperlink</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id2408825.help.text
|
|
msgid "Headings"
|
|
msgstr "Overskrifter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id9988402.help.text
|
|
msgid "The Selection box shows a list of all headings in the order of their appearance in the document."
|
|
msgstr "Markeringsboksen viser en liste af alle overskrifter i den rækkefølge de optræder i i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6401257.help.text
|
|
msgid "Numbered Paragraphs"
|
|
msgstr "Nummererede afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id5841242.help.text
|
|
msgid "The Selection box shows a list of all numbered headings and numbered paragraphs in the order of their appearance in the document."
|
|
msgstr "Valgboksen viser en liste med alle nummererede overskrifter og nummererede afsnit i den rækkefølge, de optræder i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id306711.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id306711.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Bookmarks"
|
|
msgstr "Bogmærker"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150907.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "After inserting a bookmark in the document with <emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph>, the bookmarks entry on the <emph>References</emph> tab becomes usable. Bookmarks are used to mark certain text passages in a document. In a text document, you can use the bookmarks, for example, to jump from one passage in the document to another."
|
|
msgstr "Efter indsættelse af et bogmærke i dokumentet med <emph>Indsæt - Bogmærke</emph> vil bogmærkeelementet på fanebladet <emph>Henvisninger</emph> kunne bruges. Bogmærker bruges sædvanligvis til at markere bestemte tekstpassager i et dokument. I et tekstdokument kan du for eksempel bruge bogmærkerne til at hoppe fra en passage i dokumentet til en anden."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155080.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "In an HTML document, these bookmarks become anchors <A name>, which determine the target of hyperlinks for example."
|
|
msgstr "I et HTML-dokument bliver disse bogmærker ankre <A navn>, som bestemmer målet for eksempelvis hyperlinks."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id0818200811011072.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id0818200811011072.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footnotes"
|
|
msgstr "Fodnoter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id0818200811011049.help.text
|
|
msgid "If your documents contains a footnote, you can select the Footnotes entry. A reference to a footnote returns the footnote number."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis dine dokumenter indeholder en fodnote, kan du vælge elementet Fodnoter. En reference til en fodnote returnerer fodnotenummeret."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6794030.help.text
|
|
msgid "(Inserted objects with captions)"
|
|
msgstr "(Indsatte objekter med etiketter)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id7096774.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can set references to objects that have captions applied. For example, insert a picture, right-click the picture, choose Caption. Now the object shows up as a numbered \"Illustration\" in the list."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan sætte referencer til objekter som har anvendt billedtekster. For eksempel, indsæt et billede, højreklik på billedet og vælg Billedtekst. Nu vises objektet som en nummereret \"Illustration\" på listen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3154772.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to reenter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as \"unformatted text\" at the same position using the command <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted."
|
|
msgstr "Henvisninger er felter. For at fjerne en henvisning, skal du slette feltet. Hvis du definerer en længere tekst som en henvisning, og du ikke vil genindtaste den efter at have slettet henvisningen, kan du vælge teksten og kopiere den til udklipsholderen. Så kan du genindsætte den som \"uformateret tekst\" på den samme position ved at bruge kommandoen <emph>Rediger - Indsæt speciel</emph>. Teksten forbliver intakt, mens henvisningen bliver slettet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id5824152.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#hd_id5824152.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Selection"
|
|
msgstr "Markering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id7374187.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the \"Insert reference to\" list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lister de tilgængelige felter for felttypen valgt i listen <emph>Type</emph>. For at indsætte et felt, klik på feltet, vælg et format i listen \"Indsæt reference til\" og klik så på <emph>Indsæt</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id7729728.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id7729728.help.text"
|
|
msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field."
|
|
msgstr "For hurtigt at indsætte et felt fra listen, hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> nede og dobbeltklik i feltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id2171086.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, click the format that you want to use."
|
|
msgstr "I listen <emph>Indsæt reference til</emph> skal du klikke på formatet, som du vil bruge."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id3154333.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "Insert reference to"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt reference til"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3148786.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_REF:LB_REFFORMAT\">Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.</ahelp> The following formats are available:"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_REF:LB_REFFORMAT\">Vælg formatet, som du vil bruge til det valgte henvisningsfelt.</ahelp> De følgende formater er tilgængelige:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id7576525.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id7576525.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Format"
|
|
msgstr "Format"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id641193.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id641193.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Meaning"
|
|
msgstr "Betydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150039.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3150039.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Page"
|
|
msgstr "Side"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3153134.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter sidenummeret på den side, der indeholder henvisningsmålet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150681.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3150681.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Reference"
|
|
msgstr "Henvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3154040.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the complete reference target text. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter den fuldstændige henvisningsmåltekst. For fodnoter indsættes fodnotens nummer."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149972.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "Above/Below"
|
|
msgstr "Over/under"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149619.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts \"above\" or \"below\", depending on the location of the reference target relative to the position of the reference field."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter \"over\" eller \"under\", afhængigt af placeringen af henvisningsmålet relativt til positionen på henvisningsfeltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3148705.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "As Page Style"
|
|
msgstr "Som sidetypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3148728.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target using the format specified in the page style."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter sidenummeret på den side, der indeholder henvisningsmålet ved at bruge formatet specificeret i sidetypografien."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id5699942.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id5699942.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Number"
|
|
msgstr "Tal"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6420484.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including superior levels depending on the context. See note below this table for more information."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter nummeret på overskriften eller det nummererede afsnit, inklusiv overordnede niveauer afhængigt af sammenhængen. Se noten under denne tabel for mere information."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6986602.help.text
|
|
msgid "Number (no context)"
|
|
msgstr "Tal (ingen sammenhæng)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id616779.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts only the number of the heading or numbered paragraph."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter kun antallet af overskriften eller nummereret afsnit."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id791039.help.text
|
|
msgid "Number (full context)"
|
|
msgstr "Tal (fuld sammenhæng)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id1953489.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including all superior levels."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter nummeret på overskriften eller det nummererede afsnit, inklusiv alle overordnede niveauer."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3154635.25.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3154635.25.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Chapter"
|
|
msgstr "Kapitel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149646.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the number of the chapter containing the reference target."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter nummeret på det kapitel, der indeholder henvisningsmålet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155553.33.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3155553.33.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Category and Number"
|
|
msgstr "Kategori og nummer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155356.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the category (caption type) and the number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter kategorien (billedteksttype) og nummeret på henvisningsmålet. Denne valgmulighed er kun tilgængelig, når henvisningsmålet er et objekt med en billedtekst."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3154224.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "Caption Text"
|
|
msgstr "Billedtekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3145105.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the caption label of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter billedtekstetiketten fra henvisningsmålet. Denne valgmulighed er kun tilgængelig, når henvisningsmålet er et objekt med en billedtekst."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149587.37.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3149587.37.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3146883.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the caption number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter nummeret på billedteksten fra henvisningsmålet. Denne valgmulighed er kun tilgængelig, når henvisningsmålet er et objekt med en billedtekst."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id757469.help.text
|
|
msgid "The \"Number\" format inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph. The superior levels are included depending on the context, as necessary. "
|
|
msgstr "\"Tal\" formatet indsætter nummeret på overskrift eller nummereret afsnit. De overliggende niveauer inkluderes om nødvendigt afhængigt af konteksten. "
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id5189062.help.text
|
|
msgid "For example, when you are in a chapter 1, subchapter 2, subpart 5, this may be numbered as 1.2.5. When you insert here a reference to text in the previous subpart \"1.2.4\" and you apply the \"Number\" format, then the reference will be shown as \"4\". If in this example the numbering is set to show more sublevels, the same reference will be shown as \"2.4\" or \"1.2.4\", depending on the setting. If you use the \"Number (full context)\" format, you will always see \"1.2.4\", no matter how the numbered paragraph is formatted."
|
|
msgstr "For eksempel, når du er i kapitel 1, underkapitel 2, afsnit 5, kan dette være nummereret som 1.2.5. Når du her indsætter en reference til tekst i det foregående afsnit \"1.2.4\", og du anvender formatet \"Tal\", henvisningen vil blive vist som \"4\". Hvis nummereringen i dette eksempel bliver sat til vis flere underniveuaer, vil den samme reference blive vist som \"2.4\" eller \"1.2.4\" afhængigt af indstillingen. Hvis du bruger formatet Tal (fuld sammenhæng)\", vil du altid se \"1.2.4\", uanset hvordan det nummererede afsnit bliver formateret."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id3156242.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#hd_id3156242.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3156259.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_REF:ED_REFNAME\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp> To set a target, click \"Set Reference\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list, type a name in this box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. To reference the new target, click the target name in the <emph>Selection</emph> list."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_REF:ED_REFNAME\">Indtast navnet på det brugerdefinerede felt, som du vil oprette.</ahelp> For at sætte et mål skal du klikke på \"Sæt henvisning\" i listen <emph>Type</emph>, skrive et navn i denne boks og så klikke på <emph>Indsæt</emph>. For at henvise til det nye mål skal du klikke på målnavnet i listen <emph>Udvalg</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3156032.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the<emph> Selection</emph> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the <emph>Name </emph>box."
|
|
msgstr "I et hoveddokument bliver mål, som er i forskellige underdokumenter, ikke vist i listen <emph>Udvalg</emph>. Hvis du vil indsætte en henvisning til målet, skal du indtaste stien og navnet i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id0903200802250745.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined fields.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Indtast indholdet som du vil føje til et brugerdefineret felt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3159216.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you select text in the document, and then insert a reference, the selected text becomes the contents of the field that you insert."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du markerer tekst i dokumentet og så indsætter en henvisning, vil den markerede tekst blive til indholdet af det felt, som du indsætter."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6501968.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Edit the value.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Rediger værdien.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120300.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120300.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Select"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120300.xhp#hd_id3154660.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp\" name=\"Select\">Select</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp\" name=\"Marker\">Marker</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120300.xhp#par_id3154765.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireColumn\" visibility=\"visible\">Selects the column that contains the cursor.</ahelp> This option is only available if the cursor is in a table."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireColumn\" visibility=\"visible\">Markerer den kolonne, som markøren er i.</ahelp> Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis markøren er i en tabel."
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Mail Merge"
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletning"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3150757.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3150757.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Mail Merge"
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletning"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3151187.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeDialog\">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialog, which helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeDialog\">Åbner dialogen <emph>Brevfletning</emph>, som hjælper dig med at udskrive og gemme formularbreve.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3154102.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "During printing, the database information replaces the corresponding database fields (placeholders). For more information about inserting database fields refer to the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"Database\"><emph>Database</emph></link> tab page under <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Under udskrivningen erstatter databaseinformationen de tilsvarende databasefelter (pladsholdere). For mere information om indsættelse af databasefelter henvises til fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"Database\"><emph>Database</emph></link> under <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Andre</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id8186895.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select a database and table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Marker en database og tabel.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3101901.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click to create one big document containing all data records.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Klik for at oprette et enkelt stort dokument, som indeholder alle dataposter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id5345011.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click to create one document for every one data record.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Klik for at oprette et dokument for hver datapost.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id5631580.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Generate each file name from data contained in a database.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Generer hvert filnavn fra data i en database.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id8992889.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select the file format.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Marker filformatet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3154482.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Records"
|
|
msgstr "Dataposter"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3154565.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Determines the number of records for printing the form letter. One letter will be printed for each record."
|
|
msgstr "Afgør antallet af dataposter til udskrivning af formularbrevet. Et brev bliver udskrevet for hver datapost."
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3155896.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3155896.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "All"
|
|
msgstr "Alle"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149691.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_ALL\">Processes all the records from the database.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_ALL\">Bruger alle dataposterne fra databasen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3155186.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Selected records"
|
|
msgstr "Markerede dataposter"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149483.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_MARKED\">Processes only the marked records from the database. This option is only available when you have previously marked the necessary records in the database.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_MARKED\">Bruger kun de markerede dataposter fra databasen. Denne valgmulighed er kun tilgængelig, når du forinden har markeret de nødvendige dataposter i databasen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3149819.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3149819.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "From"
|
|
msgstr "Fra"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149104.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FROM\">Specifies which records to include in your form letter.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FROM\">Angiver hvilke dataposter, der skal inkluderes i dit formularbrev.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3151260.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "From:"
|
|
msgstr "Fra:"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149034.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_FROM\">Specifies the number of the first record to be printed.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_FROM\">Angiver nummeret på den første datapost, som skal udskrives.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3153631.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "To:"
|
|
msgstr "Til:"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3145758.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_TO\">Specifies the number of the last record to be printed.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_TO\">Angiver nummeret på den sidste datapost, som skal udskrives.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3152772.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Output"
|
|
msgstr "Output"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3155138.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Determines whether to send your form letters to a printer or save them to a file."
|
|
msgstr "Bestemmer om dine formularbreve skal sendes til en printer eller gemmes som en fil."
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3150485.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3150485.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Printer"
|
|
msgstr "Printer"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149167.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_PRINTER\">Prints the form letters.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_PRINTER\">Udskriver formularbrevene.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3145773.39.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3145773.39.help.text"
|
|
msgid "File"
|
|
msgstr "Fil"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3155910.40.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FILE\">Saves the form letters in files.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FILE\">Gemmer formularbrevene i filer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3151371.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "Single print jobs"
|
|
msgstr "Opret enkelte printerjob"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3155858.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:CB_SINGLE_JOBS\">Prints each form letter individually with the selected printer.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:CB_SINGLE_JOBS\">Udskriver hvert formulabrev individuelt på den valgte printer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3150111.41.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3150111.41.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Path"
|
|
msgstr "Sti"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3150687.42.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_PATH\">Specifies the path to store the form letters.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_PATH\">Angiver stien til lagring af formularbrevene.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3147412.43.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3147412.43.help.text"
|
|
msgid "..."
|
|
msgstr "..."
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149553.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:PB_PATH\">Opens the<emph> Select Path </emph>dialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:PB_PATH\">Åbner dialogen <emph>Vælg sti</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3145263.49.help.text
|
|
msgid "Generate file name from"
|
|
msgstr "Generer filnavn fra"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3150547.50.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specifies how the file name is generated."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver hvordan filnavnet genereres."
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3150561.45.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3150561.45.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Database field"
|
|
msgstr "Databasefelt"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149829.46.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:LB_COLUMN\">Uses the content of the selected data field as the file name for the form letter.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:LB_COLUMN\">Bruger indholdet af det valgte datafelt som filnavn på formularbrevet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3149848.47.help.text
|
|
msgid "Manual setting"
|
|
msgstr "Manuel indstilling"
|
|
|
|
#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3153289.48.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_FILENAME\">Creates the file name based on the text you enter, followed by a serial number.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_FILENAME\">Opretter filnavnet baseret på den tekst, som du indtaster, efterfulgt af et serienummer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger felter"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150493.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3150493.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger felter"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3151184.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FieldDialog\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.</ahelp> In the dialog, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FieldDialog\">Åbner en dialog, hvor du kan ændre egenskaberne for et felt. Klik foran et felt, og vælg så denne kommando.</ahelp> I dialogen kan du bruge piletasterne til at flytte til forrige eller næste felt.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3151168.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also double-click a field in your document to open the field for editing."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også dobbeltklikke et felt i dit dokument for at åbne feltet til redigering."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3153668.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "To change the view between field names and field contents in your document, choose <emph>View - Fields</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "For at skifte visningen mellem feltnavne og feltindhold i dit dokument, vælg <emph>Vis - Felter</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3149106.59.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you select a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link in your document, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields, </emph>the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Links\"><emph>Edit Links</emph></link> dialog opens."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du vælger en <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>-kæde i dit dokument og så vælger <emph>Rediger - Felter</emph>, vil dialogen <link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Links\"><emph>Rediger kæder</emph></link> åbne."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3149036.60.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you click in front of a \"sender\" type field, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>, the <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"User data\"><emph>User data</emph></link> dialog opens."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du klikker foran et \"afsender\"-felt og så vælger <emph>Rediger - Felter</emph>, vil dialogen <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"User data\"><emph>Brugerdata</emph></link> åbne."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3145765.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3145765.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3155142.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Lists the type of field that you are editing."
|
|
msgstr "Oplister typen af felt, som du redigerer."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3151371.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "The following dialog elements are only visible when the corresponding field type is selected."
|
|
msgstr "De følgende dialogelementer er kun synlige, når den tilsvarende felttype er valgt."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150687.56.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3150687.56.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Select"
|
|
msgstr "Udvalg"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3150700.57.help.text
|
|
msgid "Lists the field options, for example, \"fixed\". If you want, you can click another option for the selected field type."
|
|
msgstr "Oplister feltindstillingerne, for eksempel, \"fast\". Hvis du vil, kan du klikke en anden indstilling for den valgte felttype."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3155854.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3155854.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Format"
|
|
msgstr "Format"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3147409.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKNUMFORMAT\">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click \"Additional formats\" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKNUMFORMAT\">Vælg formateringen af feltets indhold. For dato, klokkeslæt og brugerdefinerede felter kan du også klikke \"Yderligere formater\" på listen, og så vælge et andet format.</ahelp> De tilgængelige formater afhænger af felttypen, som du redigerer."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3149556.24.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3149556.24.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Offset"
|
|
msgstr "Forskydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3145256.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for \"Next Page,\" \"Page Numbers\" or \"Previous Page\". You can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number."
|
|
msgstr "Viser forskydningen for den valgte felttype, for eksempel til \"Næste side\", \"Sidetal\" eller \"Forrige side\". Du kan indtaste en ny forskydningsværdi, der vil blive lagt til det viste sidetal."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id5081637.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#par_id5081637.help.text"
|
|
msgid "If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du vil ændre det faktiske sidetal og ikke det viste sidetal, skal du ikke bruge værdien <emph>Forskydning</emph>. For at ændre sidetal skal du læse vejledningen om <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"><emph>Sidetal</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3145269.22.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3145269.22.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Level"
|
|
msgstr "Niveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3150559.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "Change the defined values and outline levels for the \"Chapter\" field type."
|
|
msgstr "Skift de angivne værdier og dispositionsniveauer for felttypen \"Kapitel\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3147744.14.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3147744.14.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3149834.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the name of a field variable. If you want, you can enter a new name."
|
|
msgstr "Viser navnet på en feltvariabel. Hvis du vil, kan du indtaste et nyt navn."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3148844.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3148844.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Value"
|
|
msgstr "Værdi"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3148857.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the current value of the field variable. If you want, you can enter a new value."
|
|
msgstr "Viser den aktuelle værdi af feltvariablen. Hvis du vil, kan du skrive en ny værdi."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3153306.16.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3153306.16.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Condition"
|
|
msgstr "Betingelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3156124.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the condition that must be met for the field to be activated. If you want, you can enter a new <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link>."
|
|
msgstr "Viser den betingelse, der skal være opfyldt, for at feltet er aktiveret. Hvis du vil, kan du indtaste en ny <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">betingelse</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3156103.26.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3156103.26.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Then, Else"
|
|
msgstr "Så, Ellers"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3155073.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "Change the field contents that are displayed depending on whether the field condition is met or not."
|
|
msgstr "Skift feltindholdet som vises, afhængig af om feltbetingelsen er opfyldt eller ej."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3154326.30.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3154326.30.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Reference"
|
|
msgstr "Henvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3154339.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "Insert or modify the reference text for the selected field."
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt eller modificer henvisningsteksten for det valgte felt."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3148785.18.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3148785.18.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Macro name"
|
|
msgstr "Makronavn"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3148798.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the name of the macro assigned to the selected field."
|
|
msgstr "Viser navnet på makroen tildelt til det valgte felt."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150097.32.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3150097.32.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Placeholder"
|
|
msgstr "Pladsholder"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3150027.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the placeholder text of the selected field."
|
|
msgstr "Viser pladsholderteksten for det valgte felt."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150041.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "Insert Text"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3153126.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the text that is linked to a condition."
|
|
msgstr "Viser den tekst som er sammenkædet med en betingelse."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3153140.61.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3153140.61.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Formula"
|
|
msgstr "Formel"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3154624.62.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the formula of a formula field."
|
|
msgstr "Viser formlen i et formelfelt."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150658.63.help.text
|
|
msgid "Database selection"
|
|
msgstr "Databaseudvalg"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3150671.64.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select a registered database that you want to insert the selected field from. You can also change the table or query that the selected field refers to."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg en registreret database, som du vil indsætte det valgte felt fra. Du kan også ændre tabellen eller forespørgslen, som det valgte felt henviser til."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3154025.38.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3154025.38.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Record number"
|
|
msgstr "Datapostnummer"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3154039.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "Displays the database record number that is inserted when the condition specified for the \"Any record\" field type is met. "
|
|
msgstr "Viser databasepostnummeret, der indsættes, når betingelsen, der er specificeret for felttypen \"Vilkårlig datapost\", er opfyldt."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3149960.47.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3149960.47.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Left Arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Pil mod venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3149602.49.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV\">Jumps to the previous field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV\">Hopper til det næste felt af samme type i dokumentet.</ahelp> Denne knap er kun aktiv, når et dokument indeholder mere end ét felt af den samme type."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3155341.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155348\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155348\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3148728.48.help.text
|
|
msgid "Previous Field"
|
|
msgstr "Forrige felt"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3155541.50.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3155541.50.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Right Arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Pil mod højre"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3146846.52.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT\">Jumps to the next field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT\">Hopper til foregående felt af den samme type i dokumentet.</ahelp> Denne knap er kun aktiv, når et dokument indeholder mere end ét felt af den samme type."
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3145117.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149575\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149575\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149575\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149575\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3146891.51.help.text
|
|
msgid "Next Field"
|
|
msgstr "Næste felt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Macro"
|
|
msgstr "Makro"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3145241.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Macro\">Macro</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Makro\">Makro</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3158429.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Specifies the macro to run when you click a graphic, frame, or an OLE object.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Specificerer makroen, som skal køre, når du klikker grafik, en ramme eller et OLE-objekt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3147176.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3147176.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Event"
|
|
msgstr "Hændelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147564.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Lists the events that can trigger a macro.</ahelp> Only the events that are relevant to the selected object are listed."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Lister de hændelser, som kan udløse en makro.</ahelp> Kun de hændelser, som er relevante for det valgte objekt, er nævnt."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149286.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "The following table lists the object types and the events that can trigger a macro:"
|
|
msgstr "Følgende tabel opremser de objekttyper og hændelser, som kan udløse en makro:"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3152949.24.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3152949.24.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Event"
|
|
msgstr "Hændelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149808.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "Event trigger"
|
|
msgstr "Hændelsesudløser"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3152957.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "OLE object"
|
|
msgstr "OLE-objekt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154564.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3154564.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Graphics"
|
|
msgstr "Grafik"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3153675.28.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3153675.28.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Frame"
|
|
msgstr "Ramme"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154473.29.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3154473.29.help.text"
|
|
msgid "AutoText"
|
|
msgstr "Autotekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149684.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "ImageMap area"
|
|
msgstr "Imagemap-område"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154197.31.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3154197.31.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Hyperlink"
|
|
msgstr "Hyperlink"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155182.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click object"
|
|
msgstr "Klik på objekt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149489.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "object is selected"
|
|
msgstr "objekt er markeret"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3151249.34.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3151249.34.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149104.35.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3149104.35.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147089.36.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3147089.36.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3153637.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mouse over object"
|
|
msgstr "Mus over objekt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147579.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "mouse pointer moves over the object"
|
|
msgstr "musemarkør flyttes over objektet"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3152779.39.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3152779.39.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3153349.40.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3153349.40.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149174.41.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3149174.41.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3151031.42.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3151031.42.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145784.43.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3145784.43.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155910.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "Trigger Hyperlink"
|
|
msgstr "Udløs hyperlink"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155857.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "hyperlink that is assigned to the object is clicked"
|
|
msgstr "hyperlink, der er tildelt objektet, bliver klikket"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150693.46.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3150693.46.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147423.47.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3147423.47.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145256.48.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3145256.48.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149554.49.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3149554.49.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155976.50.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mouse leaves object "
|
|
msgstr "Mus forlader objekt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149216.51.help.text
|
|
msgid "mouse pointer moves off the object"
|
|
msgstr "musemarkør flyttes fra objektet"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147739.52.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3147739.52.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3146336.53.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3146336.53.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149841.54.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3149841.54.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3148436.55.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3148436.55.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3151082.56.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3151082.56.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154780.57.help.text
|
|
msgid "Graphics load successful "
|
|
msgstr "Indlæsning af grafik fuldført"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145304.58.help.text
|
|
msgid "graphic is loaded successfully"
|
|
msgstr "grafik er indlæst"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150169.59.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3150169.59.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154718.60.help.text
|
|
msgid "Graphics load terminated"
|
|
msgstr "Indlæsning af grafik afbrudt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156136.61.help.text
|
|
msgid "loading of the graphic is terminated by the user (for example, when downloading)"
|
|
msgstr "indlæsning af grafikken er afbrudt af brugeren (for eksempel ved download)"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156105.62.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3156105.62.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155079.63.help.text
|
|
msgid "Graphics load faulty"
|
|
msgstr "Indlæsning af grafik fejlede"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149250.64.help.text
|
|
msgid "graphic is not successfully loaded"
|
|
msgstr "grafik er ikke korrekt indlæst"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154327.65.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3154327.65.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3148779.66.help.text
|
|
msgid "Input of alpha characters "
|
|
msgstr "Indtastning af alphategn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150030.67.help.text
|
|
msgid "text is inputted"
|
|
msgstr "tekst er indtastet"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155792.68.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3155792.68.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154623.69.help.text
|
|
msgid "Input of non-alpha characters "
|
|
msgstr "Indtastning af ikke-alfategn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147391.70.help.text
|
|
msgid "Nonprinting characters, such as tabs and line breaks, are entered"
|
|
msgstr "Kontroltegn, såsom tabulatorer og linjeskift, indtastes"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150666.71.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3150666.71.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149963.72.help.text
|
|
msgid "Resize frame"
|
|
msgstr "Modificer rammestørrelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147284.73.help.text
|
|
msgid "frame is resized"
|
|
msgstr "rammestørrelse bliver ændret"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150774.74.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3150774.74.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3148713.75.help.text
|
|
msgid "Move frame"
|
|
msgstr "Flyt ramme"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155349.76.help.text
|
|
msgid "frame is moved"
|
|
msgstr "ramme bliver flyttet"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155553.77.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3155553.77.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154227.78.help.text
|
|
msgid "Before inserting AutoText"
|
|
msgstr "Før indsættelse af Autotekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155785.79.help.text
|
|
msgid "before AutoText is inserted"
|
|
msgstr "før Autotekst bliver indsat"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145292.80.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3145292.80.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145096.81.help.text
|
|
msgid "After inserting AutoText"
|
|
msgstr "Efter indsættelse af Autotekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149577.82.help.text
|
|
msgid "after AutoText is inserted"
|
|
msgstr "efter Autotekst bliver indsat"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156237.83.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3156237.83.help.text"
|
|
msgid "x"
|
|
msgstr "x"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3159203.89.help.text
|
|
msgid "For events that are linked to controls in forms, see <link href=\"text/shared/02/01170103.xhp\" name=\"Control properties\">Control properties</link> or <link href=\"text/shared/02/01170202.xhp\" name=\"Form properties\">Form properties</link>."
|
|
msgstr "For hændelser som er forbundet med kontrolelementer i formularer, se <link href=\"text/shared/02/01170103.xhp\" name=\"Control properties\">Kontrolelementegenskaber</link>, eller <link href=\"text/shared/02/01170202.xhp\" name=\"Form properties\">Formularegenskaber</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3156030.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Macros"
|
|
msgstr "Makroer"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156043.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Angiver den makro, der udføres, når den valgte hændelse indtræffer.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156058.84.help.text
|
|
msgid "Frames allow you to link certain events to a function that then decides if the event is handled by $[officename] Writer or by the function. See the $[officename] Basic Help for more information."
|
|
msgstr "Rammer giver dig mulighed for at forbinde bestemte hændelser med en funktion, som så bestemmer om hændelsen bliver håndteret af $[officename] Writer eller af funktionen. Se $[officename] Basic Hjælp for mere information."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3149271.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3149271.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Category"
|
|
msgstr "Kategori"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149284.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.</ahelp> Within this list, select the location where you want to save the macros."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Lister $[officename]-programmet og ethvert åbent $[officename]-dokument.</ahelp> Vælg i denne liste, hvor du vil gemme makroerne."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3156441.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3156441.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Macro name"
|
|
msgstr "Makronavn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3148458.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click <emph>Assign</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Opremser de tilgængelige makroer. Vælg den makro, som du vil knytte til den valgte hændelse, og klik så på <emph>Tildel</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3145173.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3145173.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Assign"
|
|
msgstr "Tildel"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145197.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_ASSIGN\">Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_ASSIGN\">Knytter den valgte makro til den valgte hændelse.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3150811.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3150811.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Remove"
|
|
msgstr "Fjern"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150882.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"aufheb\"><ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_DELETE\">Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"aufheb\"><ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_DELETE\">Fjerner makrotildelingen fra det valgte element.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Custom Salutation"
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefineret starthilsen"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Custom Salutation"
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefineret starthilsen"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10540.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the salutation layout for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">mail merge</link> or <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">e-mail merge</link> documents. The name of this dialog is different for female recipients and male recipients."
|
|
msgstr "Angive layout af starthilsenen for dokumenter til <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">brevfletning</link> eller <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">e-mail-fletning</link>. Navnet på denne dialog er forskelligt for kvindelige og mandlinge modtagere."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10551.help.text
|
|
msgid "Salutation elements"
|
|
msgstr "Starthilsen-elementer"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg et felt og træk feltet til den anden liste.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10558.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10558.help.text"
|
|
msgid ">"
|
|
msgstr ">"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1055C.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Føjer det valgte felt fra listen af starthilsen-elementer til den anden liste. Du kan tilføje et felt mere end én gang.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<"
|
|
msgstr "<"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10563.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10563.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Fjerner det valgte felt fra den anden liste.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10566.help.text
|
|
msgid "Drag salutation elements into the box below"
|
|
msgstr "Træk starthilsen-elementer ind i feltet forneden"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1056A.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1056A.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arranger felterne ved træk og slip eller brug piletasterne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text
|
|
msgid "Customize salutation"
|
|
msgstr "Tilpas starthilsen"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10571.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg en værdi fra listen til felterne starthilsen og tegnsætning.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Preview"
|
|
msgstr "Forhåndsvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10578.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current salutation layout.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Viser et eksempel på den første datapost med det aktuelle layout for starthilsen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text"
|
|
msgid "(Arrow Buttons)"
|
|
msgstr "(Pileknapper)"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Marker et element på listen og klik på en pileknap for at flytte elementet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seltab.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_seltab.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Select Table"
|
|
msgstr "Vælg tabel"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Select Table"
|
|
msgstr "Vælg tabel"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10546.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the table that you want to use for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">mail merge</link> addresses.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg den tabel, som du vil bruge til adresser for<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">brevfletning</link>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10557.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10557.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Preview"
|
|
msgstr "Forhåndsvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN1055B.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <emph>Brevfletningsmodtagere</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Format"
|
|
msgstr "Format"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3151180.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149295.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_FMT\">Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_FMT\">Specificerer layoutet og dimensionen på konvolutten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3147515.42.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3147515.42.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Addressee"
|
|
msgstr "Modtager"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3154105.43.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sets the position and the text formatting options of the addressee field."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver placering og tekstformatering af modtagerfeltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3153527.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3153527.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Position"
|
|
msgstr "Placering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3154563.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sets the position of the recipient's address on the envelope."
|
|
msgstr "Indstiller placeringen af modtagerfeltet på konvolutten."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3154471.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3154471.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "from left"
|
|
msgstr "fra venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3152957.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_LEFT\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_LEFT\">Indtast den afstand der skal være mellem venstre kant af konvolutten og modtagerfeltet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3151319.17.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3151319.17.help.text"
|
|
msgid "from top"
|
|
msgstr "fra toppen"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3155895.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_TOP\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_TOP\">Indtast den afstand der skal være mellem øverste kant af konvolutten og modtagerfeltet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3149692.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3149692.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3154201.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_ADDR_EDIT\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_ADDR_EDIT\">Klik og vælg teksttypografien for det modtagerfelt, som du vil redigere.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3143272.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3143272.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character"
|
|
msgstr "Tegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149481.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field."
|
|
msgstr "Åbner en dialog, hvor du kan redigere tegnformateringen, der bruges i modtagerfeltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3149815.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3149815.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149828.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field."
|
|
msgstr "Åbner en dialog, hvor du kan redigere afsnitsformateringen, der bruges i modtagerfeltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3151262.44.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3151262.44.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Sender"
|
|
msgstr "Afsender"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149107.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sets the position and the text formatting options of the sender field."
|
|
msgstr "Indstiller placeringen og tekstformateringsindstillingerne for afsenderfeltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3148980.46.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3148980.46.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Position"
|
|
msgstr "Placering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149041.47.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sets the position of the sender's address on the envelope."
|
|
msgstr "Indstiller placeringen af afsenderfeltet på konvolutten."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3153636.29.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3153636.29.help.text"
|
|
msgid "from left"
|
|
msgstr "fra venstre"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3152776.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_LEFT\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_LEFT\">Indtast den afstand der skal være mellem venstre kant af konvolutten og afsenderfeltet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3145766.31.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3145766.31.help.text"
|
|
msgid "from top"
|
|
msgstr "fra toppen"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3155149.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_TOP\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_TOP\">Indtast den afstand der skal være mellem øverste kant af konvolutten og afsenderfeltet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3149179.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3149179.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3156281.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_SEND_EDIT\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_SEND_EDIT\">Klik og vælg teksttypografien for afsenderfeltet, som du vil redigere.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3145787.21.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3145787.21.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character"
|
|
msgstr "Tegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3155918.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field."
|
|
msgstr "Åbner en dialog, hvor du kan redigere tegnformateringen, der bruges i afsenderfeltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3151378.25.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3151378.25.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3150112.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field."
|
|
msgstr "Åbner en dialog, hvor du kan redigere afsnitsformateringen, der bruges i afsenderfeltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3150687.34.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3150687.34.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Size"
|
|
msgstr "Størrelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3150700.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the envelope size format that you want to use, or create a custom size."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg konvolutstørrelsesformatet, som du vil bruge, eller opret en brugerdefineret størrelse."
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3155868.36.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3155868.36.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Format"
|
|
msgstr "Format"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3147422.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENV_FMT_BOX_SIZE_FORMAT\">Select the envelope size that want, or select \"User Defined\", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENV_FMT_BOX_SIZE_FORMAT\">Vælg den konvolutstørrelse som du ønsker eller vælg \"Brugerdefineret\" og indtast så bredden og højden af den brugerdefinerede størrelse.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3145256.38.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3145256.38.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Width"
|
|
msgstr "Bredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149551.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_WIDTH\">Enter the width of the envelope.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_WIDTH\">Indtast bredden af konvolutten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3149567.40.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3149567.40.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Height"
|
|
msgstr "Højde"
|
|
|
|
#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3150561.41.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_HEIGHT\">Enter the height of the envelope.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_HEIGHT\">Indtast højden af konvolutten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Table"
|
|
msgstr "Tabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp\">Table</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp\">Tabel</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3149355.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertTable\">Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertTable\">Indsætter en tabel i dokumentet. Du kan også klikke på pilen, trække for at vælge antallet af rækker og kolonner som tabellen skal bestå af, og så klikke i den sidste celle.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3153922.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "To insert a table from another document, copy the table, and then paste the table into the current document."
|
|
msgstr "For at indsætte en tabel fra et andet dokument skal du kopiere tabellen og indsætte den i det aktuelle dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3151181.49.help.text
|
|
msgid "To convert text into a table, select the text, and then choose <emph>Table - Convert - Text to Table</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "For at konvertere tekst til en tabel skal du markere teksten, og så vælge <emph>Tabel - Konverter - Tekst til tabel</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_idN10642.help.text
|
|
msgid "To insert a table into a table, click in a cell in the table and choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "For at indsætte en tabel i en tabel skal du klikke i en celle i tabellen og vælge <emph>Tabel - Indsæt - Tabel</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3154638.50.help.text
|
|
msgid "$[officename] can automatically format numbers that you enter in a table cell, for example, dates and times. To activate this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph> and click the<emph> Number recognition </emph>check box in the <emph>Input in tables</emph> area."
|
|
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk formatere tal, som du indtaster i en tabelcelle, for eksempel datoer og klokkeslæt. For at slå denne funktion til skal du vælge <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</emph> og markere afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Talgenkendelse</emph> i området <emph>Indtastning i tabeller</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3154099.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_NAME\">Indtast et navn for tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3149806.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Table size"
|
|
msgstr "Tabelstørrelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3153533.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the number of columns and rows in the new table."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv antallet af kolonner og rækker i den nye tabel."
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3153672.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3153672.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Columns"
|
|
msgstr "Kolonner"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3154576.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_COL\">Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_COL\">Angiv det antal kolonner, som du ønsker i tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3152954.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3152954.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Rows"
|
|
msgstr "Rækker"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3154477.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_ROW\">Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_ROW\">Indtast det antal rækker, som du ønsker i tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3155903.37.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3155903.37.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Options"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3149694.41.help.text
|
|
msgid "Set the options for the table."
|
|
msgstr "Definerer indstillingerne for tabellen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3154198.42.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3154198.42.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Heading"
|
|
msgstr "Overskrift"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3155188.43.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\">Includes a heading row in the table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\">Inkluderer en overskriftsrække i tabellen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3143270.38.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3143270.38.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Repeat heading"
|
|
msgstr "Gentag tabeloverskrift"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3151252.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\">Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\">Gentager overskriften af tabellen øverst på efterfølgende side, hvis tabellen strækker sig over mere end én side.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_idN10754.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#par_idN10754.help.text"
|
|
msgid "The first ... rows"
|
|
msgstr "De første ... rækker"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_idN10758.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\">Select the number of rows that you want to use for the heading.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\">Marker det antal rækker, som du vil bruge til overskriften.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3149821.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "Do not split the table"
|
|
msgstr "Opdel ikke tabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3149106.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\">Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\">Forhindrer tabellen i at spænde over mere end en side.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3154838.40.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3154838.40.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Border"
|
|
msgstr "Kant"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3148970.46.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\">Adds a border to the table cells.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\">Tilføjer en kant til tabelcellerne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3147213.35.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3147213.35.help.text"
|
|
msgid "AutoFormat"
|
|
msgstr "Autoformat"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3149036.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"autoformattext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:BT_AUTOFORMAT\">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"autoformattext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:BT_AUTOFORMAT\">Åbner dialogen <emph>Autoformat</emph>, hvor du kan vælge et foruddefineret layout til tabellen.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3147575.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Icon on the Insert toolbar"
|
|
msgstr "Ikon på værktøjslinjen Indsæt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3153511.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell."
|
|
msgstr "På værktøjslinjen Indsæt, klik på ikonet <emph>Tabel</emph> for at åbne dialogen <emph>Indsæt tabel</emph>, hvor du kan indsætte en tabel i det aktuelle dokument. Du kan også klikke på pilen, trække for at vælge antal rækker og kolonner i tabellen, og så klikke i den sidste celle."
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3155912.52.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Table - Text Flow\">Table - Table Properties - Text Flow</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Table - Text Flow\">Tabel - Tabelegenskaber - Tekstforløb</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3150688.53.help.text
|
|
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05990000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05990000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 05990000.xhp#hd_id3149666.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05990000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Styles</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05990000.xhp\" name=\"Typografier\">Typografier</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040600.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footnote"
|
|
msgstr "Fodnote"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3154767.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\">Footnote</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Fodnote\">Fodnote</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3149351.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_PAGE\">Specifies the layout options for footnotes, including the line that separates the footnote from the main body of document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_PAGE\">Specificerer layoutindstillingerne for fodnoter, inklusiv linjen som skiller fodnoten fra selve dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3154646.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040600.xhp#hd_id3154646.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footnote area"
|
|
msgstr "Fodnoteområde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3151168.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Set the height of the footnote area."
|
|
msgstr "Definer højden af fodnoteområdet."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3145412.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Not larger than page area"
|
|
msgstr "Op til maksimal sidehøjde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3147514.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:RB_MAXHEIGHT_PAGE\">Automatically adjusts the height of the footnote area depending on the number of footnotes.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:RB_MAXHEIGHT_PAGE\">Justerer automatisk højden af fodnoteområdet afhængigt af antallet af fodnoter.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3154099.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Maximum Footnote Height"
|
|
msgstr "Maks. højde af fodnote"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3149807.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sets a maximum height for the footnote area. Enable this option, then enter the height.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sætter en maksimal højde for fodnoteområdet. Aktiver denne indstilling og indtast derefter højden.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3154568.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_MAXHEIGHT\">Enter the maximum height for the footnote area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_MAXHEIGHT\">Indtast den maksimale højde for fodnoteområdet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3151318.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040600.xhp#hd_id3151318.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Distance from text"
|
|
msgstr "Afstand til tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3153665.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_DIST\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom page margin and the first line of text in the footnote area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_DIST\">Indtast hvor meget plads, der skal være mellem den nederste sidemargen og den første linje tekst i fodnoteområdet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3155897.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Separator Line"
|
|
msgstr "Skillelinje"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3149689.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specifies the position and length of the separator line."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver placeringen og længden af skillelinjen."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3154194.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040600.xhp#hd_id3154194.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Position"
|
|
msgstr "Placering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3155184.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINEPOS\">Select the horizontal alignment for the line that separates the main text from the footnote area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINEPOS\">Vælg den vandrette justering for den linje, som skiller hovedteksten fra fodnoteområdet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3143284.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Length"
|
|
msgstr "Længde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3154827.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEWIDTH\">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEWIDTH\">Indtast skillelinjens længde som en procentdel af sidebredden.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3151253.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "Weight"
|
|
msgstr "Vægt"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3149105.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINETYPE\">Select the formatting style for the separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose \"0.0 pt\".</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINETYPE\">Marker formateringen af skillelinjen. Vælg \"0.0 pkt.\" hvis du ikke ønsker en skillelinje.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3149828.21.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040600.xhp#hd_id3149828.21.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Afstand"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3148970.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEDIST\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the separator line and the first line of the footnote area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEDIST\">Indtast hvor meget plads, der skal være mellem skillelinjen og den første linje af fodnoteområdet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3155145.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "To specify the spacing between two footnotes, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab."
|
|
msgstr "For at angive afstanden mellem to fodnoter, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Afsnit</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <emph>Indrykning og afstand</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 03070000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Text Boundaries"
|
|
msgstr "Tekstgrænser"
|
|
|
|
#: 03070000.xhp#hd_id3145418.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp\" name=\"Text Boundaries\">Text Boundaries</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp\" name=\"Tekstgrænser\">Tekstgrænser</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03070000.xhp#par_id3151310.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ViewBounds\">Shows or hides the boundaries of the printable area of a page. The boundary lines are not printed.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ViewBounds\">Viser eller skjuler grænserne på det område, der udskrives på en side. Grænselinjerne udskrives ikke.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120226.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Entries (table of objects)"
|
|
msgstr "Elementer (objektoversigt)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120226.xhp#hd_id3147401.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp\" name=\"Entries (table of objects)\">Entries (table of objects)</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp\" name=\"Elementer (objektoversigt)\">Elementer (objektoversigt)</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120226.xhp#par_id3083447.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the entries in a Table of Objects. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Angiv formatet for elementerne i en objektoversigt.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120226.xhp#par_id3150017.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "A Table of Objects only has one index level."
|
|
msgstr "En objektoversigt har kun ét indeksniveau."
|
|
|
|
#: 03100000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Nonprinting Characters"
|
|
msgstr "Kontroltegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 03100000.xhp#hd_id3154507.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"Nonprinting Characters\">Nonprinting Characters</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"Kontroltegn\">Kontroltegn</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03100000.xhp#par_id3154646.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ControlCodes\">Shows nonprinting characters in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ControlCodes\">Viser kontroltegn i din tekst, såsom afsnitsmarkeringer, linjeskift, tabulatorer og mellemrum.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 03100000.xhp#par_id3145410.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you delete a paragraph mark, the paragraph that is merged takes on the formatting of the paragraph that the cursor is in."
|
|
msgstr "Når du sletter en afsnitsmarkør, vil det afsnit, som bliver flettet, få formateringen fra det afsnit, som markøren er i."
|
|
|
|
#: 03100000.xhp#par_id3147511.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "To specify which nonprinting characters are displayed, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and then select the options that you want in the <emph>Display of</emph> area."
|
|
msgstr "For at angive hvilke kontroltegn, der vises, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Writer - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</link></emph>, og vælg så de indstillinger, som du vil have, i området <emph>Visning af</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 01120000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Page Preview"
|
|
msgstr "Vis udskrift"
|
|
|
|
#: 01120000.xhp#hd_id2013916.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\">Page Preview</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\">Vis udskrift</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01120000.xhp#par_id1471907.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintPreview\">Displays a preview of the printed page or closes the preview.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintPreview\">Laver en udskriftsvisning af siden eller lukker visningen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01120000.xhp#par_id8697470.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use the icons on the <emph>Page Preview Bar</emph> to scroll through the pages of the document or to print the document."
|
|
msgstr "Brug ikonerne på værktøjslinjen <emph>Udskriftsvisning</emph> for at rulle gennem dokumentets sider eller for at udskrive dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 01120000.xhp#par_id4314706.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also press Page Up and Page Down keys to scroll through the pages."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også trykke på knapperne Page Up og Page Down for at blade gennem siderne."
|
|
|
|
#: 01120000.xhp#par_id4771874.help.text
|
|
msgid "You cannot edit your document while you are in the page preview."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan ikke redigere dit dokument, mens du er i udskriftsvisningen."
|
|
|
|
#: 01120000.xhp#par_id5027008.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">To exit the page preview, click the <emph>Close Preview</emph> button.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">For at forlade udskriftsvisningen skal du klikke på knappen <emph>Luk udskriftsvisning</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 01120000.xhp#par_id2649311.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"Page View Object Bar\">Page View Object Bar</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"Side Vis Objektbjælke\">Side Vis Objektbjælke</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06040000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Word Count"
|
|
msgstr "Ordoptælling"
|
|
|
|
#: 06040000.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp\">Word Count</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp\">Ordoptælling</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06040000.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"FN_WORDCOUNT_DIALOG\">Counts the words and characters, with or without spaces, in the current selection and in the whole document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"FN_WORDCOUNT_DIALOG\">Tæller ordene og tegnene i den aktuelle markering og i hele dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06040000.xhp#par_idN1062D.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">Fil - Egenskaber - Statistik</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Defining Conditions"
|
|
msgstr "Angiv betingelser"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#bm_id3145828.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>logical expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulating conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditions; in fields and sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fields;defining conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;defining conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variables; in conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user data;in conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;in conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding; database fields</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>logiske udtryk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulering af betingelser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>betingelser; i felter og sektioner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>felter; angive betingelser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sektioner; angive betingelser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variable; i betingelser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brugerdata;i betingelser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databaser;i betingelser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skjule; databasefelter</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3145828.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"defining_conditions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\">Defining Conditions</link></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"defining_conditions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\">Angiv betingelser</link></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145242.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Conditions are logical expressions that you can use to control the display of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\">fields</link> and <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\">sections</link> in your document. Although the following examples apply to fields, they also apply to sections."
|
|
msgstr "Betingelser er logiske udtryk, som du kan bruge til at kontrollere visningen af <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\">felter</link> og <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\">sektioner</link> i dit dokument. Selvom de følgende eksempler gælder for felter, er de også gældende for sektioner."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147171.93.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can define conditions for the following field types:"
|
|
msgstr "Du kan angive betingelser for følgende felttyper:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3151185.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Conditional text: displays text A if the condition is true, or text B if the condition is false."
|
|
msgstr "Betinget tekst: viser tekst A hvis betingelsen er sand, eller tekst B hvis betingelsen er falsk."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149289.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Hidden text: hides the contents of the field if the condition is true."
|
|
msgstr "Skjult tekst: skjuler feltets indhold hvis betingelsen er sand."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145412.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Hidden paragraph: hides the paragraph if the condition is true."
|
|
msgstr "Skjult afsnit: skjuler afsnittet hvis betingelsen er sand."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147515.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Any record and next record: controls the access to database records."
|
|
msgstr "Enhver datapost og næste datapost: kontrollerer adgangen til databaseposter."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149802.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a <emph>Condition </emph>box using the following values:"
|
|
msgstr "Den enkleste måde at definere en betingelse på er ved at skrive det logiske udtryk direkte i en <emph>Betingelses</emph>-boks ved anvendelse af følgende værdier:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153677.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "TRUE"
|
|
msgstr "SAND"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3152960.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "The condition is always met. You can also enter any value not equal to 0 as the conditional text."
|
|
msgstr "Betingelsen er altid opfyldt. Du kan også indtaste hvilken som helst værdi forskellig fra 0 som den betingede tekst."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155900.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "FALSE"
|
|
msgstr "FALSK"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154191.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "The condition is not met. You can also enter the value 0."
|
|
msgstr "Betingelsen er ikke opfyldt. Du kan også indtaste værdien 0."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147090.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "If you leave the <emph>Condition </emph>box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du lader feltet <emph>Betingelse</emph> stå tomt, fortolkes betingelsen som værende ikke opfyldt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148980.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you define a condition, use the same <link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\">elements</link> for defining a formula, namely comparative operators, mathematical and statistical functions, number formats, variables and constants."
|
|
msgstr "Når du definer en betingelse, så brug de samme <link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\">elementer</link> som for at definere en formel, nemlig sammenligningsoperatorer, matematiske og statistiske funktioner, talformater, variable og konstanter."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153638.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can use the following types of variables when you define a condition:"
|
|
msgstr "Du kan bruge følgende typer af variable, når du definerer en betingelse:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155135.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "Predefined <link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\">$[officename] variables</link> that use statistics on document properties"
|
|
msgstr "Foruddefinerede <link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\">$[officename] variable</link> som bruger statistik på dokumentegenskaber"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156273.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Custom variables, that are a created with the \"Set variable\" field"
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdefinerede variable, som er oprettet med feltet \"Definer variabel\""
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149174.94.help.text
|
|
msgid "Variables based on user data"
|
|
msgstr "Variable baseret på brugerdata"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145781.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "Variables based on the contents of database fields"
|
|
msgstr "Variable baseret på indholdet af databasefelter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155916.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "You cannot use internal variables, such as page and chapter numbers, in condition expression."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan ikke bruge interne variable, såsom side- og kapitelnumre, i betingede udtryk."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3151375.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "Conditions and Variables"
|
|
msgstr "Betingelser og variable"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150122.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "The following examples use a variable called \"x\":"
|
|
msgstr "Følgende eksempler bruger en variabel kaldet \"x\":"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147417.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "x == 1 or x EQ 1"
|
|
msgstr "x == 1 eller x EQ 1"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147500.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "The condition is true if \"x\" is equal to 1."
|
|
msgstr "Betingelsen er sand, hvis \"x\" er lig med 1."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145259.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "x != 1 or x NEQ 1"
|
|
msgstr "x != 1 eller x NEQ 1"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150551.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "The condition is true if \"x\" does not equal 1."
|
|
msgstr "Betingelsen er sand, hvis \"x\" ikke er lig med 1."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147749.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "sinx == 0"
|
|
msgstr "sinx == 0"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3146345.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "The condition is true if \"x\" is a multiple of pi."
|
|
msgstr "Betingelsen er sand, hvis \"x\" er et multiplum af pi."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149846.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "To use comparative operators with strings, the operands must be bounded by double quotation marks:"
|
|
msgstr "Når der bruges sammenligningsoperatorer med strenge, skal operanden være afgrænset af dobbelte anførselstegn:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3151078.39.help.text
|
|
msgid "x == \"ABC\" or x EQ \"ABC\""
|
|
msgstr "x == \"ABC\" eller x EQ \"ABC\""
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150162.40.help.text
|
|
msgid "Checks if variable \"x\" contains (true) the \"ABC\" string, or not (false)."
|
|
msgstr "Kontrollerer om variabel \"x\" indeholder (true) \"ABC\" strengen, eller ikke (false)."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153301.41.help.text
|
|
msgid "x == \"\" or x EQ \"\""
|
|
msgstr "x == \"\" eller x EQ \"\""
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156120.90.help.text
|
|
msgid "or"
|
|
msgstr "eller"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156133.42.help.text
|
|
msgid "!x or NOT x"
|
|
msgstr "!x eller NOT X"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156112.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "Checks if the variable \"x\" contains an empty string."
|
|
msgstr "Kontrollerer om variablen \"x\" indeholder en tom streng."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150097.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "The \"equal\" comparative operator must be represented by two equal signs (==) in a condition. For example, if you define a variable \"x\" with the value of 1, you can enter the condition as x==1."
|
|
msgstr "Sammenligningsoperatoren \"lig med\" skal skrives med to lighedstegn (==) i en betingelse. Hvis du for eksempel definer en variabel \"x\" med værdien 1, kan du indtaste betingelsen som x==1."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3148791.95.help.text
|
|
msgid "User Data"
|
|
msgstr "Brugerdata"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150028.96.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can include user data when you define conditions. To change your user data, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - User data</emph>. User data must be entered in the form of strings. You can query the user data with \"==\" (EQ), \"!=\" (NEQ), or \"!\"(NOT)."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan inkludere brugerdata, når du definerer betingelser. For at ændre dine brugerdata, vælg<emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Brugerdata</emph>. Brugerdata skal indtastes i form af strenge. Du kan forespørge på brugerdata med \"==\" (EQ), \"!=\" (NEQ), eller \"!\"(NOT)."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153124.97.help.text
|
|
msgid "The following table lists user data variables and their meanings:"
|
|
msgstr "Følgende tabel opremser brugerdatavariable og deres betydninger:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149632.130.help.text
|
|
msgid "Variable"
|
|
msgstr "Variabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150662.131.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3150662.131.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Meaning"
|
|
msgstr "Betydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154026.98.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_firstname"
|
|
msgstr "user_firstname"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149953.99.help.text
|
|
msgid "First name"
|
|
msgstr "Fornavn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147272.100.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_lastname"
|
|
msgstr "user_lastname"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149601.101.help.text
|
|
msgid "Last name"
|
|
msgstr "Efternavn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150770.102.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_initials"
|
|
msgstr "user_initials"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155529.103.help.text
|
|
msgid "Initials"
|
|
msgstr "Initialer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148705.104.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_company"
|
|
msgstr "user_company"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148728.105.help.text
|
|
msgid "Company"
|
|
msgstr "Firma"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155361.106.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_street"
|
|
msgstr "user_street"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154222.107.help.text
|
|
msgid "Street"
|
|
msgstr "Gade"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145108.108.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_country"
|
|
msgstr "user_country"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3146885.109.help.text
|
|
msgid "Country"
|
|
msgstr "Land"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149580.110.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_zipcode"
|
|
msgstr "user_zipcode"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156241.111.help.text
|
|
msgid "Zip code"
|
|
msgstr "Postnr."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148922.112.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_city"
|
|
msgstr "user_city"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148945.113.help.text
|
|
msgid "City"
|
|
msgstr "By"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156053.114.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_title"
|
|
msgstr "user_title"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3159219.115.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3159219.115.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Title"
|
|
msgstr "Titel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156435.116.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_position"
|
|
msgstr "user_position"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145178.117.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3145178.117.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Position"
|
|
msgstr "Stilling"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150797.118.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_tel_work"
|
|
msgstr "user_tel_work"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150820.119.help.text
|
|
msgid "Business telephone number"
|
|
msgstr "Arbejdsrelateret telefonnummer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150894.120.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_tel_home"
|
|
msgstr "user_tel_home"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155320.121.help.text
|
|
msgid "Home telephone number"
|
|
msgstr "Hjemmetelefonnummer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154400.122.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_fax"
|
|
msgstr "user_fax"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153363.123.help.text
|
|
msgid "Fax number"
|
|
msgstr "Faxnummer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153390.124.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_email"
|
|
msgstr "user_email"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154948.125.help.text
|
|
msgid "E-mail address"
|
|
msgstr "E-mail-adresse"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145603.126.help.text
|
|
msgid "user_state"
|
|
msgstr "user_state"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150129.127.help.text
|
|
msgid "State (not in all $[officename] versions)"
|
|
msgstr "Tilstand (ikke i alle $[officename] versioner)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150147.128.help.text
|
|
msgid "For example, to hide a paragraph, text, or a section from a user with a specific initial, such as \"LM\", enter the condition: user_initials==\"LM\"."
|
|
msgstr "For eksempel, for at skjule et afsnit, tekst, eller en sektion for en bruger med specifikke initialer, såsom \"LM\", indtast betingelsen: user_initials==\"LM\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3154115.46.help.text
|
|
msgid "Conditions and Database Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Betingelser og databasefelter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154128.47.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can define conditions for accessing databases, or database fields. For example, you can check the contents of a database field from a condition, or use database fields in logical expressions. The following table lists a few more examples of using databases in conditions:"
|
|
msgstr "Du kan angive betingelser for at tilgå databaser eller databasefelter. For eksempel kan du kontrollere indholdet af et databasefelt ud fra en betingelse eller bruge databasefelter i logiske udtryk. Følgende tabel opremser flere eksempler på at bruge databaser i betingelser:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156066.132.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3156066.132.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Example"
|
|
msgstr "Eksempel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156088.133.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3156088.133.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Meaning"
|
|
msgstr "Betydning"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155948.48.help.text
|
|
msgid "Database.Table.Company"
|
|
msgstr "Database.Tabel.Firma"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148673.91.help.text
|
|
msgid "Database.Table.Company NEQ \"\""
|
|
msgstr "Database.Tabel.Firma NEQ \"\""
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148687.92.help.text
|
|
msgid "Database.Table.Company != \"\""
|
|
msgstr "Database.Tabel.Firma != \"\""
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155373.49.help.text
|
|
msgid "The condition is true if the COMPANY field is not empty. (In the first example, no operator is required.)"
|
|
msgstr "Betingelsen er sand hvis FIRMA-feltet ikke er tomt. (I det første eksempel er ingen operator påkrævet.)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149977.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "!Database.Table.Company"
|
|
msgstr "!Database.Tabel.Firma"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149991.129.help.text
|
|
msgid "NOT Database.Table.Company"
|
|
msgstr "NOT Database.Tabel.Firma"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150004.50.help.text
|
|
msgid "Database.Table.Company EQ \"\""
|
|
msgstr "Database.Tabel.Firma EQ \"\""
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3146911.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Database.Table.Company ==\"\""
|
|
msgstr "Database.Tabel.Firma ==\"\""
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148733.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Returns TRUE if the COMPANY field is empty."
|
|
msgstr "Returnerer SAND hvis feltet FIRMA er tomt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148762.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Database.Table.Company !=\"Sun\""
|
|
msgstr "Database.Tabel.Firma !=\"Sun\""
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153016.149.help.text
|
|
msgid "Database.Table.Company NEQ \"Sun\""
|
|
msgstr "Database.Tabel.Firma NEQ \"Sun\""
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153040.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Returns TRUE if the current entry in the COMPANY field is not \"Sun\". (Exclamation sign represents a logical NOT.)"
|
|
msgstr "Returnerer SAND, hvis det aktuelle element i feltet FIRMA ikke er \"Sun\". (Udråbstegn repræsenterer et logisk NOT.)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154605.51.help.text
|
|
msgid "Database.Table.Firstname AND Database.Table.Name"
|
|
msgstr "Database.Tabel.Firstname AND Database.Tabel.Navn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153059.52.help.text
|
|
msgid "Returns TRUE if the record contains the first and the last name."
|
|
msgstr "Returnerer SAND hvis dataposten indeholder både det første og det sidste navn."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3159247.53.help.text
|
|
msgid "Note the difference between the boolean NOT \"!\" and the comparative operator not equal \"!=\" (NEQ)."
|
|
msgstr "Bemærk forskellen mellem det logiske NOT \"!\" og sammenligningsoperatoren ikke lig med \"!=\" (NEQ)."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153876.54.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you refer to a database field in a condition, use the form Databasename.Tablename.Fieldname. If one of the names contains a character that is an operator, such as a minus sign (-), enclose the name in square brackets, for example, Databasename.[Table-name].Fieldname. Never use spaces inside field names."
|
|
msgstr "Når du referer til et databasefelt i en betingelse, skal du bruge formen Databasenavn.Tabelnavn.Feltnavn. Hvis et af navnene indeholder et tegn, der er en operator, såsom et minustegn (-), skal du omgive navnet med kantede parenteser, for eksempel, Databasenavn.[Tabel-navn].Feltnavn. Brug aldrig mellemrum inden i feltnavne."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153891.55.help.text
|
|
msgid "Example: Hiding an Empty Database Field"
|
|
msgstr "Eksempel: Skjul et tomt databasefelt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150051.56.help.text
|
|
msgid "You may want to create a condition that hides an empty field, for example, if the COMPANY field is empty for some of the data records."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan oprette en betingelse som skjuler et tomt felt, for eksempel, hvis FIRMA-feltet er tomt for nogle af dataposterne."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150067.57.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the <emph>Hidden Paragraph</emph> list entry, and type the following condition: Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ \"\""
|
|
msgstr "Marker feltet <emph>Skjult afsnit</emph> og indtast følgende betingelse: Addressebog.Adresser.Firma EQ \"\""
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147110.150.help.text
|
|
msgid "or type the following"
|
|
msgstr "eller skriv følgende"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147123.151.help.text
|
|
msgid "NOT Addressbook.Addresses.Company"
|
|
msgstr "NOT Addressebog.Adresser.Firma"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147136.152.help.text
|
|
msgid "If the COMPANY database field is empty, the condition is true and the paragraph is hidden."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis feltet FIRMA er tomt, er betingelsen sand, og afsnittet er skjult."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150232.58.help.text
|
|
msgid "To display hidden paragraphs on the screen, you can choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box."
|
|
msgstr "For at vise skjulte afsnit på skærmen kan du vælge <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</emph> og fjerne markeringen i afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Skjulte afsnit</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3145218.59.help.text
|
|
msgid "Examples of Conditions in Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Eksempler på betingelser i felter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145231.60.help.text
|
|
msgid "The following examples use the Conditional text field, although they can be applied to any fields that can be linked to a condition. The syntax used for conditions is also used for the Hidden text, Hidden paragraph, Any record or Next record fields."
|
|
msgstr "Følgende eksempler bruger det betingede tekstfelt, selv om de kan anvendes på hvilke som helst felter, som kan sammenkædes med en betingelse. Syntaksen for betingelser bliver også brugt til felterne Skjult tekst, Skjulte afsnit, Hvilken som helst datapost eller Næste datapost."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3150311.61.help.text
|
|
msgid "To display conditional text based on the number of pages:"
|
|
msgstr "For at vise betinget tekst baseret på sideantallet:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150333.136.help.text
|
|
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Andre</emph>, og klik så på fanebladet <emph>Funktioner</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147471.62.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, click \"Conditional text\"."
|
|
msgstr "I listen <emph>Type</emph>, klik \"Betinget tekst\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154294.63.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type \"page == 1\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Betingelse</emph> skal du skrive \"side == 1\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154319.64.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type \"There is only one page\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Så</emph> skal du skrive \"Der er kun én side\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150640.65.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type \"There are several pages\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Ellers</emph> skal du skrive \"Der er flere sider\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153086.137.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>, og klik så på <emph>Luk</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3155814.67.help.text
|
|
msgid "To display conditional text based on a user-defined Variable"
|
|
msgstr "For at vise betinget tekst baseret på en brugerdefineret variabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155836.138.help.text
|
|
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Variables</emph> tab."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Andre</emph> og klik så på fanebladet <emph>Variable</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155109.68.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click \"Set Variable\"."
|
|
msgstr "I listen <emph>Type</emph>, klik \"Definer variabel\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147008.139.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the<emph> Name</emph> box, type \"Profit\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Navn</emph> skal du skrive \"Fortjeneste\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147032.140.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the<emph> Value</emph> box, type \"5000\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Værdi</emph> skal du skrive \"5000\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3152974.141.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3152974.141.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3152998.70.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and click \"Conditional text\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list."
|
|
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Funktioner</emph> og klik så på \"Betinget tekst\" i listen <emph>Type</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150952.142.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type \"Profit < 5000\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Betingelse</emph> skal du skrive \"Overskud < 5000\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156291.71.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type \"Target is not met\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Så</emph> skal du skrive \"Mål er ikke opfyldt\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156317.72.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type \"Target is met\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Ellers</emph> skal du skrive \"Mål er opfyldt\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154366.143.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3154366.143.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154389.73.help.text
|
|
msgid "To edit the contents of the \"Profit\" variable, double-click the variable field."
|
|
msgstr "For at redigere indholdet af variablen \"Fortjeneste\" skal du dobbeltklikke på variabelfeltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3155573.74.help.text
|
|
msgid "To display conditional text based on the contents of a database field:"
|
|
msgstr "For at vise betinget tekst baseret på indholdet af et databasefelt:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155587.144.help.text
|
|
msgid "The first part of this example inserts a space between the \"First Name\" and \"Last Name\" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the contents of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename]."
|
|
msgstr "Første del af dette eksempel indsætter et mellemrum mellem felterne \"Fornavn\" og \"Efternavn\" i et dokument, og den anden del indsætter tekst baseret på indholdet af et felt. Dette eksempel kræver, at en adressedatakilde er registreret i $[officename]."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150523.145.help.text
|
|
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Database</emph> tab."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Andre</emph>, og klik så på fanebladet <emph>Database</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148811.75.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click \"Mail merge fields\"."
|
|
msgstr "I listen <emph>Type</emph>, klik \"Brevfletningsfelter\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148841.76.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the<emph> Database selection</emph> box, double-click an address book, click \"First Name\", and then click<emph> Insert</emph>. Repeat for \"Last Name\"."
|
|
msgstr "Dobbeltklik på en adressebog i feltet <emph>Databasevalg</emph>, klik på \"Fornavn\" og klik så på <emph>Indsæt</emph>. Gentag for \"Efternavn\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147549.78.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog:"
|
|
msgstr "Placer markøren mellem de to felter i dokumentet, tryk på mellemrumstasten og vend derefter tilbage til dialogen <emph>Felter</emph>:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150416.79.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and then click \"Conditional text\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list."
|
|
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Funktioner</emph> og klik så på \"Betinget tekst\" i listen <emph>Type</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153589.146.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: \"Addressbook.addresses.firstname\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Betingelse</emph> skal du skrive: \"Addressebog.adresser.fornavn\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153615.80.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type a space and leave the <emph>Or </emph>box blank."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Så</emph> skal du indtaste et mellemrum og efterlade feltet <emph>Ellers</emph> tom."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153562.84.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can now use a condition to insert text based on the contents of the First Name field."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan nu bruge en betingelse til at indsætte tekst baseret på indholdet af fornavnsfeltet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150574.147.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog, click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab."
|
|
msgstr "I listen <emph>Felter</emph>, klik på fanebladet <emph>Funktioner</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150605.85.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>box, click \"Conditional text\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Type</emph> skal du klikke på \"Betinget tekst\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3151277.86.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: Addressbook.addresses.firstname == \"Michael\""
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Betingelse</emph> skal du skrive: Addressebog.adresser.fornavn == \"Michael\""
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3151303.87.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type \"Dear\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Så</emph> skal du skrive \"Kære\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149138.88.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Else</emph> box, type \"Hello\"."
|
|
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Ellers</emph> skal du skrive \"Hallo\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149163.148.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3149163.148.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Entries (bibliography)"
|
|
msgstr "Elementer (litteraturliste)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3151388.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries (bibliography)\">Entries (bibliography)</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Elementer (litteraturliste)\">Elementer (litteraturliste)</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3083449.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for bibliography entries.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Angiv formatet for litteraturlisteelementer.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id31544970.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120227.xhp#hd_id31544970.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3150017.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "The types that are displayed depend on the different literature sources."
|
|
msgstr "De viste typer afhænger af de forskellige litteraturkilder."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3150570.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120227.xhp#hd_id3150570.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3147175.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=\".\">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog to add new entries."
|
|
msgstr "Lister de tilgængelige litteraturlisteelementer. <ahelp hid=\".\">For at tilføje et element til Strukturlinjen skal du klikke på elementet, klikke i en tom boks på Strukturlinjen og så klikke på <emph>Indsæt</emph>.</ahelp> Brug dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Definer litteraturlisteelement</link> for at tilføje nye elementer."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3149287.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120227.xhp#hd_id3149287.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3151178.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHINSERT\">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHINSERT\">Tilføjer referencekoden for det valgte litteraturlisteelement til Strukturlinjen. Marker et punkt på listen, klik i en tom boks, og klik så på denne knap.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3154096.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120227.xhp#hd_id3154096.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Remove"
|
|
msgstr "Fjern"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3149807.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHREMOVE\">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHREMOVE\">Fjerner den valgte referencekode fra strukturlinjen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3154470.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sort by"
|
|
msgstr "Sortering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3154482.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the sorting options for the bibliography entries."
|
|
msgstr "Angiver sorteringsindstillingerne for litteraturlistelementerne."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3153665.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Document position"
|
|
msgstr "Dokumentplacering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3151314.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_DOCPOS\">Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.</ahelp> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_DOCPOS\" >Sorterer litteraturlisten i henhold til placeringen af referencerne i dokumentet.</ahelp> Vælg denne indstilling, hvis du vil bruge automatisk nummererede referencer."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3154576.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Content"
|
|
msgstr "Indhold"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3149687.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTCONTENT\">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTCONTENT\">Sorterer litteraturlisten efter de sorteringsnøgler, som du angiver, eksempelvis forfatter eller årstal for udgivelse.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3155175.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sort keys"
|
|
msgstr "Sorteringsnøglen"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3143270.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "1, 2 or 3"
|
|
msgstr "1, 2 eller 3"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3149491.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_THIRDKEY\">Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the <emph>Content</emph> radio button in the <emph>Sort by</emph> area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_THIRDKEY\">Vælg det element, som litteraturlistelementerne skal sorteres efter. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis du vælger alternativknappen <emph>Indhold</emph> i området <emph>Sorter efter</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3149826.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "AZ"
|
|
msgstr "AZ"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3147098.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTUP3\">Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTUP3\">Sorterer litteraturlisten i stigende alfanumerisk orden.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3148981.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "ZA"
|
|
msgstr "ZA"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3149041.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTDOWN3\">Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTDOWN3\">Sorterer litteraturlisten i faldende alfanumerisk orden.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Bibliography Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt litteraturlisteelement"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3151187.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3151187.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Bibliography Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt litteraturlisteelement"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3154642.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"literaturvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry\">Inserts a bibliography reference.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"literaturvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry\">Indsætter en litteraturlistereference.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3145416.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3145416.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Element"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3157721.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "From bibliography database"
|
|
msgstr "Fra litteraturdatabase"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3154096.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_COMP_RB\">Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_COMP_RB\">Indsætter en reference fra litteraturdatabasen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3149805.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "From document content"
|
|
msgstr "Fra dokumentindhold"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3153536.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_DOC_RB\">Inserts a reference from the bibliography records that are stored in the current document.</ahelp> An entry that is stored in the document has priority over an entry that is stored in the bibliography database."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_DOC_RB\">Indsætter en reference fra litteraturlisteposterne som gemmes i det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp> Et element, der er lagret i dokumentet, har forrang over et element, der er lagret i litteraturdatabasen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3154200.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you save a document that contains bibliography entries, the corresponding records are automatically saved in a hidden field in the document."
|
|
msgstr "Når du gemmer et dokument, der indeholder litteraturlisteelementer, vil de tilsvarende dataposter automatisk blive gemt i et skjult felt i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3143273.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3143273.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Short name"
|
|
msgstr "Kort betegnelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3149490.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_ID_LISTBOX\">Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_ID_LISTBOX\">Vælg det korte navn på den litteraturlistedatapost som du vil indsætte.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3151260.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3151260.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Author, Title"
|
|
msgstr "Forfatter, Titel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3149824.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "If available, the author and the full title of the selected short name are displayed in this area."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis tilgængelig, vises forfatteren og den fulde titel på det valgte korte navn i dette område."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3149105.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3149105.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3147100.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_OK\">Inserts the bibliographic reference into the document. If you created a new record, you must also insert it as an entry, otherwise the record is lost when you close the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_OK\">Indsæt bibliografi referencen i dit dokument. hvis du opretter en ny datapost, skal du også indsætte den som indtastning. Ellers vil denne datapost forsvinde når du lukker dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3147216.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3147216.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Close"
|
|
msgstr "Luk"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3149036.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CLOSE\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CLOSE\">Lukker dialogen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3153634.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3153634.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "New"
|
|
msgstr "Ny(t)"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3147579.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CREATE_ENTRY\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CREATE_ENTRY\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Definer litteraturlisteelement</link>, hvor du kan oprette en ny datapost til litteraturlisten. Denne datapost bliver kun lagret i dokumentet. For at tilføje en datapost til litteraturdatabasen, vælg <emph>Funktioner - Litteraturdatabase</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3155142.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3155142.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3157900.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_EDIT_ENTRY\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_EDIT_ENTRY\">Åbner dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Definer litteraturlisteelement</link>, hvor du kan redigere de valgte dataposter i litteraturlisten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3149172.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tip for at arbejde med litteraturlisteelementer\">Tip for at arbejde med litteraturlisteelementer</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120216.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120216.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Index"
|
|
msgstr "Indeks"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120216.xhp#hd_id3145247.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp\" name=\"Indeks\">Indeks</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120216.xhp#par_id3147175.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Objects </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">De følgende indstillinger er tilgængelige, når du vælger <emph>Objektoversigt</emph> som <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">indekstype</link>.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120216.xhp#hd_id3151174.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Create from the following objects"
|
|
msgstr "Opret ud fra følgende objekter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120216.xhp#par_id3153417.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OLE_CHECKLB\">Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OLE_CHECKLB\">Vælg objekttyperne, som du vil inkludere i en objektoversigt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05110100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Row Height"
|
|
msgstr "Rækkehøjde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110100.xhp#hd_id3149871.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05110100.xhp#hd_id3149871.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Row Height"
|
|
msgstr "Rækkehøjde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110100.xhp#par_id3149053.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"hoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetRowHeight\">Changes the height of the selected row(s).</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"hoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetRowHeight\">Ændrer højden af de markerede rækker.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110100.xhp#hd_id3155625.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05110100.xhp#hd_id3155625.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Height"
|
|
msgstr "Højde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110100.xhp#par_id3154554.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:ED_HEIGHT\">Enter the height that you want for the selected row(s).</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:ED_HEIGHT\">Indtast højden, som du ønsker for de markerede rækker.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110100.xhp#hd_id3149878.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Fit to size"
|
|
msgstr "Tilpas dynamisk"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110100.xhp#par_id3145244.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">Automatically adjusts the row height to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">Justerer automatisk rækkehøjden, så den passer til celleindholdet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05110100.xhp#par_id3154646.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also right-click in a cell, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"Row - Optimal Height\"><emph>Row - Optimal Height</emph></link>."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også højreklikke i en celle, og så vælge <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"Row - Optimal Height\"><emph>Række - Optimal højde</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120212.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Index"
|
|
msgstr "Indeks"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3147338.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"Indeks\">Indeks</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3155962.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Alphabetical Index </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">De følgende indstillinger er tilgængelige, når du vælger <emph>Stikordsregister</emph> som <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">indekstype</link>.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3153247.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120212.xhp#hd_id3153247.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Options"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3154651.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Combine identical entries"
|
|
msgstr "Kombiner identiske elementer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3153810.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_COLLECTSAME\">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 43\" are combined as \"View 10, 43\".</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_COLLECTSAME\">Erstatter identiske indekselementer med et enkelt element, som lister det sidenummer, hvor elementet forekommer i dokumentet. For eksempel bliver elementerne \"Vis 10, Vis 43\" kombineret som \"Vis 10, 43\".</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3147403.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Combine identical entries with p or pp"
|
|
msgstr "Kombiner identiske elementer med f. eller ff."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3083451.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USEFF\">Replaces identical index entries, which occur also on the directly following page or pages, with a single entry that lists the first page number and a \"p\" or \"pp\". For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10pp\", and \"View 10, View 11\" as \"View 10p\".</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USEFF\">Erstatter identiske indekselementer, som findes på samme side eller efterfølgende sider, med et enkelt element, som lister det første sidetal og et \"f.\" eller \"ff.\". For eksempel bliver elementerne \"Vis 10, Vis 11, Vis 12\" kombineret til \"Vis 10ff.\" og \"Vis 10, Vis 11\" til \"Vis 10f.).</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3157870.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Combine with -"
|
|
msgstr "Kombiner med -"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3145825.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USE_DASH\">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10-12\".</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USE_DASH\">Erstatter identiske indekselementer, som findes på efterfølgende sider, med et enkelt element og sideområdet, hvor elementet forekommer. For eksempel bliver elementerne \"Vis 10, Vis 11, Vis 12\" kombineret til \"Vis 10-12\".</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3154502.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Case sensitive"
|
|
msgstr "STORE og små bogstaver"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3149880.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_CASESENSITIVE\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_CASESENSITIVE\">Skelner mellem store og små bogstaver i identiske indekselementer. For asiatiske sprog gælder specielle regler.</ahelp> Hvis du ønsker, at den første forekomst af elementet i dokumentet skal bestemme brugen af store og små bogstaver for elementet, skal du vælge <emph>Kombiner identiske elementer</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_idN10671.help.text
|
|
msgid "To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select <emph>Case sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared."
|
|
msgstr "For at bruge multi-niveau tolerance i Asiatiske sprog, vælg <emph>STORE/små bogstaver</emph>. I multi-niveau tolerance ignoreres store bogstaver og accenter, og elementerne er kun sammenlignet i den enkle form. Hvis de er ens bliver accenterne sammenlignet. Hvis de stadig er ens, sammenlignes de også på bredden af tegnene, om bogstaver er store eller små, og på forskelle i den Japansk Kana."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3150569.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "AutoCapitalize entries"
|
|
msgstr "Skriv automatisk elementer med stort"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3148772.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_INITIALCAPS\">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_INITIALCAPS\">Skriver automatisk det første bogstav i et indekselement med stort.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3155986.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Keys as separate entries"
|
|
msgstr "Nøgle som separat element"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3147170.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_KEYASENTRY\">Inserts index keys as separate index entries.</ahelp> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_KEYASENTRY\">Indsætter indeksnøgler som separate indekselementer.</ahelp> En nøgle bliver indsat som et øvre topniveau-indekselement og elementerne, som er tildelt til nøglen, som indrykkede underelementer."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3151184.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "To define an index key, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert Index Entry\"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialog."
|
|
msgstr "For at definere en indeksnøgle, vælg dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert Index Entry\"><emph>Indsæt indekselement</emph></link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3154646.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "Concordance file"
|
|
msgstr "Konkordansfil"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3156322.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_FROMFILE\">Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_FROMFILE\">Markerer automatisk indekselementer ved hjælp af en konkordansfil - en liste af ord som skal inkluderes i et indeks.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3150258.24.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120212.xhp#hd_id3150258.24.help.text"
|
|
msgid "File"
|
|
msgstr "Fil"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3149287.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MENUBUTTON_TP_TOX_SELECT_MB_AUTOMARK\">Select, create, or edit a concordance file.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MENUBUTTON_TP_TOX_SELECT_MB_AUTOMARK\">Vælg, opret eller rediger en konkordansfil.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3152950.32.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120212.xhp#hd_id3152950.32.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Sort"
|
|
msgstr "Sorter"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3149812.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sets the options for sorting the index entries."
|
|
msgstr "Definerer indstillingerne for sortering af indekselementerne."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3150347.34.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120212.xhp#hd_id3150347.34.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Language"
|
|
msgstr "Sprog"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3154475.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_LANGUAGE\">Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_LANGUAGE\">Vælg sprogreglerne til brug for sortering af indekselementerne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3153675.36.help.text
|
|
msgid "Key type"
|
|
msgstr "Nøgletype"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3147530.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_SORTALG\">Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_SORTALG\">Vælg numerisk, når du vil sortere tal udfra værdi, såsom i 1, 2, 12. Marker alfanumerisk, når du vil sortere tallene udfra tegnkoden, såsom i 1, 12, 2.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_matfie.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_matfie.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Match Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Udpeg felter"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Match Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Udpeg felter"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN1053D.help.text
|
|
msgid "Matches the logical field names of the layout dialog to the field names in your database when you create new <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">address blocks</link> or <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">salutations</link>."
|
|
msgstr "Parrer de logiske feltnavne i layoutdialogen med feltnavnene i din database når du opretter nye <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">adresseblokke</link> eller <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">starthilsener</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text
|
|
msgid "Matches to:"
|
|
msgstr "Svarer til:"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a field name in your database for each logical field element.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vælg et feltnavn i din database for hvert logisk feltelement.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Preview"
|
|
msgstr "Forhåndsvisning"
|
|
|
|
#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the values of the first data record.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Viser et eksempel på værdierne for den første datapost.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120211.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Index"
|
|
msgstr "Indeks"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3150018.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Indeks\">Indeks</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3150570.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Contents </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">De følgende indstillinger er tilgængelige, når du vælger <emph>Indholdsfortegnelse</emph> som <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">indekstype</link>.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3150763.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Type and Title"
|
|
msgstr "Type og titel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3149286.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specify the type and title of the index."
|
|
msgstr "Angiv typen og titlen på indekset."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3151171.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120211.xhp#hd_id3151171.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3145418.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_TYPE\">Select the type of index that you want to insert.</ahelp> The options available on this tab depend on the index type that you select. If the cursor is in an index when you choose the <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, you can then edit that index."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_TYPE\">Vælg den type indeks, som du ønsker at indsætte.</ahelp> Indstillingerne, der er tilgængelig på dette faneblad, afhænger af indekstypen, som du vælger. Hvis markøren står i et indeks, når du vælger <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indeks/oversigt</emph>, kan du redigere dette indeks."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3149801.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120211.xhp#hd_id3149801.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Title"
|
|
msgstr "Titel"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3153532.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_TOX_SELECT:ED_TITLE\">Enter a title for the selected index.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_TOX_SELECT:ED_TITLE\">Indtast en titel på det valgte indeks.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3151317.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "Protected against manual changes"
|
|
msgstr "Beskyttet mod manuelle ændringer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3153665.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_READONLY\">Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.</ahelp> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then select the <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enabled </emph>check box."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_READONLY\">Forhindrer at indholdet af indekset bliver ændret.</ahelp> Manuelle ændringer, som du laver i et indeks, går tabt når indekset bliver opdateret. Hvis du vil have markøren til at rulle gennem et beskyttet område, skal du vælge <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</emph> og så vælge afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Markør i beskyttede områder - Aktiver</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3155893.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "Create index for"
|
|
msgstr "Opret indeks for"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3149688.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_AREA\">Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_AREA\">Vælg at oprette indekset enten for dokumentet eller for det aktuelle kapitel.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3154199.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Evaluation level"
|
|
msgstr "Evalueringsniveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3143270.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TOX_SELECT:NF_LEVEL\">Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TOX_SELECT:NF_LEVEL\">Angiv antal overskriftsniveauer som skal inkluderes i indekset.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3149484.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120211.xhp#hd_id3149484.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Create from"
|
|
msgstr "Opret ud fra"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3149096.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Use this area to specify which information to include in an index."
|
|
msgstr "Brug dette område til at angive hvilke informationer, der skal inkluderes i et indeks."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3149815.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "Outline"
|
|
msgstr "Disposition"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3151253.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMHEADINGS\">Creates the index using outline levels, that is, paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMHEADINGS\">Opretter indekset ved at bruge dispositionsniveauer, hvilket betyder at afsnit, der er formateret med en af de foruddefinerede overskriftstypografier (Overskrift 1-10), bliver føjet til indekset.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id1209200804373840.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also assign the outline levels in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\">Outline & Numbering</link> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også tildele dispositionsniveauer på fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\">Disposition & nummerering</link> i dialogen Formater - Afsnit."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3153633.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "Additional Styles"
|
|
msgstr "Yderligere typografier"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3152772.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_ADDSTYLES\">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...</emph>) button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_ADDSTYLES\">Inkluderer afsnitstypografierne, som du angiver i dialogen <emph>Tildel typografier</emph> som indekselementer. For at vælge afsnitstypografierne, som du vil inkludere i stikordsregisteret, skal du klikke på knappen <emph>Tildel typografier (...</emph>) til højre for denne boks.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3149168.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04120211.xhp#hd_id3149168.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "..."
|
|
msgstr "..."
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3145776.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:PB_ADDSTYLES\">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:PB_ADDSTYLES\">Åbner dialogen <emph>Tildel typografier</emph>, hvor du kan vælge afsnitstypografierne, som skal inkluderes i indekset.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3151374.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "Index marks"
|
|
msgstr "Indeksmarkeringer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3155861.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_TOXMARKS\">Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> in the index.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_TOXMARKS\">Inkluderer indekselementerne, som du indsatte ved at vælge <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indekselement</emph> i indekset.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Column Width"
|
|
msgstr "Kolonnebredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120100.xhp#hd_id3150345.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120100.xhp#hd_id3150345.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Column Width"
|
|
msgstr "Kolonnebredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120100.xhp#par_id3149503.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"breitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetColumnWidth\">Changes the width of the selected column(s).</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"breitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetColumnWidth\">Ændrer bredden af de valgte kolonner.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120100.xhp#hd_id3083452.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120100.xhp#hd_id3083452.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Width"
|
|
msgstr "Bredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120100.xhp#hd_id3146323.4.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120100.xhp#hd_id3146323.4.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Columns"
|
|
msgstr "Kolonner"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120100.xhp#par_id3145822.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COL_WIDTH:ED_COL\">Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COL_WIDTH:ED_COL\">Angiv nummeret på den kolonne, som du vil ændre bredden af.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120100.xhp#hd_id3154502.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05120100.xhp#hd_id3154502.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Width"
|
|
msgstr "Bredde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05120100.xhp#par_id3149880.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_COL_WIDTH:ED_WIDTH\">Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_COL_WIDTH:ED_WIDTH\">Indtast den bredde, som du ønsker for de valgte kolonner.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Picture"
|
|
msgstr "Billede"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3154473.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Graphics\">Picture</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Graphics\">Billede</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3152961.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GRF_EXT\">Specify the flip and the link options for the selected graphic.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GRF_EXT\">Angiv spejlvendings- og kædeindstillinger for den valgte grafik.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3154191.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Flip"
|
|
msgstr "Spejlvend"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3155174.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Vertically"
|
|
msgstr "Lodret"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3149485.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_VERT\">Flips the selected graphic vertically.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_VERT\">Spejlvender den valgte grafik lodret.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3154829.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Horizontally"
|
|
msgstr "Vandret"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3151261.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_HOR\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_HOR\">Spejlvender den valgte grafik vandret.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3147101.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "On all pages"
|
|
msgstr "På alle sider"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3147212.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_ALL_PAGES\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally on all pages.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_ALL_PAGES\">Spejlvender den valgte grafik vandret på alle sider.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3153632.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "On left pages"
|
|
msgstr "På venstre sider"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3149037.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_LEFT_PAGES\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_LEFT_PAGES\">Spejlvender den valgte grafik vandret på lige sider.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3147580.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "On right pages"
|
|
msgstr "På højre sider"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3152775.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_RIGHT_PAGES\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_RIGHT_PAGES\">Spejlvender den valgte grafik vandret på ulige sider.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3153349.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060300.xhp#hd_id3153349.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Link"
|
|
msgstr "Kæde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3149164.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Inserts the graphic as a link."
|
|
msgstr "Indsætter grafikken som en kæde."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3149178.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060300.xhp#hd_id3149178.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "File name"
|
|
msgstr "Filnavn"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3156278.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_GRF_EXT:ED_CONNECT\">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) and then locate the file that you want to link to. </ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_GRF_EXT:ED_CONNECT\">Viser stien til den forbundne grafikfil. For at ændre kæden, klik gennemsynsknappen (<emph>...</emph>) og find den fil, som du vil oprette en kæde til.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3145776.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060300.xhp#hd_id3145776.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "..."
|
|
msgstr "..."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3151373.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_GRF_EXT:PB_BROWSE\">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_GRF_EXT:PB_BROWSE\">Find den nye grafikfil, som du oprette en kæde til, og klik så på <emph>Åbn</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3155855.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05240000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Flip\">Format - Flip</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05240000.xhp\" name=\"Formater - Spejlvend\">Formater - Spejlvend</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3158743.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Links\">Edit - Links</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Rediger - Kæder\">Rediger - Kæder</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040501.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040501.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Options"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040501.xhp#hd_id3149871.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05040501.xhp#hd_id3149871.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Options"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 05040501.xhp#par_id3148569.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for the section."
|
|
msgstr "Specificerer antal spalter og spaltelayoutet for sektionen."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040501.xhp#par_id3151390.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sections follow the text flow behavior of the page they are inserted into."
|
|
msgstr "Sektioner følger tekstforløbet på siden, som de indsættes på."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040501.xhp#par_id3083448.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "For example, if you insert a section that uses a two-column layout into a page style that uses a four-column layout, the two-column layout is nested inside one of the four columns."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du for eksempel indsætter en sektion, som bruger et to-spalte layout i en sidetypografi, som bruger et fire-spalte layout, vil to-spalte layoutet blive indlejret i en af de fire kolonner."
|
|
|
|
#: 05040501.xhp#par_id3155625.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can also nest sections, that is, you can insert a section into another section."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan også indlejre sektioner, hvilket vil sige, at du kan indsætte en sektion i en anden sektion."
|
|
|
|
#: 06200000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06200000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Fields"
|
|
msgstr "Felter"
|
|
|
|
#: 06200000.xhp#hd_id3083281.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp\" name=\"Felter\">Felter</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06200000.xhp#par_id3154656.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateFields\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the contents of all fields in the current document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateFields\" visibility=\"visible\">Opdaterer indholdet af alle felter i det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge06.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Prepare Merge"
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletningsguide - Forberede flet"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Edit Document</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\">Brevfletningsguide - Rediger dokument</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
|
|
msgid "Browse through the document previews, exclude single recipients, and edit the main document."
|
|
msgstr "Gennemse forhåndsvisningerne af dokumentet, udelad enkelte modtagere og rediger hoveddokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
|
|
msgid "Recipient"
|
|
msgstr "Modtager"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast nummeret på adressedataposten for en modtager for at få en forhåndsvisning af brevfletningsdokumentet til modtageren.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10604.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Brug gennemsynsknapperne til at rulle gennem adressedataposterne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text
|
|
msgid "Exclude this recipient"
|
|
msgstr "Udelad denne modtager"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Excludes the current recipient from this mail merge.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Udelader den aktuelle modtager fra denne brevfletning.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text
|
|
msgid "Edit Document"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the main mail merge document for all recipients.</ahelp> To return to the wizard, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Minimerer guiden, så du kan redigere hovedbrevfletningsdokumentet for alle modtagere.</ahelp> For at returnere til guiden skal du klikke på knappen <emph>Tilbage til brevfletningsguide</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document\">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\" name=\"Brevfletningsguide - Personliggør dokument\">Brevfletningsguide - Personliggør dokument</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footnote/Endnote"
|
|
msgstr "Fodnote/Slutnote"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3145241.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Footnote\">Footnote/Endnote</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Footnote\">Fodnote/Slutnote</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3147167.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"fussnoteein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFootnote\">Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position.</ahelp> You can choose between automatic numbering or a custom symbol. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"fussnoteein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFootnote\">Indsætter en fodnote eller en slutnote i dokumentet. Notens forankring bliver indsat ved markørens aktuelle position.</ahelp> Du kan vælge mellem automatisk nummerering eller et brugerdefineret symbol.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3154645.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"endnoten\">The following applies to both footnotes and endnotes. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"endnoten\">Følgende gælder for både fod- og slutnoter.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3151175.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"endnotetext\">Footnotes are inserted at the end of a page, and endnotes are inserted at the end of a document. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"endnotetext\">Fodnoter indsættes ved slutningen af en side, og slutnoter indsættes ved slutningen af et dokument.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3154106.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3154106.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Numbering"
|
|
msgstr "Nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3149812.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the type of numbering that you want to use for footnotes and endnotes."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg den nummereringstype, som du vil bruge for fod- og slutnoter."
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3154470.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3154470.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Automatic"
|
|
msgstr "Automatisk"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3153670.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"bearbeitenautomatisch\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_NUMBER_AUTO\">Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert.</ahelp> To change the settings for automatic numbering, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes</emph></link>. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"bearbeitenautomatisch\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_NUMBER_AUTO\">Tildeler automatisk fortløbende numre til de fod- eller slutnoter, som du indsætter.</ahelp> For at ændre indstillingerne for automatisk nummerering skal du vælge <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Funktioner - Fodnoter/Slutnoter</emph></link>.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3152952.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3152952.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Character"
|
|
msgstr "Tegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3155901.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"bearbeitenzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:ED_NUMBER_CHAR\">Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote.</ahelp> This can be either a letter or number. To assign a special character, click the button at the bottom. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"bearbeitenzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:ED_NUMBER_CHAR\">Vælg denne indstilling for angive et tegn eller symbol til den aktuelle fodnote.</ahelp> Dette kan være enten et bogstav eller et tal. For at tildele et specialtegn skal du klikke på knappen i bunden.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3155185.10.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3155185.10.help.text"
|
|
msgid "..."
|
|
msgstr "..."
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3153526.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"bearbeitensonderzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NUMBER_CHAR\">Inserts a <link href=\"text/shared/01/04100000.xhp\" name=\"special character \">special character </link> as a footnote or endnote anchor.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"bearbeitensonderzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NUMBER_CHAR\">Indsætter et <link href=\"text/shared/01/04100000.xhp\" name=\"special character \">specialtegn</link> som et fod- eller slutnoteanker.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3149493.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3149493.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Type"
|
|
msgstr "Type"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3151256.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select whether to insert a footnote or an endnote. Endnote numbering is separate from the footnote numbering."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg om der skal indsættes en fodnote eller en slutnote. Slutnotenummerering er adskilt fra fodnotenummerering."
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3149104.12.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3149104.12.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Footnote"
|
|
msgstr "Fodnote"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3148981.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_FTN\">Inserts a footnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds a footnote to the bottom of the page.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_FTN\">Indsætter et fodnoteanker på markørens aktuelle position i dokumentet, og tilføjer en fodnote til bunden af siden.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3153644.13.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3153644.13.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Endnote"
|
|
msgstr "Slutnote"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3152770.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_ENDNOTE\">Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_ENDNOTE\">Indsætter et slutnoteanker på markørens aktuelle position i dokumentet, og tilføjer en slutnote sidst i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3155135.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with footnotes\">Tips for working with footnotes</link>."
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with footnotes\">Tip til at arbejde med fodnoter</link>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Section"
|
|
msgstr "Sektion"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#bm_id5941038.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting sections by DDE</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE; command for inserting sections</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sektioner;indsætte sektioner med DDE</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE; kommando til at indsætte sektioner</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3157557.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"Section\">Section</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"Sektion\">Sektion</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3154644.38.help.text
|
|
msgid "Sets the properties of the section."
|
|
msgstr "Sætter egenskaberne for sektionen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3151170.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "New Section"
|
|
msgstr "Ny sektion"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3145420.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:ED_RNAME\">Type a name for the new section.</ahelp> By default, $[officename] automatically assigns the name \"Section X\" to new sections, where X is a consecutive number."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:ED_RNAME\">Skriv et navn på den nye sektion.</ahelp>$[officename] tildeler som standard automatisk navnet \"Sektion X\" til nye sektioner, hvor X er et fortløbende tal."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3154102.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3154102.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Link"
|
|
msgstr "Kæde"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3149806.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3149806.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Link"
|
|
msgstr "Kæde"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3154472.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:CB_FILE\">Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:CB_FILE\">Indsætter indholdet fra et andet dokument eller sektionen fra et andet dokument i den aktuelle sektion.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3153672.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "DDE"
|
|
msgstr "DDE"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3151310.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DDE\">Creates a <emph>DDE </emph>link. Select this check box, and then enter the <emph>DDE </emph>command that you want to use. The <emph>DDE</emph> option is only available if the <emph>Link</emph> check box is selected.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DDE\">Opretter en <emph>DDE</emph>-kæde. Marker dette afkrydsningsfelt, og indtast så <emph>DDE</emph>-kommandoen, som du vil bruge.<emph>DDE</emph>-indstillingen er kun tilgængelig, hvis afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Kæde</emph> er markeret.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3143280.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "The general syntax for a DDE command is: \"<Server> <Topic> <Item>\", where server is the DDE name for the application that contains the data. Topic refers to the location of the Item (usually the file name), and Item represents the actual object."
|
|
msgstr "Den generelle syntaks for en DDE-kommando er: \"<Server> <Emne> <Element>\", hvor server er DDE-navnet for det program, som indeholder data. Emne refererer til stedet for Elementet (sædvanligvis filnavnet), og Element repræsenterer det faktiske objekt."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3149098.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "For example, to insert a section named \"Section1\" from a $[officename] text document abc.sxw as a DDE link, use the command: \"soffice x:\\abc.sxw Section1\". To insert the contents of the first cell from a MS Excel spreadsheet file called \"abc.xls\", use the command: \"excel x:\\[abc.xls]Sheet1 z1s1\". You can also copy the elements that you want to insert as a DDE link, and then <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>. You can then view the DDE command for the link, by selecting the contents and choosing <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "For eksempel, for at indsætte en sektion, som hedder \"Sektion1\", fra et $[officename]-tekstdokument abc.sxw som en DDE-kæde, brug kommandoen: \"soffice x:\\abc.sxw Sektion1\". For at indsætte indholdet af den første celle fra en MS Excel-regnearkfil kaldet \"abc.xls\", brug kommandoen: \"excel x:\\[abc.xls]Ark1 z1s1\". Du kan også kopiere elementerne, som du vil indsætte som en DDE-kæde, og derefter <emph>Rediger - Indsæt speciel</emph>. Du kan så vise DDE-kommandoen for forbindelsen ved at markere indholdet og vælge <emph>Rediger - Felter</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3153640.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "File name<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\"> / DDE command </caseinline></switchinline>"
|
|
msgstr "Filnavn<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\"> / DDE-kommando </caseinline></switchinline>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3145754.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_FILE\">Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) to locate the file.</ahelp><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">If the <emph>DDE </emph>check box is selected, enter the DDE command that you want to use. </caseinline></switchinline>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_FILE\">Indtast stien og filnavnet på den fil, som du vil indsætte, eller klik på gennemsynsknappen (<emph>...</emph>) for at finde filen.</ahelp><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Hvis afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>DDE</emph> er markeret, skal du indtaste den DDE-kommando, som du vil bruge.</caseinline></switchinline>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3155136.39.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3155136.39.help.text"
|
|
msgid "..."
|
|
msgstr "..."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3156274.40.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:PB_FILE\">Locate the file that you want to insert as a link, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:PB_FILE\">Find den fil, som du vil indsætte som et link, og klik så på <emph>Indsæt</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3149180.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3149180.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Section"
|
|
msgstr "Sektion"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3155910.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:LB_SUBREG\">Select the section in the file that you want to insert as a link.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:LB_SUBREG\">Vælg sektionen i den fil, som du vil indsætte som et link.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3151373.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, you are prompted to update the links."
|
|
msgstr "Når du åbner et dokument, der indeholder kædede sektioner, bliver du spurgt, om kæderne skal opdateres."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3150687.43.help.text
|
|
msgid "Write Protection"
|
|
msgstr "Skrivebeskyttelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3150700.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Protected"
|
|
msgstr "Beskyttet"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3150110.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_PROTECT\">Prevents the selected section from being edited.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_PROTECT\">Forhindrer den valgte sektion i at blive redigeret.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3145261.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "With password"
|
|
msgstr "Med adgangskode"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3149555.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_INSERT_SECTION_CB_PASSWD\">Protects the selected section with a password. The password must have a minimum of 5 characters.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_INSERT_SECTION_CB_PASSWD\">Beskytter den valgte sektion med en adgangskode. Adgangskoden skal være på minimum 5 tegn.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3150549.46.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3150549.46.help.text"
|
|
msgid "..."
|
|
msgstr "..."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3147742.47.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_INSERT_SECTION_PB_PASSWD\">Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_INSERT_SECTION_PB_PASSWD\">Åbner en dialog, hvor du kan ændre den aktuelle adgangskode.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3146333.48.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3146333.48.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Hide"
|
|
msgstr "Skjul"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3149830.12.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3149830.12.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Hide"
|
|
msgstr "Skjul"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3148849.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_HIDE\">Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.</ahelp> The components of a hidden sections appear gray in the Navigator. When you rest your mouse pointer over a hidden component in the Navigator, the Help tip \"hidden\" is displayed."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_HIDE\">Skjuler og forhindrer den valgte sektion i at blive udskrevet.</ahelp> Komponenterne i en skjult sektion vises grå i Navigatoren. Når du lader musemarkøren hvile på en skjult komponent i Navigatoren, vises hjælpetippet \"skjult\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3155074.50.help.text
|
|
msgid "You cannot hide a section if it is the only content on a page, or in a header, footer, footnote, frame, or table cell."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan ikke skjule en sektion, hvis den er det eneste indhold på en side, i et sidehoved, i en sidefod, fodnote, ramme eller tabelcelle."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3154323.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "With condition"
|
|
msgstr "Med betingelse"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3154343.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_CONDITION\">Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section.</ahelp> A condition is a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"logical expression\">logical expression</link>, such as \"SALUTATION EQ Mr.\". For example, if you use the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"mail merge\">mail merge</link> form letter feature to define a database field called \"Salutation\" that contains \"Mr.\", \"Ms.\", or \"Sir or Madam\", you can then specify that a section will only be printed if the salutation is \"Mr.\"."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_CONDITION\">Angiv den betingelse, som skal være opfyldt for at skjule sektionen.</ahelp> En betingelse er et <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"logical expression\">logisk udtryk</link> såsom \"STARTHILSEN EQ Hr.\". Hvis du for eksempel bruger formularfunktionaliteten <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"mail merge\">brevfletning</link> til at angive et databasefelt kaldt \"Starthilsen\", som indeholder \"Hr.\", \"Fr.\", eller \"Hr. eller fr.\", så kan du angive, at en sektion kun udskrives, hvis starthilsnen er \"Hr.\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3150086.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "Another example would be to create the field variable \"x\" and set its value to 1. Then specify a condition based on this variable for hiding a section, such as: \"x eq 1\". If you want to display the section, set the value of the variable \"x\" to \"0\"."
|
|
msgstr "Et andet eksempel ville være at oprette feltvariabelen \"x\" og sætte dens værdi til 1. Angiv så en betingelse baseret på denne variabel for at skjule en sektion såsom: \"x eq 1\". Hvis du vil vise sektionen, sæt værdien af variablen \"x\" til \"0\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_idN108DF.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#par_idN108DF.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Properties"
|
|
msgstr "Egenskaber"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_idN108E3.help.text
|
|
msgid "You see this area of the dialog when the current document is an XForms document."
|
|
msgstr "Du ser dette område af dialogen når det aktuelle dokument er et XForms dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_idN108E6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Editable in read-only document"
|
|
msgstr "Redigerbar i skrivebeskyttet dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_idN108EA.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select to allow editing of the section's contents even if the document is opened in read-only mode."
|
|
msgstr "Marker for at tillade redigering af sektionens indhold, selvom dokumentet er åbnet i skrivebeskyttet tilstand."
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3150032.19.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#par_id3150032.19.help.text"
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Field commands\">Field commands</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Feltkommandoer\">Feltkommandoer</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3158420.51.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Syntax for conditions\">Syntax for conditions</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Syntaks for betingelser\">Syntaks for betingelser</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize"
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletningsguide - Personliggør"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize Document</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\">Brevfletningsguide - Personliggør dokument</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
|
|
msgid "Edit documents for each recipient."
|
|
msgstr "Rediger dokumenter for hver modtager."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
|
|
msgid "The Mail Merge Wizard creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient. When you reach this page of the wizard, the names and the addresses of the recipients are contained in the document."
|
|
msgstr "Brevfletningsguiden opretter et enkelt, flettet dokument med sideskift mellem hver modtager. Når du kommer til denne side i guiden, er navnene og adresserne på modtagerne indeholdt i dokumentet."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text
|
|
msgid "Edit individual document"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger individuelt dokument"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the mail merge document for a single recipient.</ahelp> After you made your changes, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Minimerer guiden så du kan redigere brevfletningsdokumentet for en enkelt modtager.</ahelp> Når du har foretaget dine ændringer, skal du klikke på knappen <emph>Tilbage til brevfletningsguide</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN105FA.help.text
|
|
msgid "Search for"
|
|
msgstr "Søg efter"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN105FE.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the text that you want to search for in the merged document, for example, the name of a recipient.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast den tekst, som du vil søge efter i det flettede dokument, for eksempel navnet på en modtager.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Find"
|
|
msgstr "Søg"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click to start the search.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Klik for at starte søgningen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Whole words only"
|
|
msgstr "Kun hele ord"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Searches for whole words only and not parts of larger words.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Søger kun efter hele ord og ikke dele af længere ord.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text
|
|
msgid "Backwards"
|
|
msgstr "Baglæns"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10576.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Searches from the current cursor position to the top of the document.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Søger fra den aktuelle markørplacering til toppen af dokumentet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Match case"
|
|
msgstr "STORE og små bogstaver"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1057D.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters in the search.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skelner mellem store og små bogstaver i søgningen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10580.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Save print send\">Mail Merge Wizard - Save, print or send</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Save print send\">Brevfletningsguide - Gem, udskriv eller send</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04180400.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Exchange Database"
|
|
msgstr "Udskift database"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#bm_id3145799.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>databases; exchanging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>address books; exchanging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exchanging databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;databases</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>databaser; udskifte</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adressebøger; udskifte</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>udskifte databaser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>erstatte; databaser</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3145799.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04180400.xhp#hd_id3145799.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Exchange Database"
|
|
msgstr "Udskift database"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3156384.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"datenbankaustext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChangeDatabaseField\">Change the data sources for the current document.</ahelp> To correctly display the contents of inserted fields, the replacement database must contain identical field names. </variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"datenbankaustext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChangeDatabaseField\">Skift datakilderne for det aktuelle dokument.</ahelp> For at vise indholdet af indsatte felter korrekt, skal erstatningsdatabasen indeholde identiske feltnavne.</variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3153818.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "For example, if you inserting address fields in a form letter from an address database, you can then exchange the database with another address database to insert different addresses."
|
|
msgstr "Hvis du for eksempel indsætter adressefelter i et formularbrev fra en adressedatabase, kan du udskifte databasen med en anden adressedatabase for at indsætte andre adresser."
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3149130.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Exchanging Databases"
|
|
msgstr "Udskifte databaser"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3154651.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "You can only change one database at a time in this dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Du kan kun ændre en database ad gangen i denne dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3146965.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Databases in Use"
|
|
msgstr "Anvendte databaser"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3149053.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Lists the databases that are currently in use.</ahelp> The current document contains at least one data field from each of the databases in the list."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Viser databaserne, der for øjeblikket er i brug.</ahelp> Det aktuelle dokument indeholder mindst ét datafelt fra hver af databaserne på listen."
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3147300.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Available Databases"
|
|
msgstr "Tilgængelige databaser"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3150533.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Viser databaserne, der er registreret i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_idN106DB.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04180400.xhp#par_idN106DB.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Browse"
|
|
msgstr "Gennemse"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_idN106DF.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"1419596301\">Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"1419596301\">Åbner en filåbningsdialog til at vælge en database fil (*.odb). Den valgte fil bliver føjet til listen over tilgængelige databaser. </ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3149349.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "Define"
|
|
msgstr "Definer"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3145827.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the <emph>Available Databases </emph>list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Erstatter den aktuelle datakilde med datakilden, som du valgte i listen <emph>Tilgængelige databaser</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3154506.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "To exchange a database:"
|
|
msgstr "For at udskifte en database:"
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3149881.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Ensure that both databases contain matching field names and field types."
|
|
msgstr "Vær sikker på at begge databaser indeholder modsvarende feltnavne og felttyper."
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3148386.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click in the document that you want to change the data source for."
|
|
msgstr "Klik i det dokument, som du vil skifte datakilden for."
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3150564.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Exchange Database</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Rediger - Udskift database</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3153925.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Databases in Use</emph> list, select the database table that you want to replace."
|
|
msgstr "I listen <emph>Anvendte databaser</emph>, marker databasetabellen, som du vil erstatte."
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3147169.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <emph>Available Databases</emph> list, select the replacement database table."
|
|
msgstr "I listen <emph>Tilgængelige databaser</emph> skal du markere den erstattende databasetabel."
|
|
|
|
#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3151273.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click <emph>Define</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Definer</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05100000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Cell"
|
|
msgstr "Celle"
|
|
|
|
#: 05100000.xhp#hd_id3150765.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp\" name=\"Cell\">Cell</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp\" name=\"Celle\">Celle</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05100000.xhp#par_id3147567.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "This command is only available if you have selected a table in your document, or if the cursor is in a table cell."
|
|
msgstr "Denne kommando er kun tilgængelig, hvis du har valgt en tabel i dit dokument, eller hvis markøren er i en tabelcelle."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Contour Editor"
|
|
msgstr "Konturredigering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3153539.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3153539.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Contour Editor"
|
|
msgstr "Konturredigering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3153677.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ContourDialog\">Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"text wrap\">text wrap</link> options for the object.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ContourDialog\">Ændrer konturen af det valgte objekt. $[officename] bruger konturen, når indstillingerne for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"text wrap\">Tekstombrydning</link> for objektet, bestemmes.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3155892.46.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_GRAPHWND\">Displays a preview of the contour.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_GRAPHWND\">Viser et eksempel på konturen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3159195.3.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3159195.3.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Apply"
|
|
msgstr "Anvend"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3155184.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_APPLY\">Applies the contour to the selected object.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_APPLY\">Anvender konturen på det valgte objekt.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149827.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu07.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu07.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3148971.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3148971.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Apply"
|
|
msgstr "Anvend"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3147091.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "Wrap Region"
|
|
msgstr "Ombryd region"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3147217.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_WORKPLACE\">Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_WORKPLACE\">Sletter den brugerdefinerede kontur. Klik her, og klik så i visningsområdet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3147579.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3153351.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "Work area"
|
|
msgstr "Arbejdsområde"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3149170.9.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3149170.9.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Select"
|
|
msgstr "Marker"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3156270.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_SELECT\">Changes to selection mode, so that you can select the contour.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_SELECT\">Skifter til markeringstilstand, så du kan markere konturen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3151370.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3151377\" src=\"cmd/sc_drawselect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151377\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151377\" src=\"cmd/sc_drawselect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151377\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150121.11.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3150121.11.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Select"
|
|
msgstr "Marker"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3155868.12.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3155868.12.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Rectangle"
|
|
msgstr "Rektangel"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150696.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_RECT\">Draws a rectangular contour where you drag in the object preview. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_RECT\">Tegner en rektangulær kontur der hvor du trækker i forhåndsvisningen af objektet. For at tegne et kvadrat, skal du holde Skift nede, mens du trækker.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149559.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149565\" src=\"cmd/sc_rect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149565\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149565\" src=\"cmd/sc_rect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149565\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145137.14.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3145137.14.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Rectangle"
|
|
msgstr "Rektangel"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3155980.15.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3155980.15.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Ellipse"
|
|
msgstr "Ellipse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150558.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_CIRCLE\">Draws an oval contour where you drag in the object preview.</ahelp> To draw a circle, hold down shift while you drag."
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_CIRCLE\">Tegner en oval kontur der hvor du trækker i forhåndsvisningen af objektet.</ahelp> For at tegne en cirkel, skal du holde Skift nede, mens du trækker."
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3146332.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3146338\" src=\"cmd/sc_ellipse.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146338\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3146338\" src=\"cmd/sc_ellipse.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146338\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3148857.17.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3148857.17.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Ellipse"
|
|
msgstr "Ellipse"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3148443.18.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3148443.18.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Polygon"
|
|
msgstr "Polygon"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154774.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLY\">Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLY\">Tegner en lukket kontur bestående af rette linjestykker. Klik der hvor du vil starte polygonen, og træk for at tegne et linjesegment. Klik igen for at definere slutningen på linjesegmentet, og fortsæt med at klikke for at definere polygonens resterende linjestykker. Dobbeltklik for at afslutte polygonen. For at begrænse polygonen til vinkler på 45 grader, skal du holde Skift nede, når du klikker.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145304.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3145311\" src=\"cmd/sc_polygon.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145311\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3145311\" src=\"cmd/sc_polygon.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145311\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150164.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3150164.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Polygon"
|
|
msgstr "Polygon"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3156096.21.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3156096.21.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit Points"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger punkter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3156112.22.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYEDIT\">Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYEDIT\">Lader dig ændre konturens form. Klik her, og træk derefter i håndtagene på konturen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154711.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154717\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154717\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154717\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154717\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145632.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3145632.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Edit Points"
|
|
msgstr "Rediger punkter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3150909.24.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3150909.24.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Move Points"
|
|
msgstr "Flyt punkter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150925.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYMOVE\">Lets you drag the handles of the contour to change the shape of the contour.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYMOVE\">Lader dig trække i håndtagene på konturen for at ændre konturens form.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3146940.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3146947\" src=\"cmd/sc_beziermove.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146947\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3146947\" src=\"cmd/sc_beziermove.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146947\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154330.26.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3154330.26.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Move Points"
|
|
msgstr "Flyt punkter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3150086.27.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3150086.27.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Points"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt punkter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150103.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYINSERT\">Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYINSERT\">Indsætter et håndtag, som du kan trække i for at ændre konturens form. Klik her og klik så på konturens kant.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149357.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149363\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierinsert.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149363\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149363\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierinsert.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149363\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3153120.29.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3153120.29.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Insert Points"
|
|
msgstr "Indsæt punkter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3153136.30.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3153136.30.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Delete Points"
|
|
msgstr "Slet punkter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154624.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYDELETE\">Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYDELETE\">Fjerner et punkt fra konturens kant. Klik her, og klik så på punktet som du vil slette.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149637.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149643\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierdelete.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149643\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149643\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierdelete.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149643\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154028.32.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3154028.32.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Delete Points"
|
|
msgstr "Slet punkter"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3149949.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Auto Contour"
|
|
msgstr "AutoKontur"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149966.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_AUTOCONTOUR\">Automatically draws a contour around the object that you can edit.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_AUTOCONTOUR\">Tegner automatisk en kontur omkring objektet som du kan redigere.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149615.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149621\" src=\"svx/res/cd025.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149621\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149621\" src=\"svx/res/cd025.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149621\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145655.35.help.text
|
|
msgid "AutoContour"
|
|
msgstr "AutoKontur"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3148705.36.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3148705.36.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Undo"
|
|
msgstr "Fortryd"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3148722.37.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_UNDO\">Reverses the last action.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_UNDO\">Omvender den sidste handling.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149200.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149206\" src=\"svx/res/cd020.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149206\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149206\" src=\"svx/res/cd020.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149206\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3157890.38.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3157890.38.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Undo"
|
|
msgstr "Fortryd"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3157907.39.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3157907.39.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Redo"
|
|
msgstr "Gendan"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154219.40.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_REDO\">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo </emph>command.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_REDO\">Omvender handlingen for den sidste <emph>Fortryd</emph> kommando.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154058.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154073\" src=\"cmd/sc_redo.png\" width=\"0.2228inch\" height=\"0.2228inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154073\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154073\" src=\"cmd/sc_redo.png\" width=\"0.2228inch\" height=\"0.2228inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154073\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3153195.41.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3153195.41.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Redo"
|
|
msgstr "Gendan"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3153212.42.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3153212.42.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Color Replacer"
|
|
msgstr "Pipette"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145098.43.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_PIPETTE\">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_PIPETTE\">Udvælger de dele af bitmarkbilledet som er samme farver. Klik her, og klik derefter på en farve i bitmapbilledet. For at forøge farveområdet som er valgt, udvid værdien i boksen <emph>Tolerance</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149578.help.text
|
|
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149585\" src=\"sd/res/pipette.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149585\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
|
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149585\" src=\"sd/res/pipette.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149585\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149381.44.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3149381.44.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Color Replacer"
|
|
msgstr "Pipette"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3149398.45.help.text
|
|
msgid "Tolerance"
|
|
msgstr "Tolerance"
|
|
|
|
#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154735.47.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Indtast farvetolerance for pipetten som procent. For at forøge farveområdet som pipetten vælger, skal du vælge en højere procentværdi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06110000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Calculate"
|
|
msgstr "Beregn"
|
|
|
|
#: 06110000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp\" name=\"Calculate\">Calculate</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp\" name=\"Beregn\">Beregn</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06110000.xhp#par_id3150021.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CalculateSel\" visibility=\"visible\">Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CalculateSel\" visibility=\"visible\">Beregner den valgte formel og kopierer resultatet til udklipsholderen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgid "Convert Text to Table"
|
|
msgstr "Konverter tekst til tabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#bm_id3147402.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>converting; text, into tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; converting to tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; converting to text</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>konvertere; tekst til tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; konvertere til tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; konvertere til tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1.help.text
|
|
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp\" name=\"Convert Text to Table\">Convert Text to Table</link>"
|
|
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp\" name=\"Konverter tekst til tabel\">Konverter tekst til tabel</link>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3145829.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"texttab\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ConvertTableText\">Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"texttab\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ConvertTableText\">Konverterer den markerede tekst til en tabel, eller den markerede tabel til tekst.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3150015.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "The options available in this dialog depending on the type of conversion."
|
|
msgstr "Indstillingerne, der er tilgængelige i denne dialog, er afhængig af typen af konvertering."
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3145247.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Separate text at"
|
|
msgstr "Del tekst ved"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3148388.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "A separator, such as a tab, marks the column boundaries in the selected text. Each paragraph in the selection is converted into a row in the table. Similarly, when you convert a table into text, the column markers are changed to the character that you specify, and each row is converted into a separate paragraph."
|
|
msgstr "Et skilletegn, såsom en tabulator, markerer kolonnegrænser i den markerede tekst. Hvert afsnit i markeringen bliver konverteret til en række i tabellen. Tilsvarende, når du konverter en tabel til tekst, bliver kolonnemarkører konverteret til det tegn, som du angiver, og hver række bliver konverteret til et selvstændigt afsnit."
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3150936.6.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3150936.6.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Tabs"
|
|
msgstr "Tabulatorer"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3149027.7.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_TAB\">Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_TAB\">Konverterer teksten til en tabel ved at bruge tabulatorer som kolonnemarkører.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3147171.10.help.text
|
|
msgid "Semicolons"
|
|
msgstr "Semikoloner"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3147565.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_SEMI\">Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_SEMI\">Konverterer teksten til en tabel ved at bruge semikoloner (;) som kolonnemarkører.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3151273.12.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3151273.12.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Afsnit"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3154645.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_PARA\">Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_PARA\">Konverterer teksten til en tabel ved at bruge afsnit som kolonnemarkører.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3151184.16.help.text
|
|
msgid "Other:"
|
|
msgstr "Andet:"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3150256.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:RB_OTHER\">Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:RB_OTHER\">Konverterer teksten til en tabel ved at bruge det tegn, som du indtaster i kassen, som en kolonnemarkering.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3149295.20.help.text
|
|
msgid "Text box"
|
|
msgstr "Tekstfelt"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3151175.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:ED_OTHER\">Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:ED_OTHER\">Indtast tegnet, som du vil bruge som en kolonnemarkering.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3147508.18.help.text
|
|
msgid "Equal width for all columns"
|
|
msgstr "Samme bredde for alle kolonner"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3154278.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_KEEPCOLUMN\">Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_KEEPCOLUMN\">Opretter kolonner af samme bredde, uanset placeringen af kolonnemarkeringen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3150703.14.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3150703.14.help.text"
|
|
msgid "AutoFormat"
|
|
msgstr "Autoformat"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id31542781.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Åbner dialogen <emph>AutoFormat</emph>, hvor du kan vælge en af de foruddefinerede layouts for din tabel.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3154097.22.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3154097.22.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Options"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3149802.23.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3149802.23.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Heading"
|
|
msgstr "Overskrift"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3153535.28.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\">Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\">Formaterer den første række af den ny tabel som en overskrift.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3150359.24.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3150359.24.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Repeat heading"
|
|
msgstr "Gentag tabeloverskrift"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3150973.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\">Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\">Gentager tabeloverskriften på hver side, som tabellen spænder over.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id5971251.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id5971251.help.text"
|
|
msgid "The first ... rows"
|
|
msgstr "De første ... rækker"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id4136478.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Repeats the first n rows as a header.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Gentager de første n rækker som overskrift.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3151315.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "Don't split table"
|
|
msgstr "Opdel ikke tabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3147530.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\">Does not divide the table across pages.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\">Deler ikke tabellen op på tværs af sider.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3154472.26.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3154472.26.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Border"
|
|
msgstr "Kant"
|
|
|
|
#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3154570.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\">Adds a border to the table and the table cells.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\">Tilføjer en kant til tabellen og tabelcellerne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04060100.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Options"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3149287.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04060100.xhp#hd_id3149287.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Options"
|
|
msgstr "Indstillinger"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3151177.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"optionentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_CAPTION:BTN_OPTION\">Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"outline level\">outline level</link> to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"optionentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_CAPTION:BTN_OPTION\">Føjer kapitelnummeret til billedtekstetiketten. For at bruge denne funktionalitet, skal du først tildele et <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"outline level\">Dispositionsniveau</link> til en afsnitstypografi og derefter anvende typografien på kapiteloverskrifterne i dit dokument.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3149805.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Numbering by chapter"
|
|
msgstr "Kapitelvis nummerering"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3153532.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "When you add chapter numbers to caption labels, the caption numbering is reset when a chapter heading is encountered. For example, if the last figure in chapter 1 is \"Figure 1.12\", the first figure in the next chapter would be \"Figure 2.1\"."
|
|
msgstr "Når du føjer kapitelnumre til billedtekstetiketter, vil billedtekstnummereringen blive nulstillet, når der kommer en kapiteloverskrift. For eksempel, hvis den sidste illustration i kapitel 1 er \"Figur 1.12\", vil den første illustration i det næste kapitel være \"Figur 2.1\"."
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3154574.5.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04060100.xhp#hd_id3154574.5.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Level"
|
|
msgstr "Niveau"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3152954.6.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:LB_LEVEL\">Select the number of outline levels from the top of the chapter hierarchy down to include in the caption label.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:LB_LEVEL\">Vælg det antal niveauer i dispositionen fra toppen af kapitelhierarkiet og nedefter, der skal inkluderes i billedtekstetiketten.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3151316.7.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "04060100.xhp#hd_id3151316.7.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Separator"
|
|
msgstr "Skilletegn"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3155892.8.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:ED_SEPARATOR\">Enter the character that you want to insert between the chapter number and the caption number.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:ED_SEPARATOR\">Indtast det tegn, som du vil indsætte mellem kapitelnummeret og billedteksttallet.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#par_idN10633.help.text
|
|
msgid "Category and frame format"
|
|
msgstr "Kategori og rammeformat"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#par_idN10639.help.text
|
|
msgid "Character style"
|
|
msgstr "Tegntypografi"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#par_idN1063F.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Specifies the character style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Specificerer tegntypografien.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3143280.43.help.text
|
|
msgid "Apply border and shadow"
|
|
msgstr "Anvend kanter og skygge"
|
|
|
|
#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3149826.44.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CAPTION:CB_COPY_ATTR\">Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CAPTION:CB_COPY_ATTR\">Anvender kanten og skyggen af objektet på billedtekstens ramme.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#tit.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#tit.help.text"
|
|
msgid "AutoFormat for Tables"
|
|
msgstr "Autoformat til tabeller"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#bm_id2655415.help.text
|
|
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;AutoFormat function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;table styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoFormat function for tables</bookmark_value>"
|
|
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller;autoformatfunktion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>typografier;tabeltypografier</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>autoformatfunktion for tabeller</bookmark_value>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3148485.1.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3148485.1.help.text"
|
|
msgid "AutoFormat for Tables"
|
|
msgstr "Autoformat til tabeller"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3149500.2.help.text
|
|
msgid "<variable id=\"autoformattabelle\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFMT_TABLE\">Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
msgstr "<variable id=\"autoformattabelle\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFMT_TABLE\">Anvender automatisk formater til den aktuelle tabel, inklusiv skrifttyper, skygger, og rammer.</ahelp></variable>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3151388.3.help.text
|
|
msgid "Applying an AutoFormat to a Table"
|
|
msgstr "Anvendelse af et Autoformat til en tabel"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3145828.4.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click in a table cell, or select the cells that you want to format."
|
|
msgstr "Klik i en tabelcelle eller vælg cellerne, som du vil formatere."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3153006.5.help.text
|
|
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>, and then click the format that you to want to apply."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Tabel -\\ Autoformat</emph>, og klik så på det format, som du ønsker at anvende."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3145585.30.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3148386.8.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3148386.8.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Format"
|
|
msgstr "Format"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3149022.9.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:LB_FORMAT\">Lists the available formatting styles for tables. Click the format that you want to apply, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:LB_FORMAT\">Opremser de tilgængelige typografier til tabeller. Klik det format, som du vil bruge, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3153722.10.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3153722.10.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Add"
|
|
msgstr "Tilføj"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3151185.11.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ADD\">Adds a new table style to the list.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ADD\">Tilføjer en ny tabeltypografi til listen.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3154646.12.help.text
|
|
msgid "Format a table in your document."
|
|
msgstr "Formater en tabel i dit dokument."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3156320.13.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the table, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Marker tabellen og vælg så <emph>Formater - Autoformat</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3153156.14.help.text
|
|
msgid "Click <emph>Add</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Tilføj</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3151168.15.help.text
|
|
msgid "In the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"Add AutoFormat\"><emph>Add AutoFormat</emph></link> dialog, enter a name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
|
msgstr "I dialogen <link href=\"text/shared/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"Add Autoformat\"><emph>Tilføj Autoformat</emph></link>, indtast et navn, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3147516.16.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3147516.16.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Delete"
|
|
msgstr "Slet"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3150707.17.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_REMOVE\">Deletes the selected table style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_REMOVE\">Sletter den valgte tabeltypografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3152946.18.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3152946.18.help.text"
|
|
msgid "More"
|
|
msgstr "Flere"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3149802.19.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MOREBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_MORE\">Displays more formatting options for tables. Click again to hide the options.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MOREBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_MORE\">Viser flere formateringsindstillinger for tabeller. Klik igen for at skjule indstillingerne.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3153534.31.help.text
|
|
msgid "Formatting"
|
|
msgstr "Formatering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3154477.32.help.text
|
|
msgid "Select the formatting attributes that you to include in the selected table style."
|
|
msgstr "Vælg de formateringsattributter, som du vil inkludere i den valgte tabeltypografi."
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3151317.33.help.text
|
|
msgid "Number format"
|
|
msgstr "Talformat"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3150970.34.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_NUMFORMAT\">Includes numbering formats in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_NUMFORMAT\">Inkluderer talformater i den valgte tabeltypografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3150350.24.help.text
|
|
msgid "Font"
|
|
msgstr "Skrifttype"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3152961.25.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_FONT\">Includes font formatting in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_FONT\">Inkluderer skrifttypeformatering i den valgte tabeltypografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3154575.20.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3154575.20.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Alignment"
|
|
msgstr "Justering"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3155896.21.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ALIGNMENT\">Includes alignment settings in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ALIGNMENT\">Inkluderer justeringsindstillinger i den valgte tabeltypografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3149690.22.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3149690.22.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Border"
|
|
msgstr "Kant"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3154200.23.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_BORDER\">Includes border styles in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_BORDER\">Inkluderer kanttypografier i den valgte tabeltypografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3159201.26.help.text
|
|
msgid "Pattern"
|
|
msgstr "Mønster"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3151325.27.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_PATTERN\">Includes background styles in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_PATTERN\">Inkluderer baggrundstypografier i den valgte tabeltypografi.</ahelp>"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3149302.28.help.text
|
|
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3149302.28.help.text"
|
|
msgid "Rename"
|
|
msgstr "Omdøb"
|
|
|
|
#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3149490.29.help.text
|
|
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_RENAME\">Changes the name of the selected table style. You cannot rename the \"Standard\" table style.</ahelp>"
|
|
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_RENAME\">Ændrer navnet på den valgte tabeltypografi. Du kan ikke omdøbe tabeltypografien \"Standard\".</ahelp>"
|